| Entries |
| Document | Title | Date |
|---|
| 20080212532 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN A SINGLE CARRIER-FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for allocating resources in an Single Carrier-Frequency Division Multiple Access (SC-FDMA) communication system are provided, in which a Node B determines on a cell basis whether to turn or off inter-subband hopping and whether to turn on or off mirroring for a resource unit for the UE on a frequency axis along which at least two subbands are defined, at set hopping times, selects a resource unit by selectively performing inter-subband hopping and mirroring on the resource unit for the UE according to the determination, and allocates the selected resource unit to the UE. | 09-04-2008 |
| 20080219211 | Frequency Domain Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum with Flexible Time Frequency Code - A spread spectrum radio frequency communication system includes a Forward Error Correction (FEC) algorithm to encode digital data to provide a plurality of symbol groups, the FEC algorithm using a Reed Solomon FEC code, an interleaving algorithm to map each one of the plurality of symbol groups into a corresponding one of a plurality of coherent subbands, and a Walsh encoder to encode each one of the plurality of symbol groups. | 09-11-2008 |
| 20080225790 | Method and System for Operating Ultra Wideband Network in the Presence of Another Network - A method for ultra wideband transmission and an ultra wideband device. The ultra wideband device includes a receiver that is connected to a controller; wherein the receiver is adapted to receive a transmission from a component of the non-ultra wideband network; wherein the controller is adapted to: (i) allocate a first frequency band for a transmission of at least a portion of an ultra wideband network super-frame that comprises at least one short silence period; (ii) allocate a second frequency band for a transmission of at least another portion of an ultra wideband network super frame; wherein the length of the silence period is longer than a link establishment period required for establishing a link between components of a non-ultra wideband network that utilize multiple frequencies within the first frequency band; and (iii) alter an allocation of frequency bands in response to the reception of the transmission from the component of the non-ultra wideband network. | 09-18-2008 |
| 20080225791 | METHODS FOR TRANSMITTING MULTIPLE ACKNOWLEDGMENTS IN SINGLE CARRIER FDMA SYSTEMS - A mapping scheme between a plurality of control channel element sets and a plurality of acknowledgement channel resource sets is established. Each of the control channel element sets includes at least one control channel element, and each of the acknowledgement channel resource sets includes at least one acknowledgement channel resource. In accordance with a scheduling grant transmitted using a control channel element set selected from the plurality of control channel element sets, a data packet is transmitted via a second node to a first node. Then, an acknowledgement channel message is transmitted via the first node to the second node by using at least one acknowledgement channel resource selected from the acknowledgement channel resource set that correspond to the control channel element set used for transmitting the scheduling grant in accordance with the mapping scheme. The acknowledgement channel message may be one of a positive acknowledgement message and a negative acknowledgement message. | 09-18-2008 |
| 20080225792 | MULTIPLEXING OF FEEDBACK CHANNELS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for sending signaling in a wireless communication system are described. Multiple feedback channels may be multiplexed such that they can share time frequency resources. Each feedback channel may be allocated a different subset of subcarriers in each of at least one tile. In one design, a subscriber station may determine time frequency resources including first and second portions of time frequency resources for first and second feedback channels, respectively. The subscriber station may send vectors of modulation symbols of a first length on the first feedback channel and/or vectors of modulation symbols of a second length on the second feedback channel. A base station may receive the first and second feedback channels and may perform detection on vectors of received symbols for each feedback channel to recover the signaling sent on that feedback channel. | 09-18-2008 |
| 20080232322 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING A CONTROL CHANNEL IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for receiving control information in a mobile communication system. A controller acquires information indicating variable Control Channel Elements (CCEs) allocated for first User Equipments (UEs) among CCEs constituting control channels, acquires information indicating fixed CCEs allocated for second UEs, selects the variable CCEs when a UE receiving the control information is included in the first UEs, and selects the fixed CCEs when the UE is included in the second UEs. A control information receiver receives the control information through the selected CCEs. | 09-25-2008 |
| 20080240034 | Methods for frequency-selective persistent scheduling - Methods for allocating wireless resources are provided. In one method, time domain resources are persistently allocated to a user for a data transmission during a transmission time interval, and frequency domain resources are dynamically allocated to the user for the data transmission during the transmission time interval. Methods provide flexibility for overbooking resources for any TTI to obtain statistical multiplexing gains. | 10-02-2008 |
| 20080253327 | Energy Efficient Wireless Sensor Network, Node Devices for the Same and a Method for Arranging Communications in a Wireless Sensor Network - A wireless sensor network, a node device thereof and a method for arranging communications therein are presented. A first frequency is used in wireless communication of information between a headnode and subnodes of a first cluster ( | 10-16-2008 |
| 20080253328 | Hybrid Multiple Access Method and System in Wireless Networks - A method and system access a channel in a wireless network of nodes. A coordinator transmits periodically a beacon, in which time between two consecutive beacons constitute a beacon interval. The coordinator and other nodes transceive a superframe during the beacon interval, in which the superframe begins with an active interval, which is immediately followed by an inactive interval, and in which the active interval begins with a contention free period, which is immediately followed by a contention access period, which is immediately followed by the inactive interval. | 10-16-2008 |
| 20080259867 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SCHEDULING PACKETS FROM DIFFERENT FLOWS TO PROVIDE FAIR BANDWIDTH SHARING - A method and system for scheduling packets to provide fair bandwidth sharing is provided. A packet scheduling system is composed of a communication link and flows from different network applications. These flows share the same communication link and have different bandwidth reservation according to different application requirements. In this invention, the bandwidth of the communication link is expressed into its binary form, and the binary coefficients are used to form a Square Weight Matrix. Moreover, each non-zero binary coefficient is expressed by a Weighted Binary Tree. The Square Weight Matrix is further spread by a Weight Spread Sequence and each Weighted Binary Tree is spread into a Time-Slot Array by using a Binary Reversal operation. When a flow is accepted by the scheduling system, the system first expresses the requested bandwidth of the flow into binary form, and then for each non-zero coefficients, the system allocates a node with the same weight from the Weighted Binary Trees to the flow. Accordingly, when a flow leaves the system, the Weighted Binary Trees nodes that have been allocated to the flow are de-allocated, and the corresponding terms of the TArrays are reset. The scheduling system schedules packets by sequentially scanning the Weight Spread Sequence. For a specific value of the scanned Weight Spread Sequence term, a corresponding TArray is then selected, and the flow that occupies the current term of the TArray is then chosen and served. | 10-23-2008 |
| 20080267126 | Random Access Channel Hopping for Frequency Division Multiplexing Access Systems - A method of coordinating resources for repetition of random access bursts performed by a mobile terminal, the method comprising: determining groups of access slots based on parameters from a network, wherein each access slot is defined by any combination of frequency, time and code, and the access slots are organized according to a frequency pattern; transmitting an access burst on an access slot from a chosen group of access slots; and re-transmitting the access burst on the next access slot from the chosen group of access slots. | 10-30-2008 |
| 20080273493 | Load Balancing for an Air Interface Protocol Architecture with a Plurality of Heterogenous Physical Layer Modes - A system and method for dynamic traffic load balancing with a multiple physical layer modes of an air interface protocol architecture, the protocol architecture residing in a base station and/or an access network that includes a base station and access gateway that include distributed and centralized components of the air interface protocol architecture. The traffic load balancing supports various multiplexing scenarios for scheduling communication data under time division multiple access and frequency division multiple access techniques for use in the multi-carrier wireless network. | 11-06-2008 |
| 20080273494 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CLOSED LOOP TRANSMISSION - In a wireless communication system, a method and apparatus for closed loop transmission is disclosed. In accordance with the preferred embodiment of the present invention, a time frequency portion of an uplink frame is dynamically reserved as a sounding zone for uplink channel sounding. A first message is transmitted to a first subscriber station in a downlink frame assigning a time-frequency resource within the sounding zone, and a sounding waveform. Furthermore, a signal is received from the subscriber station within the assigned time-frequency resource, a partial channel response is determined from the received sounding signal, and the subsequent transmission to the subscriber station is tailored based on the at least partial channel response. | 11-06-2008 |
| 20080279147 | Spectrum auction and sharing on wireless clients - Methods and apparatus to enable spectrum auctioning, allowing a user to gain access to otherwise unavailable spectrum is disclosed. Spectrum providers may have the exclusive rights to the spectrum, but these providers can allow other users to access the spectrum in certain situations, for example, limited time use without restrictions, or use based on interference constraints. Software Defined Radio (SDR) may be employed to allow a wireless user to bid for spectrum usage when a wireless network is otherwise unavailable to them. | 11-13-2008 |
| 20080279148 | TDS-OFDMA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USER IDENTIFICATION - In a TDS-OFDM communications system for uplink wireless communication multiple accesses through sub-channelization, the system comprising: a plurality of users with each user using a portion of available time-frequency radio resources to achieve orthogonal multiple access; a plurality of available bandwidth, wherein the available bandwidth is divided into multiple sub-bands; at least one the sub-carrier in each sub-band. Inside the sub-band for each user, at least one guard sequence, being used as the guard interval between transmitted symbols. | 11-13-2008 |
| 20080298319 | Data Receiving Method For Mobile Communication Terminal - A method of receiving control information by a terminal in a mobile communications system having a single control channel and a plurality of common channels and having a network that periodically transmits the control information via the control channel, the method comprising: periodically receiving the control channel; detecting, at a particular time, an identifier from the received control channel; and receiving data via a particular common channel that is indicated by control information that includes the detected identifier. | 12-04-2008 |
| 20080310362 | Method and Apparatus for Assigning Resources in a Wireless System - A method and apparatus of signaling radio resource allocation in a wireless communication system includes the time-frequency resources into multiple regions; defining a channel tree within at least one region, wherein the channel tree has base nodes which are determined using the area of the region and the area of a base node; determining a channel identifier assignment for a mobile station, wherein the channel identifier corresponds to a collection of base nodes from a channel tree; transmitting an indication of the determined channel identifier to the mobile station; and transmitting a packet to a mobile station or receiving a packet from the mobile station using the physical time-frequency resources, which correspond to the channel identifier. | 12-18-2008 |
| 20080310363 | Method and Apparatus for Sharing a Group Resource in a Wireless SDMA System - A method and apparatus of signaling radio resource allocation in a wireless communication system includes establishing groups of mobile stations which monitor a shared group scheduling bitmap; transmitting a group scheduling bitmap to the mobile stations, wherein the group scheduling bitmap contains a mobile station presence bitmap and an SDMA bitmap, wherein the SDMA bitmap is used to divide the group members into two or more subgroups; and transmitting packets to the mobile stations or receiving packets from the mobile stations using the radio resource which is derived from the value indicated in the group scheduling bitmap. | 12-18-2008 |
| 20080310364 | Method and Apparatus for Assigning Resources in a Wireless System with Multiple Regions - A method and apparatus of signaling radio resource allocation in a wireless communication system includes transmitting at least one region boundary to a mobile station indicating a division of the time-frequency resources into at least two regions, determining a time-frequency resource assignment for the mobile station, transmitting an indication of the determined time-frequency resource to the mobile station in the same region as the determined time-frequency resource, and transmitting a packet to the mobile station using the physical time-frequency resources corresponding to the determined time-frequency resource. | 12-18-2008 |
| 20080316966 | OPTIMIZING POSITIONS OF TIME SLOTS IN A HYBRID TIME DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS (TDMA)-CARRIER SENSE MULTIPLE ACCESS (CSMA) MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL (MAC) FOR MULTI-HOP AD HOC NETWORKS - A hybrid TDMA-CSMA MAC protocol is provided for allocating time slots within a frame having a structure in which transmission time is divided into a first number of actual TDMA time slots and a second number of “virtual” CSMA time slots. Each time a given node receives a Hello message, it can calculate variables based on an HSN field. A ratio of the first number to the second number can be dynamically adjusted depending upon the traffic conditions. When TDMA time slots within the frame are freed (e.g., no longer being used), slot position optimization techniques are provided for moving these freed TDMA time slots back into the CSMA portion of the frame and reallocating or moving other TDMA time slots into the portion of the frame that was previously occupied by the freed TDMA time slots to thereby maximize resource utilization. | 12-25-2008 |
| 20080316967 | Error control method, medium access control (MAC) frame designing method, and terminal registration method in wireless communication system, and recording medium - The MAC frame in a wireless communication system includes a terminal ID allocated to each of multiple terminals. At least one connection ID is allocated to each terminal having the terminal ID, and sub-carrier allocation information is allocated to each connection having the connection ID. The sub-carrier allocation information includes a sub-carrier allocation status for each sub-carrier, and the number of allocated information bits for each sub-carrier. The sub-carrier allocation status and the number of allocated information bits for each sub-carrier can be allocated, by sub-carriers, to the sub-carrier allocation information using a same number of bits; or the information on the sub-carrier allocation status is first allocated to the sub-carrier allocation information and the number of allocated information bits for each sub-carrier is allocated. | 12-25-2008 |
| 20090010221 | METHOD OF MULTIPLE-INPUT-MULTIPLE-OUTPUT WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method for selectively modulating a data frame of a signal using either a frequency-multiplexing modulation method or a spatial-multiplexing modulation method based on a predetermined criterion. | 01-08-2009 |
| 20090016295 | CONTROL CHANNEL DESIGN TO SUPPORT ONE-TO-ONE, MANY-TO-ONE, AND ONE-TO-MANY PEER-TO-PEER COMMUNICATIONS - A protocol is provided that facilitates downlink concurrent peer-to-peer communications (within a time slot or traffic slot) between one device and many terminals as well as uplink concurrent peer-to-peer communications (within a time slot or traffic slot) between a plurality of terminals and one device. The concurrent peer-to-peer communications may take place within an ad hoc network of devices. To facilitate such operation, a time-frequency structure is provided within a control channel that allows the device and terminals to identify the peer-to-peer connections. This time-frequency structure also allows terminals to identify other sibling terminals that have a connection with the same device, thereby allowing to more efficiently performing interference mitigation. That is, sibling peer-to-peer connections with the same device may be treated different from other non-related peer-to-peer connects for purposes of interference mitigation in a wireless network. | 01-15-2009 |
| 20090028109 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR POWER EFFICIENT BROADCASTING AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Methods and apparatus are disclosed for resource configuration in a cellular broadcasting and communication network, where a video stream can be transmitted from a base station to a mobile station as bursts of video and data frames in a particular sequential manner. Special scheduling signals announce video burst information to the subscribing mobile stations, allowing the mobile stations to turn on their transceiver circuitry only when video bursts arrive. In a video burst, the available data resources, in addition to video resources, transmit data application packets and/or special control information to the subscribing mobile stations. Methods and processes are also disclosed for a mobile station to use a single RF tuner within a system with multiple frequency bands. | 01-29-2009 |
| 20090034467 | Allocation of periodically distributed frames of wireless communication - Methods of allocating a plurality of periodically distributed frames of communication between a first wireless transceiver and a second wireless transceiver are disclosed. One method includes detecting periodic data for transmission between the wireless base station and the wireless mobile unit. A transmission map that maps frequency and time slots is generated for transmission of the data packets. Allocation information is included within less than all of a plurality of transmission maps of the plurality of periodically distributed frames. The allocation information designates frequency and time slots in which data packets identified as a periodic data type are transmitted to the second wireless transceiver for the plurality of periodically distributed frames. | 02-05-2009 |
| 20090034468 | Time-Sharing of Sounding Resources - This invention is a method for time-sharing sounding resources. A first embodiment defines one common sounding period for all user equipment and all sounding resources. A second embodiment allows for different sounding periods so long as each individual sounding resource uses only one sounding period. A third embodiment offers the most flexibility in sharing of the sounding resources by permitting changes in time. The first option is a special case of the second option. The second option is a special case of the third option. | 02-05-2009 |
| 20090046652 | COMMUNICATION TERMINAL APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION CONTROL APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - To provide a communication terminal apparatus that efficiently transmits feedback on information regarding the reception quality and transmission form to a communication control apparatus. A communication terminal apparatus ( | 02-19-2009 |
| 20090046653 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PEER-TO-PEER BEAM DISCOVERY AND COMMUNICATION IN INFRASTRUCTURE BASED WIRELESS NETWORKS USING DIRECTIONAL ANTENNAS - A system and method for performing a beam discovery between peer stations is disclosed. A channel time message indicating an allocation of a first time period for a peer-to-peer beam discovery (PBD) is received, where the PBD is configured to discover a beam direction to be used for data transfer to a peer station. The PBD is executed between two peer stations during the first time period. Data is transferred to the peer station via the discovered beam direction if the PBD is successful. | 02-19-2009 |
| 20090059860 | SCHEDULER AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING TIME AND FREQUENCY DIMENSIONS OF DOWNLINK BURSTS IN BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS NETWORKS - Embodiments of a scheduler and a method for assigning frequency and time dimensions of downlink bursts in broadband wireless access networks are generally described herein. Other embodiments may be described and claimed. In some embodiments, the frequency and time dimensions of downlink bursts are assigned to each of a plurality of subscriber stations based on one or more individual channel characteristics and one or more individual data requirements associated with the subscriber stations. | 03-05-2009 |
| 20090067382 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVED UTILIZATION OF AIR LINK RESOURCES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM INCLUDING A MULTI-ANTENNA ELEMENT BASE STATION - Methods and apparatus are described for improved utilization of air link resources. A base station includes at least one of a plurality of receive antenna elements and a plurality of transmit antenna elements for communicating with a wireless terminal. The base station generates channel estimation vectors corresponding to wireless terminals using the base station, where a generated channel estimation vector includes different elements corresponding to different base station antenna elements. The base station determines a level of orthogonality between pairs of channel estimation vectors corresponding to different wireless terminals. At least some of the segments to be assigned by the base station are substantially overlapping, e.g., the segments overlap fully or to a high degree. Wireless terminal pairs which have substantially orthogonal channel estimation vectors are matched and assigned to substantially overlapping segments, and the power level associated with the segments is controlled to be substantially the same. | 03-12-2009 |
| 20090067383 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR A FREQUENCY DIVISION DUPLEX COMMUNICATION USING A TIME DIVISION DUPLEX MODEM - The present invention is directed to an communication unit an antenna and at least two modem cards. The first modem card is coupled to the antenna so that the first modem card transmits a first transmit signal at a first frequency during a first period and receives a first received signal at a second frequency during a second time period. The second modem card couple to the antenna so that the second modem card transmits a second transmit signal at the first frequency during the second time period and receives a second receive signal at the second frequency during the first time period. The communication unit can also include a synchronizer that is coupled to the first and second modem cards to generate a signal to synchronize the transmit and receive signals transmitted and received by the antenna. | 03-12-2009 |
| 20090067384 | METHOD AND SYSTEM TO ENABLE SIMULTANEOUS RECEPTION OF PLURALITY OF SERVICES IN DVB SYSTEMS - A method comprises dividing a time frequency frame into a plurality of slots, the frame having one or more radio-frequency (RF) channels, determining a maximum slot length, and scheduling service data in symbols such that all service data symbols are within the maximum slot length of symbols corresponding to at least one common service part. | 03-12-2009 |
| 20090073932 | Method and Apparatus for Associating a Packet with an H-ARQ Channel Identifier - A method in a base station of transmitting control information to a mobile station includes transmitting a persistent assignment to a mobile station, wherein the persistent assignment includes a plurality of ACID indications; and transmitting a subsequent assignment to the mobile station including an ACID derived from the plurality of ACID indications. In another method, a mobile station receives control information from a base station, including receiving a persistent assignment from the base station, wherein the persistent assignment includes a plurality of ACID indications; and receiving a subsequent assignment from the base station including an ACID derived from the plurality of ACID indications. | 03-19-2009 |
| 20090097446 | METHOD AND SYSTEM TO GUARANTEE SERVICE RECEPTION WITHIN BROADCAST SYSTEM - A system and method is provided for ensuring that time for tuning to another RF channel between two TF frames in TF slicing exists while reception with a single hopping-tuner is enabled, and reception for terminals can be guaranteed when transmitting and receiving common services. An additional time for tuning is introduced for TF-sliced services, where the time for tuning can be inserted either before of after the P | 04-16-2009 |
| 20090097447 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES OF A CONTROL CHANNEL IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEXING - A method is provided for allocating resources of a control channel in a mobile communication system using Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM). The method includes, when a time index and a frequency index of available Resource Elements (REs) are defined as l and k, respectively, dividing the available REs in a two-dimensional structure of (k, l); and time-first-allocating each RE to a plurality of RE groups while increasing the time index l for each frequency index k from an initial value up to a predetermined range. | 04-16-2009 |
| 20090103488 | PRACTICAL METHOD FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR QOS IN OFDMA-BASED WIRELESS SYSTEMS - A data communication resource allocation for OFDMA based wireless systems supporting heterogeneous traffic is provided by allocating the rates to users subject to power/bandwidth constraints, according to a user selection metric and rate allocation based on traffic requirements and channel conditions. Thus, a proportionally fair rate allocation with minimum rate constraint to data sessions and short term rate guarantees to real-time sessions can be provided. | 04-23-2009 |
| 20090109918 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IMPROVED SCHEDULING FOR TIME-FREQUENCY SLICING - A system and method for improved scheduling for time-frequency slicing. According to various embodiments, slot allocations are made so as to guarantee time for tuning between slots. When scheduling services for multiplexes covering multiple radio frequency (RF) channels, time is provided for the receiver to tune to another radio-frequency channel between at least two of the time frequency frames. This is accomplished by arranging slots so that a service carried in a slot within the tuning time before the end of a time frequency frame k is not transmitted in a slot within the tuning time after the beginning of the next time frequency frame k+1. | 04-30-2009 |
| 20090109919 | Random Access Cyclic Prefix Dimensioning in Wireless Networks - User equipment (UE)-initiated accesses within a cellular network include non-synchronized random access requests when the UE is not synchronized with a base station that is serving a cell occupied by the UE. The random access request is formed by generating a set of samples at a selected sample rate, such that the set of samples spans a specified duration period, wherein the sample rate is one of a plurality of different sample rates enabling different implementations of the random access transmission. The specified duration period is integrally divisible by each of the plurality of different sample periods. | 04-30-2009 |
| 20090109920 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION AND TRANSMITTING METHOD - A wireless communication system in which a terminal selects a signal from a plurality of known signals and transmits the signal to the base station by any region in a region specified by the base station. The wireless communication system includes a setting unit that sets a region by a frequency range and a time interval as the region to be specified, wherein the region set by the setting unit and a region set by another neighboring base station have a same frequency range and a same time interval. | 04-30-2009 |
| 20090122758 | Method and Apparatus for Transmitting HARQ Sub-Packets in a Wireless Communication System - In one embodiment of the present invention, a method and apparatus for the base station to transmit a series of HARQ sub-packets to a mobile station is disclosed. In another embodiment of the present invention, a method and apparatus for the base station to assign radio resources for the mobile station to transmit a series of HARQ sub-packets to a base station is disclosed. | 05-14-2009 |
| 20090129331 | OPPORTUNISTIC UPLINK SCHEDULING - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate scheduling uplink transmissions. For instance, a time sharing scheme can be utilized such that differing mobile devices can be scheduled to transmit during differing time slots; however, it is also contemplated that a static scheme can be employed. Pursuant to an illustration, an interference budget can be combined with a time varying weighting factor associated with a base station; the weighting factor can be predefined and/or adaptively adjusted (e.g., based upon a load balancing mechanism). Moreover, the weighted interference budget can be leveraged for selecting mobile devices for uplink transmission (e.g., based at least in part upon path loss ratios of the mobile devices). Further, disparate interference budgets can be utilized by differing channels of a sector at a particular time. Also, for example, a base station can assign a loading factor to be utilized by wireless terminal(s) for generating channel quality report(s). | 05-21-2009 |
| 20090129332 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING AN EFFICIENT FRAME STRUCTURE FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Providing for an efficient frame structure for wireless communication is disclosed, which may include frequency division multiplexing (FDM) first and second air interfaces in a downlink subframe of a frame, and may also include time division multiplexing (TDM) the first and second air interfaces in an uplink subframe of the frame. | 05-21-2009 |
| 20090129333 | PREAMBLE DESIGN FOR A WIRELESS SIGNAL - Providing for management of wireless communications in a heterogeneous wireless access point (AP) environment is described herein. By way of example, system data of an over-the-air message can be configured to include information identifying a distinct type of transmitting base station. In some aspects, the information can include an access type of the base station and/or a sector ID for distinguishing the base station among large numbers of other base stations. According to other aspects, system data transmitted on the wireless signal can include wireless channel resources designated for a particular type of base station, or blanked by the transmitting base station, to facilitate interference reduction on such resources. By employing aspects of wireless communication management disclosed herein, efficient and reliable communication can be affected in large heterogeneous AP networks. | 05-21-2009 |
| 20090135781 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING RF SIGNALS THROUGH VARIOUS RADIO INTERFACES OF COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method and arrangement for transmitting and receiving RF signals, associated with different radio interfaces of communication systems, employ a direct conversion based transceiver which substantially comprises one receive signal branch and one transmit signal branch. Mixing frequencies of the different systems are generated by a single common by use of an output frequency divider in combination with the synthesizer, and by use of filtering corresponding to a system channel bandwith by means of a controllable low-pass filter operating at baseband frequency. | 05-28-2009 |
| 20090147748 | TRANSMISSION APPARATUS, RECEPTION APPARATUS, MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND TRANSMISSION CONTROL METHOD - A disclosed transmission apparatus comprises a switching portion that switches radio access methods; a frequency domain signal generation portion that allocates a radio resource to a spread chip sequence on which one of a fast Fourier transformation and a series/parallel conversion is performed in accordance with the switched radio accessed method, so as to generate a signal in a frequency domain; and a transmission signal generation portion that performs a fast inverse Fourier transformation on the signal in the frequency domain so as to generate a transmission signal. | 06-11-2009 |
| 20090147749 | COMBINED FREQUENCY-TIME DOMAIN POWER ADAPTATION FOR CDMA COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Practical transmission power adaptation in multicarrier code division multiple access (MC-CDMA) communications is using either a frequency domain technique or a time domain technique or a combined frequency and time domain technique in response to channel variations. With frequency domain power adaptation, the transmission power is allocated over the N′ (1≦N′≦N) strongest subcarriers rather than over all possible N subcarriers, where the strongest subcarriers are understood to exhibit the highest channel gains. A substantially optimal N′ can be chosen so that the average bit error rate (BER) is minimized. In the time domain power adaptation technique, transmission power is adapted so that the desired signal strength at the receiver output is maintained at a fixed level. In the combined time and frequency domain adaptation technique, the transmission power is first allocated over the N′ (1≦N′≦N) strongest subcarriers rather than over all possible N subcarriers and then it is adapted so that the desired signal strength at the receiver output is maintained at a fixed level. | 06-11-2009 |
| 20090154419 | SCHEDULING METHOD FOR MULTI-USER MIMO - A priority computation process computes a priority of each user for each RB (Resource Brock) using a reception SINR. A maximum priority user selection/RB allocation process selects a user with the maximum priority for an unallocated RB and allocates the RB to the user. A frequency axis/space axis unallocated RB presence determination process proceeds to scheduling for a next user if there is an unallocated RB on the frequency or space axis. A projected channel vector update process updates a projected channel vector of an unselected user by GS orthogonalization. An orthogonal coefficient computation process computes an orthogonal coefficient. A corrected SINR computation process computes a corrected SINR. A next MIMO layer priority computation process computes priorities of unselected users for a corresponding RB in the next multiple MIMO layer. The priorities of the unselected users are used in the next user scheduling processing. | 06-18-2009 |
| 20090168718 | CONFIGURATION FOR CQI REPORTING IN LTE - A method and apparatus for receiving and processing channel quality index (CQI) reporting. A wireless transmit receive unit is configured to receive CQI configuration information and transmit a CQI report based on the CQI configuration information. | 07-02-2009 |
| 20090180435 | TDD OPERATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method provides a wireless frame protocol. The method includes communicating a transmission interval that facilitates switching between a downlink portion and an uplink portion of a wireless communications channel. The method employs one or more guard periods during the transmission interval to mitigate overlap of transmitting frequencies between the downlink and uplink portions of the wireless communications channel. | 07-16-2009 |
| 20090180436 | RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL FREQUENCY DIVERSITY - The present invention provides a method of transmitting on a random access channel in a radio communication system. In a single time slot there are enabled at least two different radio frequencies for transmission on the random access channel. Only one frequency is selected for transmission in the same time slot. A random access preamble is then transmitted on the selected random access channel in the time slot. | 07-16-2009 |
| 20090185534 | Method and Apparatus for Transmitting a Packet Header - A system and method for transmitting a reduced header is presented. A preferred embodiment comprises a base station defining a normal header and a reduced header, wherein the reduced header has a smaller number of bytes than the normal header. The base station then concatenates the reduced header with smaller sized payloads and concatenates the normal header with larger sized payloads. | 07-23-2009 |
| 20090190547 | NETWORKING METHOD OF SINGLE FREQUENCY NETWORK IN TD-SCDMA SYSTEM - Networking methods of a Single Frequency Network (SFN) in communication systems are disclosed. | 07-30-2009 |
| 20090190548 | Data transmission in a mobile communication system apparatus, system and method - An apparatus, system, and method may include providing a plurality of data streams in respective subchannels and modulating a first data stream of the plurality of data streams at least partially with a different modulation constellation than a second data stream of the plurality of data streams. The method may also include transmitting the first and second data streams using a same radio resource to user terminals using different subchannels of the radio resource. | 07-30-2009 |
| 20090196249 | BASE STATION, USER DEVICE, AND METHOD USED IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A base station used in a mobile communication system employing a single carrier scheme for uplink transmission is disclosed. The base station includes a scheduler configured to allocate one or more uplink resource blocks to a user device according to uplink channel conditions of the user device; and a reporting unit configured to report scheduling information indicating the allocation result to the user device. An uplink control channel of the user device is mapped to a resource block in a transmission frame including multiple resource blocks according to a hopping pattern based on the scheduling information; and the uplink control channel is mapped to a resource block according to the same hopping pattern regardless of whether the uplink control channel is associated with a user data channel. | 08-06-2009 |
| 20090196250 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ALLOCATING CHANNEL MEASUREMENT RESOURCES IN WIRELESS BROADBAND ACCESS - A method for allocating resource of channel measurement in wireless broadband access includes the following steps. A subscriber station receives a channel measurement request which includes a channel to be measured and a measurement time from a base station, and performs a measurement on the channel to be measured within the measurement time. A system, a base station, and a subscriber station in wireless broadband access are also provided in the embodiments of the invention. The embodiments of the invention enable the subscriber station to acquire the available measurement resource while maintaining normal service and communication with the serving base station. | 08-06-2009 |
| 20090201876 | CONTROLLER, MOBILE STATION, MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND CONTROL METHOD - A disclosed control apparatus performs packet communications with a mobile station and divides a coverage area into plural sectors so as to control the communications. The control apparatus comprises a transmission allocation portion that selects at least two transmission sectors to perform transmission to the mobile station in accordance with reception quality imparted from the mobile station so as to perform a transmission allocation for the mobile station; and a transmission portion that uses an identical scramble code for sector identification so as to perform transmission to the mobile station. | 08-13-2009 |
| 20090201877 | RANGING METHOD USING NEW RANGING STRUCTURE - A method for performing ranging in a broadband wireless access system including a user equipment and a base station and using multi-carrier is described. A method using a structure in which a length of a part occupied by a ranging sequence is extended in the time domain includes a method using a structure in which a preamble occupied by the ranging sequence is repeated three times or more, a method using a structure in which a length of a preamble occupied by the ranging sequence is extended in the time domain, and a method using a structure in which lengths of a cyclic prefix and/or a guard time in the time domain are designed in consideration of a delay spread of a channel and a trip delay. Even in a cell structure having an extended radius, the trip delay can accurately be estimated. | 08-13-2009 |
| 20090207803 | BASE STATION AND METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A disclosed base station in a mobile communications system which uses a single-carrier technique for uplink includes a classifying unit which classifies, for each of multiple user apparatuses according to a path loss between the respective user apparatus and the base station, the multiple user apparatuses into two or more groups; and a scheduler which plans allocating of uplink resources to the user apparatuses. Uplink signals of each user apparatus that have multiple frequency components lined up in equal frequency intervals are multiplexed using a distributed frequency division multiplexing technique such that they are made mutually orthogonal on a frequency axis, the scheduler plans the resource allocating such that the user apparatuses belonging to different groups utilize different group bands or different time slots, and the group bands are specified by dividing a system band into groups. | 08-20-2009 |
| 20090213807 | Apparatus and method for allocating downlink burst in broadband wireless communication system - A method of allocating bursts in a broadband wireless communication system is provided. The method includes dividing a downlink period into a plurality of regions according to a burst property, calculating a residual symbol axis size and a residual subchannel axis size of a first region conforming to two-dimensional allocation among the plurality of regions, allocating bursts to be allocated to the first region in a descending order, wherein the bursts are respectively allocated in a rectangular shape having a length corresponding to the number of residual symbols along a time axis or in a rectangular shape having a length corresponding to the number of residual subchannels along a frequency axis, and allocating bursts to be allocated to at least one region conforming to one-dimensional allocation among the plurality of regions to the at least one region conforming to one-dimensional allocation according to a scheduling priority. | 08-27-2009 |
| 20090219882 | CELL SEARCH METHOD, FORWARD LINK FRAME TRANSMISSION METHOD, APPARATUS USING THE SAME AND FORWARD LINK FRAME STRUCTURE - Provided are a cell search method, a forward link frame transmission method, an apparatus using the methods, and a forward link frame structure. The cell search apparatus includes a sync acquirer acquiring synchronization of sync channel symbols using a sync channel of a forward link, and a group detector detecting at least one hopping codeword element belonging to a hopping codeword of a target cell from a forward link signal containing sync channel symbols sequence-hopped using a hopping codeword corresponding to a code group to which a scrambling code of each cell belongs based on the acquired synchronization, and detecting a code group of the target cell based on the detected hopping codeword element, wherein the hopping codewords are orthogonal to a cyclic shift operation. Accordingly, a cell search time and the complexity of the cell search can be reduced. | 09-03-2009 |
| 20090219883 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING SYNCHRONIZATION SIGNALS IN AN OFDM BASED CELLULAR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed is an apparatus and method for transmitting the synchronization signal in an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) based cellular system. The cell search process widely used in the OFDM based cellular system is divided into two steps for obtaining the frame timing synchronization and obtaining the cell-specific scrambling code. When designing the channel for obtaining the frame timing synchronization and the channel for obtaining the cell-specific scrambling code, different frequency reuse factors are applied to the synchronization channels of different steps according to the characteristics of each synchronization obtainment step in order to improve the performance of each step. | 09-03-2009 |
| 20090219884 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting/receiving control information in a wireless communication system are provided, in which physical layer signaling information to be transmitted in a frame is determined, a coded block is generated from signaling information having a fixed number of bits included in the physical layer signaling information, and a frame including the coded block is transmitted. The signaling information having the fixed number of bits includes information required for receiving other signaling information having a variable number of bits. | 09-03-2009 |
| 20090219885 | Adaptive Piconet Protocol - A method for adaptive piconet protocol begins by determining, by a master device, a number of slave devices that are currently affiliated with the master device in a piconet. The method continues by determining, by the master device, data requirements and/or voice requirements of each of the slave devices currently affiliated with the master device in the piconet. The method continues by establishing, by the master device, an information exchange format based on the number of slave devices and the data requirements and/or voice requirements of each of the slave devices. The information exchange format includes a single master data/voice request packet within a first time slot and multiple frequency locked partial packets for slave data responses and/or multiple frequency locked packets for slave voice responses within other time slots. | 09-03-2009 |
| 20090225721 | HIERARCHICAL PILOT STRUCTURE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method for communicating control channel information in a wireless communication system, including transmitting a super-frame having a time-frequency resource region containing an allocation control channel and multiple pilot elements, at least some of which are associated with the allocation control channel, and indicating, in a configuration information control channel of the super-frame, a characteristic of the pilots elements associated with the allocation control channel. | 09-10-2009 |
| 20090232084 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MULTI-CARRIER PACKET COMMUNICATION WITH REDUCED OVERHEAD - A method and system for minimizing the control overhead in a multi-carrier wireless communication network that utilizes a time-frequency resource is disclosed. In some embodiments, one or more zones in the time-frequency resource are designated for particular applications, such as a zone dedicated for voice-over-IP (VoIP) applications. By grouping applications of a similar type together within a zone, a reduction in the number of bits necessary for mapping a packet stream to a portion of the time-frequency resource can be achieved. In some embodiments, modular coding schemes associated with the packet streams may be selected that further reduce the amount of necessary control information. In some embodiments, packets may be classified for transmission in accordance with application type, QoS parameters, and other properties. In some embodiments, improved control messages may be constructed to facilitate the control process and minimize associated overhead. | 09-17-2009 |
| 20090232085 | COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM USING FRAME STRUCTURE FOR DIFFERENT WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS PROTOCOLS AND RELATED METHODS - A communications system may include a first wireless communications device communicating based upon a first wireless communications protocol, a second wireless communications device communicating based upon a second wireless communications protocol different from the first wireless communications protocol, and a wireless base station. The wireless base station may communicate with the first wireless communications device and the second wireless communications device based upon a frame structure. The frame structure may be defined by sub-carriers at respective different frequencies and symbols at respective different times. The frame structure may include a frame control header, a first frame portion for communicating with the first wireless communications device based upon the first wireless communications protocol, and a second frame portion for communicating with the second wireless communications device based upon the second wireless communications protocol. | 09-17-2009 |
| 20090232086 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR ACQUIRING AND USING MULTIPLE CONNECTION IDENTIFIERS - Methods and apparatus related to a peer to peer wireless communications system supporting the association of multiple connection identifiers with a single connection between a pair of wireless terminals are described. A differentiated quality of service is supported by assigning different numbers of connection identifiers to different connections. The number of connection identifiers assigned to a wireless terminal pair for a connection is a function of one of: data rate, priority information, and quality of service information. Being allocated a higher number of connection identifiers results in being allocated a higher number of traffic transmission request resources, thus increasing the likelihood that the connection is permitted to use a traffic transmission segment. The allocation of connection identifiers is performed in a distributed manner in which handshake signaling occurs between a wireless terminal pair seeking to establish a connection, e.g., as part of a multi-step paging scheme. | 09-17-2009 |
| 20090232087 | User Equipment Multiplexing In Downlink Multiuser, Multiple Input Multiple Output Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access - This invention is a method of downlink, multiuser, multiple input, multiple output communication between a single base station and plural user equipment. Resource buffers are distributed into sub-bands. Each user equipment is assigned to a sub-band with at least one sub-band assigned plural user equipment. The base station transmits user equipment according to assigned sub-bands. A single user equipment may be assigned one sub-band while plural user equipment are assigned to another sub-band. In one embodiment the base station has N transmit antennas. N user equipment is assigned to a first sub-band and less than N user equipment is assigned to a second sub-band. In another embodiment a first second user equipment is assigned a first sub-band and the first and a third user equipment are assigned to a second sub-band. | 09-17-2009 |
| 20090238137 | BASE STATION AND METHOD OF GENERATING A SYNCHRONIZATION CHANNEL - A synchronization channel is generated by generating, as a P-SCH basic waveform, a signal sequence in which codes with constant amplitude in a frequency domain are placed at intervals of a predetermined number of subcarriers; transforming the signal sequence into a time domain; multiplying the signal sequence transformed into the time domain with a predetermined code sequence; retransforming the signal sequence multiplied with the predetermined code sequence into the frequency domain; generating an S-SCH signal sequence; and multiplexing the signal sequence retransformed into the frequency domain and the S-SCH signal sequence. | 09-24-2009 |
| 20090245197 | Methods and systems to mitigate inter-cell interference - The present invention provides methods and devices for mitigating inter-cell interference in communication environments having a plurality of cells. In some embodiments, a time-frequency transmission resource that includes multiple sub-carriers over multiple OFDM symbol intervals is partitioned into a first zone and a second zone. In the first zone, transmissions are transmitted on at least one frequency sub-band which is common to all of the plurality of cells. In the second zone, transmissions are transmitted on at least one frequency sub-band which is used by less than all of the plurality of cells, so as to mitigate inter-cell interference. In some embodiments, in the first zone transmissions are transmitted using a transmission power which is common to all of the plurality of cells and in the second zone transmissions are transmitted using a transmission power which is used by less than all of the plurality of cells so as to mitigate inter-cell interference. | 10-01-2009 |
| 20090245198 | Channelization procedure for implementing persistent ACK/NACK and scheduling request - In one exemplary embodiment, a method includes: configuring a common resource space having a plurality of time-frequency resources and code resources, where the common resource space includes a first portion for a first type of signaling and a second portion for a second type of signaling, where the first type of signaling includes at least one of persistent acknowledgement signaling and scheduling request signaling, where the second type of signaling includes dynamic acknowledgement signaling; and allocating, based on the configured common resource space, resources of the common resource space for the at least one of persistent acknowledgement signaling and scheduling request signaling. | 10-01-2009 |
| 20090252109 | METHOD FOR DEMODULATING BROADCAST CHANNEL BY USING SYNCHRONIZATION CHANNEL AT OFDM SYSTEM WITH TRANSMIT DIVERSITY AND TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method for demodulating a BCH by using an SCH in an OFDM system with transmit diversity, and a transmitting apparatus and a receiving apparatus using the same. For this purpose, the present invention provides a transmit diversity transmission method for a transmitting apparatus of a base station that generates an SCH symbol and a BCH symbol, maps the SCH symbol and the BCH symbol to an OFDM signal, converts the OFDM signal into a time domain signal, and transmits the OFDM signal trough a selected antenna among a plurality of antennas. In addition, the present invention provides a method for demodulating a BCH by using an SCH to a mobile station that receives an OFDM signal from the base station, filters an SCH and a BCH from the OFDM signal, converts the OFDM signal to a frequency domain signal, calculates a channel estimation value by using the SCH and the BCH, and coherently demodulates the BCH. According to the present invention, coherent demodulation of a BCH can reduce a frame error generation probability, minimize a channel estimation error due to fading, reduce time for checking the number of antennas of the base station and time for demodulating the BCH, and reduce power consumption. | 10-08-2009 |
| 20090252110 | METHOD AND APPARTUS FOR EXTENDED REVERSE DIRECTION GRANT IN A WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK (WLAN) - Methods and apparatus for extended reverse direction grant in a WLAN. In an aspect, a method includes transmitting data within a transmit interval to a plurality of the nodes, wherein the data comprises a first indicator. The method also includes receiving, in response to the first indicator, a data transmission from at least one of the nodes, wherein the data transmission was transmitted using a selected transmission resource and is received within the transmit interval. In an aspect, an apparatus includes a receiver to receive, within a time interval, first data over a common channel, the first data being decodable by other nodes. The apparatus also includes a controller to determine whether the first data comprises a first indicator, and a transmitter to transmit second data within the time interval using selected transmission resources, if the first data comprises the first indicator. | 10-08-2009 |
| 20090252111 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CHANNEL RESOURCE DESCRIPTION - An apparatus and method for describing channel resources comprising allocating channel resources for a plurality of tiles; and determining a description of the channel resources allocated for a tile of the plurality of tiles by performing one or more of the following steps: a) comparing the size of the tile to a tile size threshold (TH | 10-08-2009 |
| 20090252112 | RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD AND A BASE STATION AND USER TERMINAL THEREOF - In a radio communication system, each of user terminals together with transmitting a data signal to a base station using different data transmission band frequencies that are assigned by a base station, performs time-division multiplexing of a pilot signal with the data signal and transmit the resulting signal to the base station. A resource management unit of the base station decides pilot transmission bands for each user terminal so that the pilot transmission band covers the data transmission band for each user terminal by frequency offset, and instructs the user terminal to transmit pilot signals using the decided pilot transmission band frequencies. Thereby the base station can estimate channel for each frequency of the data transmission band using the pilot signal. | 10-08-2009 |
| 20090257396 | System and method of adaptive frequency hopping with look ahead interference prediction - A novel and useful adaptive frequency hopping scheme for wireless devices and networks operating in a congested environment of similar devices, where capacity maximization is desired. The hopping sequence of each wireless link is dynamically adapted such that the impact of the surrounding interference is minimized and the interference induced onto the coexisting systems is also minimized. The scheme detects the repetitive presence of interference on a particular channel and comprises a replacement mechanism for swapping the interfered frequency-channel with one that would be clear for that particular time-slot. The mechanism detects interference during a redundant portion of the transmission (i.e. header or trailer) without having to experience packet failures (i.e. data loss). If the interference impact (e.g. corrupted header bits) exceeds a predefined threshold, that frequency channel is declared temporarily unusable for that time slot and is replaced with another in accordance with a frequency replacement policy. Periodic interference at a particular frequency, originating from a coexisting system of similar operating parameters, may also be detected at instances that are distant from the timeslots for which that particular frequency is to be used, such that frequency replacement in the hopping sequence can be scheduled ahead of time and collisions would be avoided altogether. | 10-15-2009 |
| 20090262699 | RESOURCE RESERVATION FOR USERS IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The invention relates to a method and scheduling apparatus for reserving radio resources in radio resource block units in a mobile communication system for a plurality of users. Further, another aspect of the invention is the indication of a radio resource reservation in radio resource block units in a mobile communication system to one of a plurality of mobile terminals. To provide a new mechanism allowing an efficient utilization of radio resources the invention proposes a resource reservation mechanism that reserves radio resources for a plurality of users in resource block units. Thereby, individual resource blocks are reserved for the individual users for a reservation period that comprises a plurality of time slots (or sub-frames). Further, the resource block reservations for the users overlap at least partially among the users, i.e. individual ones of the resource blocks are reserved for plural users. | 10-22-2009 |
| 20090262700 | FREQUENCY DOMAIN DIRECT SEQUENCE SPREAD SPECTRUM WITH FLEXIBLE TIME FREQUENCY CODE - A spread spectrum radio frequency communication system includes a Forward Error Correction (FEC) algorithm to encode digital data to provide a plurality of symbol groups, the FEC algorithm using a Reed Solomon FEC code, an interleaving algorithm to map each one of the plurality of symbol groups into a corresponding one of a plurality of coherent sub-bands, and a Walsh encoder to encode each one of the plurality of symbol groups. | 10-22-2009 |
| 20090268686 | WIRELESS TRANSMITTER AND WIRELESS TRANSMISSION METHOD - A wireless transmitter of the present invention includes n (n being an integer of 2 or more) transmission antennas, a transmission circuit controller that, based on reception qualities reported from terminals, assigns a chunk to each terminal, and sends a phase-control report signal that determines whether to perform phase-control, to that chunk, and a transmission circuit unit that, to each of the n transmission antennas, performs phase-control based on the phase-control report signal, and applies a delay that obtains an optimum transmission diversity effect among a plurality of transmission diversity effects. | 10-29-2009 |
| 20090274112 | Initial Access Channel for Scalable Wireless Mobile Communication Networks - Physical layer structures and access schemes for use in such networks are described and in particular initial access channel (IACH) structures are proposed. A spectrum efficient downlink (DL) IACH design supports different types of User Equipment (UE) capabilities and different system bandwidths. An IACH includes the synchronization channel (SCH) and broadcast-control channel (BCH). A non-uniform SCH for all system bandwidths is provided, as well as scalable bandwidth BCH depending on system bandwidth. An initial access procedure is provided, as well as an access procedure. | 11-05-2009 |
| 20090274113 | Channel Allocation for Burst Transmission to a Diversity of Satellites - A method for allocating transmission channels to devices configured to communicate short data packets to a diversity of non geostationary satellites is disclosed hereby. The method suggests a dynamic cellular partitioning of the earth surface, based on the smallest intersections of overlapping satellite service areas (“footprints”), defined as mega-cells, and reusing channels in different mega-cells. In addition, a transmission cycle is defined and divided to time slots, synchronized at each device by GPS timing signals, and mega-cells served by more satellites are allocated with fewer time slots, in order to increase the chance of transmitters placed in mega-cells served by fewer satellites to be detected. Further, each mega-cell is divided to cells, and different channels and time slots are allocated to each cell, from those allocated to the corresponding mega-cell. Consequently, collision of transmissions from different mega-cells is reduced, and collision of transmissions from different cells in a mega-cell is avoided. | 11-05-2009 |
| 20090279499 | Wireless resource allocating apparatus, on-vehicle apparatus, and wireless resource allocating system - A wireless resource allocating apparatus includes a ranging signal receiving unit that receives a signal indicating that an on-vehicle apparatus loaded on a vehicle is present within a predetermined area, an on-vehicle apparatus quantity calculating unit that calculates the number of on-vehicle apparatuses present within the area from the signal received by the ranging signal receiving unit, a wireless resource allocating unit that allocates wireless resources to be used for inter-vehicle communication among a plurality of on-vehicle apparatuses present within the area and non-inter-vehicle communication between the on-vehicle apparatuses and a communicating apparatus other than the on-vehicle apparatuses based on the number of on-vehicle apparatuses calculated by the on-vehicle apparatus quantity calculating unit, and an allocation instruction transmitting unit that instructs an on-vehicle apparatus present within the area to use the wireless resources allocated by the wireless resource allocating unit. | 11-12-2009 |
| 20090279500 | METHODS OF SENDING CONTROL INFORMATION FOR USERS SHARING THE SAME RESOURCE - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to a method for sending control information to multiple user terminals that share the same resources in a Spatial Division Multiple Access (SDMA) wireless system. The control information can be transmitted from an access point over a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) that is common for a plurality of user terminals. The overall PDCCH overhead can thus be reduced due to a smaller number of required PDCCH in the SDMA wireless system. | 11-12-2009 |
| 20090279501 | WIRELESS STATION AND FRAME CONSTRUCTING METHOD AND FRAME READING METHOD THEREOF - Wireless stations and methods thereof are provided. Allocations in a frame are considered to have a predetermined transmission sequence. MAP in the frame arranges zone allocation IEs of the allocations by following the predetermined transmission sequence so that a station receive the frame can know the predetermined transmission sequence. By having the predetermined transmission sequence, zone allocation IE of each of the allocations in the frame can be described by only two parameters: number of time units and number of frequency bands. | 11-12-2009 |
| 20090285173 | PILOT DESIGN USING COSTAS ARRAYS - A multi-pilot frame handler ( | 11-19-2009 |
| 20090296648 | OPTIMAL USER PAIRING FOR MULTIUSER MIMO - A method includes operating a receiver connected with n | 12-03-2009 |
| 20090296649 | BASE STATION AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A base station is provided. The base station conducts wireless communication with one or more terminal devices using an OFDMA system, and has: a channel assigning unit that assigns PRU an extra channel used for data communication and an anchor channel including a map indicating the position of PRU to which the extra channel is assigned, wherein the channel assigning unit assigns the anchor channel to PRU of a predetermined frequency domain and assigns the extra channel to PRU of a domain other than the predetermined frequency domain. | 12-03-2009 |
| 20090296650 | COORDINATED LINEAR BEAMFORMING IN DOWNLINK MULTI-CELL WIRELESS NETWORKS - System and methods are disclosed for optimizing wireless communication for a plurality of mobile wireless devices. The system uses beamforming vectors or precoders having a structure optimal with respect to the weighted sum rate in a multi-cell orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) downlink. A plurality of base stations communicate with the mobile devices and all base stations perform a distributed non-convex optimization exploiting the determined structure. | 12-03-2009 |
| 20090296651 | Data Allocation Method In Wireless Communication System And Wireless Communication System - A data allocation method in a wireless communication system in which data is allocated in both a time axis direction and frequency axis direction, and data is transmitted between a mobile station and base station according to an allocated schedule, the allocation method including: measuring propagation path information between the mobile station and the base station; and modifying an allocation width of a burst in the time axis direction or in the frequency axis direction based on the propagation path information. | 12-03-2009 |
| 20090303957 | METHOD FOR DYNAMICALLY ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN A NETWORK OF STATION CLUSTERS - A distributed method for dynamically assigning time-frequency resources in a network comprising several stations is disclosed. The stations are organized in groups (or interfaces) of several stations with each group comprising an allocation table Tsi. Each group exchanges this allocation table by means of a signaling protocol with groups that are defined as being in conflict with it by a constraints graph. The method uses an arbitration function to settle the conflicts and the assignments of allocations between the groups in conflict according to the constraints graph. In performing the method, each interface Ji transmits the allocation table TJi associated with it to the interfaces K indicated as being in conflict in the constraints graph. An interface Ji looks, for each allocation AJi that it has entered in its table TJi, whether the allocation AJi is used in the table received from an interface K that is in conflict. The interface Ji uses the arbitration function to modify the allocation AJi in the table TJi. | 12-10-2009 |
| 20090303958 | System and Method for Burst Separation and Extended Interleaving Length - A method includes allocating frame capacity between physical layer pipes dividing a frame and physical layer pipes into a plurality of subframes, wherein each subframe carries one burst from each physical layer pipe; selectively time shifting the plurality of bursts such that a defined time shift exists between corresponding bursts in each subframe within the frame; and appending the subframes after each other in a sequence. Each frame may include two or more radio frequency channels, each radio frequency channel including subframes. The method may further include selectively time shifting one or more of the radio frequency channels such that a defined time shift exists between corresponding radio frequency channels in each frame; and for any subframes of a radio frequency channel which have been selectively shifted beyond the end of the frame, cyclically shifting such subframes to the beginning of the frame. | 12-10-2009 |
| 20090303959 | Base Station And Frequency Changing Method In Mobile Communication System - A frequency changing method that can avoid a collision between uplink frequencies by using a simple algorithm. According to this method, a list of the frequencies of mobile stations whose receive status was OK and a list of the frequencies of mobile stations whose receive status was NG, requiring each mobile station to retransmit by changing its frequency, are constructed at a base station; then, for each of the frequencies in the receive status NG list, the amount of shift, Δf, predetermined in the system, is added and, if the result coincides with any one of the frequencies in the receive status OK list, Δf is added once again. | 12-10-2009 |
| 20090303960 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING AND PROCESSING SEQUENCES IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for allocating and processing sequences in a communication system is disclosed. The method includes: dividing sequences in a sequence group into multiple sub-groups, each sub-group corresponding to its own mode of occupying time frequency resources; selecting sequences from a candidate sequence collection corresponding to each sub-group to form the sequences in the sub-group by: the sequences in a sub-group i in a sequence group k being composed of n sequences in the candidate sequence collection, the n sequences making a |r | 12-10-2009 |
| 20090303961 | METHOD, TRANSCEIVER AND TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR GENERATING REFERENCE SEQUENCE MATRICES AND FOR MAPPING ELEMENTS THEREOF - An method for, in a cellular telecommunication system, generating reference sequence matrices and for mapping elements of said reference sequence matrices to reference signal positions having predetermined locations in two-dimensional multi-carrier time-frequency symbol spaces is provided. According to the method, a matrix S | 12-10-2009 |
| 20090310558 | Wireless Communication System, Terminal Apparatus, And Communication Method - A wireless communication system includes a first base station apparatus that includes a wireless unit, which performs transmission or reception using a first frequency at a first time slot and performs the transmission or the reception using both the first frequency and a second frequency at a second time slot; and a second base station apparatus that includes a wireless unit, which performs the transmission or the reception using the second frequency at the first time slot and performs the transmission or the reception using both the first frequency and the second frequency at the second time slot. | 12-17-2009 |
| 20090316647 | CONTROL AND DATA INFORMATION COMMUNICATION IN A WIRELESS SYSTEM - A method of transmitting data information and control information is provided. The method includes encoding the control information and encoding the data information. The method further includes modulating the control information and modulating the data information. The method further includes spreading the modulated control information using a spreading code to generate spread control information. The method further includes superimposing the spread control information with the modulated data information. The method further includes transmitting the modulated data information with the superimposed spread control information. | 12-24-2009 |
| 20090323628 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING MAP IN WIRELESS MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND SYSTEM THEREFOR - An apparatus and method for transmitting MAP by a base station in a wireless mobile communication system using a frame that includes a plurality of mini frames occupying a specific time period, each of the mini frames including a plurality of Resource Blocks (RBs) occupying a specific frequency band are provided. A number of RBs to be occupied by a data burst to be transmitted is determined. A first variable indicative of a number of mini frames to be occupied by the data burst is determined based on a resource amount corresponding to the number of RBs and an available resource amount of the mini frame. A second variable is determined based on the number of RBs and the first variable. MAP is transmitted that includes the first variable, the second variable, and information indicating RBs where a resource is allocated in a mini frame first located in a time domain among the mini frames to be occupied by the data burst. Each of the RBs where the resource is allocated represents an RB where one of packets segmented from the data burst is allocated. | 12-31-2009 |
| 20090323629 | Secondary Synchronization Sequences for Cell Group Detection in a Cellular Communications System - Timing parameters and an identity of a particular one of a number of cell groups are indicated in a signal transmitted in a cellular communication system having a radio frame in a physical layer, the radio frame comprising a number of time slots. In a known one of the time slots, a synchronization signal, S | 12-31-2009 |
| 20100002649 | Method and System for Generating Antenna Selection Signals in Wireless Networks - Embodiments of the invention describe a method for antenna selection (AS) in a wireless communication network, the network comprising user equipment (UE), wherein the UE comprises a plurality of subsets of antennas including a first subset of antennas and a second subset of antennas, and wherein the UE is configured to transmit a sounding reference signal (SRS) from a subset of antennas at a time. The method transmits a first SRS from the first subset of antennas, transmits a second SRS from the second subset of antennas, receives, in response to the transmitting the first SRS and the second SRS, information identifying an optimal subset of antennas from the first subset of antennas and the second subset of antennas, and transmits user data from the optimal subset of antennas. | 01-07-2010 |
| 20100008321 | Base-Station Apparatus, Mobile Machine, Communication System, And Channel Allocation Method - A base-station apparatus measures a frequency variation and time variation based on a signal transmitted from a mobile machine. Then, based on the measured frequency variation and time variation, the base-station apparatus allocates either an adjacent sub-channel or a distributed sub-channel to the mobile machine. With this, the base-station apparatus allocates a sub-channel according to the wireless propagation environment where the mobile machine is located. | 01-14-2010 |
| 20100014481 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING REFERENCE SIGNAL, SETTING REFERENCE SIGNAL TRANSMISSION PATTERN, AND SETTING AND ALLOCATING RESOURCE BLOCK - A method for transmitting a reference signal, a method for establishing a reference-signal transmission pattern, and a method for establishing a block are disclosed. The reference-signal density is adjusted according to the request degree of the channel estimation performance, and then the reference signal is transmitted to a destination. As a result, the apparatus prevents prevent resources from being unnecessarily wasted, and acquires a high channel estimation performance as necessary, resulting in an increased production yield of a system. | 01-21-2010 |
| 20100020760 | ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DOMAIN MULTIPLEXING (OFDM) COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An OFDM communication system employs a cell time division time frame for a plurality of overlapping cells wherein the time frame comprises time slots with each time slot allocated to one of the overlapping cells and each time slot being either an information exchange time slot or a data time slot. Remote nodes ( | 01-28-2010 |
| 20100027499 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR A REFERENCE SIGNAL (RS) TIMING LOOP FOR OFDM SYMBOL SYNCHRONIZATION AND TRACKING - Aspects of a method and system for a reference signal (RS) timing loop for OFDM symbol synchronization and tracking may include tracking symbol timing in an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) signal based on at least a reference symbol set. A receiver timing may be adjusted based on at least the symbol timing. The symbol timing may be tracked by generating an output signal as a function of a guard time Δt | 02-04-2010 |
| 20100027500 | Transmission pattern for the transmission of data in a radio communications system - A method for the transmission of data between base stations and terminal devices uses at least one first time-frequency-spectrum which contains a plurality of transmission resources. A transmission resource is defined by a section of the time-frequency-spectrum, which is formed by at least one subcarrier subdivided into time slots and by at least one time slot. As part of the method, data are transmitted between a base station and a terminal device in a frame on one transmission resource. The method is characterized in that the base station transmits the data in such a way that a combination of subcarriers and/or time slots of the transmission resource used for the transmission of the frame forms a transmission pattern characterizing the nature of the data. The base station selects the transmission pattern from a number of previously defined transmission patterns, depending on the nature of the data to be transmitted. | 02-04-2010 |
| 20100027501 | RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND PILOT ARRANGEMENT METHOD - Provided is a radio communication device capable of reducing the number of pilots while maintaining a channel estimation accuracy. The radio communication device includes: a unicast pilot generation unit ( | 02-04-2010 |
| 20100027502 | Sub-band dependent resource management - A system and method for facilitating resource management in OFDM systems is provided. The system permits different and flexible resource cell metric operations levels (e.g. uplink load management, admission control, congestion control, signal handoff control) for different sub-bands. For the uplink load management, there are multiple distinct load operation points (e.g. IoT, RoT) per sub-band group instead of the same operation level across the entire available band. The sub-band groups encompass the entire band. The facilitation system also comprises a variety of transmitting protocols, command increment variable stepsize methods and robust command response methods. The system thus provides more flexible reverse link resource management and more efficient utilization of the bandwidth. | 02-04-2010 |
| 20100034165 | SEQUENCE GENERATION AND TRANSMISSION METHOD BASED ON TIME AND FREQUENCY DOMAIN TRANSMISSION UNIT - A method for generating/transmitting a transmission-unit symbol sequence is disclosed. In the case of transmission information, the information is modulated in time and frequency domains on the basis of a predetermined transmission unit (e.g., a transmission time interval TTI or slot), simultaneous transmission of the information is made, and then a transmission unit symbol is generated/transmitted. A transmission sequence is masked in each symbol contained in one transmission unit. Symbol-unit circular shift (cyclic shift) is applied to the masked result, so that transmission efficiency increases. A control signal transmission method for supporting a variety of formats and a signal transmission method based on a prime-length sequence are also provided. | 02-11-2010 |
| 20100040015 | USING A SYNCHRONIZATION CHANNEL TO SEND QUICK PAGING SIGNALS - In an orthogonal frequency division multiple access communication system, a base station transmits a quick paging signal simultaneously with a synchronization signal during the same transmission symbol time period. Even though these different signals are transmitted during the same transmission symbol time period, a periodicity of the synchronization signal is maintained to facilitate rapid and cost-effective synchronization by subscriber stations with the base station. The quick paging signal alerts subscriber stations about whether to stay awake for a subsequent page or to go into a power saving sleep mode. | 02-18-2010 |
| 20100046463 | Spectrum sharing between OFDM and non-OFDM radios - A signal is generated in the time domain (e.g., GSM, CDMA waveform), digitally sampled at a rate N per symbol interval T over an observation window of length JT to achieve a vector of JN samples. The JN samples are transformed via a DFT of size JN to the frequency domain, where they are mapped using the DFT coefficients to subcarriers of an OFDM or SC-FDMA waveform. Then an IDFT is executed to convert the samples back to the time domain, which are then transmitted on the mapped subcarriers. For the case of a portable device cognitive radio, subcarriers other than the JN subcarriers may be used for pilots or zero weights may be applied to them. For the case of a network node, pilots or samples for other users may be mapped to the other subcarriers, in which case the IDFT is size M>JN for transforming all the user signals. | 02-25-2010 |
| 20100046464 | METHOD OF SUPPORTING HETEROGENEOUS MODE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A data communication method is disclosed, which can simultaneously support heterogeneous systems in a wireless communication system based on multiple carrier multiple access. For a dual mode between heterogeneous systems, the data communication method includes transmitting control information for a first system mode and a second system mode to a mobile station through a channel resource zone used in the first system mode, and performing data transmission and reception between the system and the mobile station through channel resource zones allocated from the first system mode or the second system mode. | 02-25-2010 |
| 20100046465 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING TIME AND FREQUENCY RESOURCE FOR RESOURCE REQUEST INDICATOR, METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING RESOURCE REQUEST INDICATOR AND DEVICE THEREOF - A method for allocating a time and frequency resource of a resource request indicator (RRI), a method for transmitting an RRI, and a device thereof are provided, which relate to a wireless communication technique and reduce the overhead of the time and frequency resource. The method for allocating a time and frequency resource of an RRI includes: allocating codes for an RRI and other uplink control signaling; and multiplexing the RRI and other uplink control signaling in the same time and frequency resource in a code division manner. | 02-25-2010 |
| 20100061333 | EFFICIENT AND CONSISTENT WIRELESS DOWNLINK CHANNEL CONFIGURATION - A configuration for downlink signals in a wireless communication system, methods of configuring the downlink signals, apparatus for generating the downlink signals, and apparatus for receiving and processing the downlink signals are described herein. Downlink signals in a wireless communication system are reconfigured in series of frames, with each frame carrying a preamble that provides fast cell search and system acquisition. In particular, the preamble includes a primary preamble and a secondary preamble, where the primary preamble is common to all sectors in a base station and all base stations in a system and the secondary preamble is effectively unique to each base station, and may be further distinguished based on a sector basis. In addition, pilot signals are aligned with base stations to occur at the same time within a frame and the PN sequence values of the pilot signals are based on a cell identification an antenna identification, thereby enabling prediction of pilots transmitted by interferers or neighboring base stations from acquisition of secondary preambles. Also, the pilot bits are selectively assigned from a center of an operating band outward. Due to the pilot placement and pilot modulation, the scheme enables interference mitigation and channel estimation without knowing the frequency bandwidth, which is especially advantageous in broadcast channel systems. | 03-11-2010 |
| 20100061334 | WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK - A wireless local area network comprising an access point and a plurality of remote stations arranged to communicate using Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplex (OFDM). The system can operate in a first access mode wherein access to the access point is in accordance with a Carrier Sense Multiple Access (CSMA) scheme and in a temporary second access mode wherein access to the access point is in accordance with a Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA) scheme. A resource allocation of resource blocks when in the TDMA mode is furthermore such that resource blocks may be allocated to a plurality of remote stations which have overlapping time intervals and disjoint sets of OFDM subcarriers thereby allowing simultaneous communication for the plurality of remote stations within the overlapping time interval. The access operation is controlled by a single message transmitted from the access point. The invention may in particular be suitable for IEEE 802.11 systems. | 03-11-2010 |
| 20100067478 | Method of selecting suitable frequency bands for data transmission between a network node and a user equipment within a mobile communications network - A method of selecting suitable frequency bands for data transmission between a network node and a user equipment within a mobile communications network. A method selects suitable frequency bands for data transmission between a network node and user equipment within a mobile communications network. A scheduler on the network node side selects data transmission mode depending on the user equipment capability of receiving data from at least two frequency bands simultaneously. The scheduler preferably selects the data transmission mode in the following way: simultaneous data transmission over at least two frequency with or without splitting traffic data or data transmission over only one available frequency band. For data transmission, a radio frame structure (Big MAC element) is dynamically established in the so-called medium access control layer, shortened so-called MAC-layer, by using concurrent radio resources from other frequency bands or other radio access technologies. | 03-18-2010 |
| 20100067479 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCE, AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING RESOURCE ALLOCATION INFORMATION - A resource allocation method and a resource allocation information transmission method are provided. Smallest units of resource allocation are set as basic resource blocks and groups of a specific number of basic resource blocks are set as group resource blocks. Resources can be allocated in units of basic resource blocks or in units of group resource blocks depending on the amount of resources required for data transmission of each UE. Resource allocation information for allocation in units of basic resource blocks is set to be different from resource allocation information for allocation in units of group resource blocks, thereby achieving efficient allocation of communication resources. | 03-18-2010 |
| 20100067480 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS EMPLOYING MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT (MIMO) TECHNIQUES - A system has multiple antennas, a Time Division Multiplexing (TDM) module creating TDM slots, and demultiplexing circuitry inserting within the TDM slots Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbols and associating the TDM slots with data sub-streams. The system also includes precoding circuitry associating the data sub-streams with multiple tones. Each of the respective tones corresponds to a respective one of the antennas. The antennas transmit the data sub-streams using the multiple tones. | 03-18-2010 |
| 20100074217 | Method and Apparatus for Managing Sector of Base Station in Mobile Telecommunication Systems - Disclosed is a method for operating sectors of a base station in a mobile telecommunication system. For this, the method includes the steps of: outputting, at a prescribed time period equal to T1, data, including alpha sector data, beta sector data, and gamma sector data, which is to be transmitted to a mobile station, in sequence and by sectors; dividing a frequency in a scheme of time division at a time period which equals either tα, tβ or tγ and which corresponds to the data length by the sector of data which is output in the outputting data, and carrying out a frequency assignment in sequence and by the sector. Accordingly, only relevant data is transmitted to a sector assigned the frequency, and a traffic variation of each sector can be met. | 03-25-2010 |
| 20100080189 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PLUG-AND-PLAY VENUE-CAST CO-CHANNEL WITH WIDE-AREA NETWORK - A system, method, and apparatus for providing venue-cast service in a wireless access network are disclosed. A local transmitter can request reservation of air link resources on the wireless access network for a venue-cast transmission. The local transmitter can receive a forward link signal with a timing reference for data transmitted on the wireless access network such as, for example, the forward link signal in an EV-DO network or a FLO-based media distribution system. Based on the timing reference, the local transmitter can transmit venue-cast information in a same frequency band as the forward link signal utilizing the reserved air link resources. Optionally, the venue-cast system can include a collocated network repeater and the local transmitter can synchronize its timing and transmit power to the forward link signal from the repeater. | 04-01-2010 |
| 20100085934 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNAL AND A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method, apparatus and system for transmitting signal, the method includes: using the weighting factor sequence, processing weighting repeating modulation for the basic cell block mapped by the data symbol block at the sending end, and obtaining a plurality of the repeating cell blocks corresponding to the said basic cell block; the sending end maps each repeating cell block to the appointed time-frequency position respectively, then sends the signals in the said time-frequency position; and the receiving end demodulates the plurality of data symbol blocks from the blocks, and incorporates the plurality of data symbol blocks; the said receiving end demodulates the incorporated data symbol blocks, and generates the received data. This scheme can be called for short as the block repeating spread diversity transmission technology, it is based on the information symbol in the time-frequency domain two-dimensional grid point. This scheme doesn't restrict the modulating signal generation manner at bottom, it can form a new multiple address/multiple path transmission scheme, and can be incorporated with the other key technologies in the existing mobile communication. | 04-08-2010 |
| 20100098019 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL SIGNAL USING EFFICIENT MULTIPLEXING - Methods of transmitting a control signal using efficient multiplexing are disclosed. One of the method includes the steps of multiplexing a plurality of 1-hit control signals within a prescribed time-frequency domain by code division multiple access (CDMA) and transmitting the multiplexed control signals, wherein a plurality of the 1-bit control signals include a plurality of the 1-bit control signals for a specific transmitting side. Accordingly, reliability on 1-bit control signal transmission can be enhanced. | 04-22-2010 |
| 20100098020 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK CONTROL SIGNAL - A method of transmitting a downlink control signal is disclosed, by which localized allocation and distributed allocation are efficiently used in transmitting a downlink control signal. The present invention includes multiplexing the downlink control signal in a manner of if there exists downlink data transmission to a prescribed UE, applying localized allocation to a transmission of the downlink control signal including the scheduling information on the uplink data transmission of the UE and applying distributed allocation to another transmission of the downlink control signal and transmitting the multiplexed downlink control signal. | 04-22-2010 |
| 20100103900 | BEAMFORMING METHOD AND DEVICE - The present invention relates to a beamforming device in an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing access system, and a method thereof. In the method, a switched beamforming algorithm is applied to perform downlink beamforming, and an adaptive beamforming algorithm is applied to perform uplink receiving beamforming. In addition, a half wavelength array antenna is used to simultaneously allocate the same resource to two terminals separately positioned in two different spaces, so as to support spatial division multiple access (SDMA). In this case, since a base station uses channel status information at transmitter (CSIT) for transmitting beamforming and receiving beamforming, the SDMA may be supported without obtaining additional channel status information at receiver (CSIR) when realizing the uplink receiving beamforming. | 04-29-2010 |
| 20100103901 | BASE STATION, COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND RECEPTION METHOD - A base station includes a scheduler configured to perform frequency scheduling for each subframe; a control channel generating unit configured to generate a control channel including common control information to be mapped to radio resources distributed across a system frequency band and specific control information to be mapped to one or more resource blocks allocated to each selected user device; and a transmission signal generating unit configured to generate a transmission signal by time-division-multiplexing the common control information and the specific control information according to scheduling information from the scheduler. The common control information includes a format indicator representing one of preset options that indicates the number of symbols occupied by the common control information in one subframe. The common control information includes information units with a predetermined data size. The number of the information units is less than or equal to a specified multiplicity included in broadcast information. | 04-29-2010 |
| 20100103902 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL - A method of transmitting a sounding reference signal (SRS) includes receiving SRS operation information including a sounding indicator, the sounding indicator indicating whether SRS transmission takes place at a subframe; generating the SRS according to the SRS operation information, and if the sounding indicator indicates occurrence of SRS transmission, transmitting the SRS at the subframe. Multiplexing can be achieved without collision between data and a sounding reference signal and single carrier characteristics required in uplink transmission can be preserved. | 04-29-2010 |
| 20100111030 | Frequency Hopping Scheme for OFDMA System - Available bandwidth is divided into multiple sub-channels, and respective sub-bands containing one or more of these sub-channels are allocated to one or more users. A first frequency allocation is determined, and mathematical operators are used to determine at least one further frequency allocation from the first frequency allocation. A frequency hopping sequence is then determined, including the first frequency allocation, and the or each further frequency allocation. A network node may perform the allocation method, and a user equipment may operate using the allocated bandwidth. | 05-06-2010 |
| 20100111031 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL SIGNAL USING EFFICIENT MULTIPLEXING - A method of transmitting a control signal using efficient multiplexing is disclosed. The present invention includes the steps of multiplexing a plurality of 1-bit control signals within a prescribed time-frequency domain by code division multiple access (CDMA) and transmitting the multiplexed control signals, wherein a plurality of the 1-hit control signals include a plurality of the 1-bit control signals for a specific transmitting side. Accordingly, reliability on 1-bit control signal transmission can be enhanced. | 05-06-2010 |
| 20100118825 | RADIO BASE STATION USED IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A disclosed radio base station is used in a mobile communication system employing a single carrier scheme for uplink and includes a scheduler configured to allocate radio resources such that a first control channel accompanying an uplink data channel is transmitted using the same frequency band allocated to the uplink data channel and a second control channel, which is to be transmitted regardless of presence or absence of the uplink data channel, is transmitted using a dedicated frequency band reserved for the second control channel if no frequency band is allocated to the uplink data channel; and a reporting unit configured to report scheduling information indicating the allocation results to a user device. The scheduler is configured not to allocate the radio resources to the uplink data channel of the user device in a unit transmission period reserved for transmission of the second control channel of the user device. | 05-13-2010 |
| 20100118826 | Evolving-type user resource structure/channelization with enhanced diversity for OFDMA based time-varying channels - An evolving-type resource structure supports high data rate services at high mobile speeds. The evolving-type resource structure is an efficient diversity-exploiting user resource structure for fast time-varying frequency-selective fading channel environments. In one example, an evolving-type resource structure takes advantages of both band-type and interleaved-type structures which exploit both multiuser diversity and frequency diversity in fast time-varying channels. The evolving-type resource structure is applicable to centralized, semi-distributed and distributed access schemes and may be used in both downlink (DL) and uplink (UL) transmissions in a cellular system. | 05-13-2010 |
| 20100118827 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR ALLOCATION OF MACRO CELL RESOURCES IN A DISTRIBUTED FEMTO CELL NETWORK AND A DISTRIBUTED RELAY STATION NETWORK - Methods and systems for reusing macro cell resources in femto cell base stations or relay stations in a non-collaborative manner are disclosed. In addition, orthogonal resource allocation between a macro cell base station and femto cell base stations/relay stations may be dynamically adjusted by considering user-population variance. Moreover, an additional level of spatial reuse by femto cell base stations or relay stations can be provided by employing macro cell user location information. | 05-13-2010 |
| 20100118828 | Method of transmitting scheduling request in a wireless communication system - A method of transmitting a scheduling request which is used to request a radio resource for uplink transmission includes configuring an uplink control channel for transmission of a scheduling request in a subframe, the subframe comprising two consecutive slots, a slot comprising a plurality of single carrier-frequency division multiple access (SC-FDMA) symbols, the scheduling request being carried by presence or absence of transmission of the uplink control channel, and transmitting the scheduling request on the uplink control channel. | 05-13-2010 |
| 20100118829 | METHOD, DATA STRUCTURE AND COMPUTER SYSTEM FOR PACKING A WORLWIDE INTEROPERABILITY FOR MICROWAVE ACCESS (WIMAX) FRAME - A method of packing a Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX) frame, characterised in that the method comprises the steps of: creating a matrix of substantially the same number of rows and columns as the WiMAX frame; mapping a first control message to a position in a first corner of the matrix; mapping a first data message to a position in a second corner of the matrix, wherein the second corner is opposite in a predetermined direction to the first corner; mapping a plurality of further control messages to the matrix in a first direction moving from the first corner towards the centre of the matrix; and mapping a plurality of further data messages to the matrix in a second direction that is different from the first direction, from the second corner of the matrix towards the centre of the matrix; until one or more of the further data messages meets one or more of the further control messages; copying the control messages from the matrix to a first area of the WiMAX frame; arranging the control messages in the WiMAX frame so that the first control message is located at the start of the frame; and copying the data messages from the matrix to a second area of the WiMAX frame, so that the first data message is located directly after the control messages. | 05-13-2010 |
| 20100128693 | METHOD OF RESOLVING OVERLAPS IN DATA TRANSMISSION AND USER EQUIPMENT THEREFOR - A user equipment and corresponding method of transmitting symbol by the user equipment in a wireless communication. The user equipment transmits a plurality of symbols to a base station, each symbol including a cyclic prefix and a data part. The method includes: receiving a timing adjustment command from the base station, the timing adjustment command advancing a transmission timing of symbol after a predetermined time; and transmitting a timing adjusted symbol to the base station. A length of the timing adjusted symbol is varied so that the timing adjusted symbol does not include an overlapping part with a previous symbol. | 05-27-2010 |
| 20100135242 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR REFERENCE SIGNAL PATTERN DESIGN - A base station comprising an allocator configured to allocate a plurality of dedicated reference (DR) signals to selected resource elements. In the even-numbered time slot in a first resource block, a first group of DR signals are: i) allocated to a first group of adjacent resource elements; and ii) allocated to a second group of adjacent resource elements. In the contiguous odd-numbered time slot in the first resource block, the first group of DR signals are allocated to a third group of adjacent resource elements. In the even-numbered time slot in a second resource block, the first group of adjacent DR signals are allocated to a fourth group of resource elements. In the contiguous odd-numbered time slot in the second resource block, the first group of DR signals are: i) allocated to a fifth group of adjacent resource elements; and ii) allocated to a sixth group of adjacent resource elements. | 06-03-2010 |
| 20100142476 | Method for mapping downlink dedicated pilots to resource elements in extended cyclic prefix frame structure - A method for mapping downlink dedicated pilot frequencies of an extend cyclic prefix frame structure to physical resource blocks, applied in a long term evolution system, includes the following steps: the first downlink dedicated pilot frequency of each channel is mapped to the specific position of a physical resource block; other downlink dedicated pilot frequencies of the channel are mapping-processed according to the time domain interval, frequency domain interval and the preset regulation; the time domain interval is two or three OFDM symbols, the frequency domain interval is two sub-carriers of the same time domain. By defining the positions of pilot frequencies in the physical resource block, the public pilot frequency can obtain the information of all channels when a base station uses a beam pattern of more than four antennas. Making the channel information obtained by dedicated pilot frequencies contain the real channel information and the process-weight-value of a beam pattern, a UE does not need to obtain the transmission-weight-value of a beam pattern, such as to avoid the feedback cost of weight-values of a beam pattern. | 06-10-2010 |
| 20100150099 | Unified synchronous ranging channel structure and ranging code generation and detection in wireless OFDMA systems - A unified synchronous ranging channel is provided. The unified synchronous ranging channel has a ranging cyclic prefix length that is the same as a cyclic prefix length of a data channel. The unified synchronous ranging channel is used for one of initial ranging, handover ranging, and periodic ranging between a mobile station and a femto base station. In one embodiment, the synchronous ranging channel spans over a two-dimensional radio resource region having a first number of subcarriers along frequency domain, a second number of OFDM symbols along time domain, and a third number of time-domain repetition. At the transmit side, a ranging code sequence is generated by applying a fixed time-domain cyclic shift per OFDM symbol to a root sequence. At the receive side, the ranging code sequence is decoded by using a summation module, a likelihood-combining module, and a modified peak test module that normalizes a peak value. | 06-17-2010 |
| 20100150100 | Unified synchronous ranging channel design and allocation in wireless OFDMA systems - A unified synchronous ranging channel is provided. The unified synchronous ranging channel has a ranging cyclic prefix length that is the same as a cyclic prefix length of a data channel. The unified synchronous ranging channel is used for one of initial ranging, handover ranging, and periodic ranging between a mobile station and a femto base station. In one embodiment, the synchronous ranging channel spans over a two-dimensional radio resource region having a first number of subcarriers along frequency domain, a second number of OFDM symbols along time domain, and a third number of time-domain repetition. At the transmit side, a ranging code sequence is generated by applying a fixed time-domain cyclic shift per OFDM symbol to a root sequence. At the receive side, the ranging code sequence is decoded by using a summation module, a likelihood-combining module, and a modified peak test module that normalizes a peak value. | 06-17-2010 |
| 20100150101 | DOWNLINK MULTIPLEXING - A communications system is provided in which persistently allocated resources used by a node to communicate data with another node of the communications system can be reallocated or new dynamic resources can be allocated to allow the node to communicate using both the persistently allocated resources and the dynamically allocated resources. The system does this without changing the structure of a control channel used to communicate resource allocations. | 06-17-2010 |
| 20100157933 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING RANGING PROCEDURE - A method for performing a ranging procedure includes transmitting a ranging request message through a randomly selected ranging slot to a base station, the ranging request message comprising a randomly selected ranging code, and receiving a ranging response message including collision information which informs that collision occurs when at least two user equipments transmit the same ranging code to the base station through the same ranging slot. Delay in the ranging can be reduced. | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100157934 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - The object is achieved by providing a base station apparatus for performing time and frequency scheduling in uplink packet access with: an interference amount measurement part configured to measure an uplink interference amount for each interference amount measurement unit which comprises a predetermined period and a predetermined number of frequency blocks; an interference amount determination part configured to determine whether the uplink interference amount satisfies a predetermined condition; and an overload indicator reporting part configured to report an overload indicator to a neighboring cell when the predetermined condition is satisfied. | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100157935 | WIRELESS TRANSMISSION DEVICE AND WIRELESS TRANSMISSION METHOD - A wireless transmission device of the present invention includes n (where n is an integer of two or more) transmission antennas and a delay imparting section for delaying transmission signals supplied to the n transmission antennas by a maximum delay time (n−1)T or less based on a delay time T dependent upon a communication signal, which indicates whether to transmit the transmission signals by way of frequency diversity or multiuser diversity. | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100157936 | Uplink Reference Signal for Time and Frequency Scheduling of Transmissions - A method for multiplexing reference signal (RS) transmissions from user equipments (UEs), with the RS having a bandwidth larger than the data signal bandwidth (distributed RS) is provided. A transmission time interval (TTI) comprises of one or more sub-frames and each sub-frame comprises of at least two RS transmission periods and a plurality of data signal transmission periods. A distributed RS is transmitted during at least one of the at least two RS transmission periods in at least one of the sub-frames comprising the TTI. During the remaining RS transmission periods, for a UE having a data signal transmission, the RS bandwidth is substantially the same as the data signal bandwidth (localized RS). The total system bandwidth is divided into contiguous, non-overlapping sub-bandwidths, called reference signal multiplexing blocks (RSMBs). Transmission of distributed RS occurs within an RSMB and does not cross over different RSMBs. The size and number of RSMBs can be re-configurable in time and a re-configuration period is much larger than the TTI duration. | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100157937 | Uplink Reference Signal for Time and Frequency Scheduling of Transmissions - A method for multiplexing reference signal (RS) transmissions from user equipments (UEs), with the RS having a bandwidth larger than the data signal bandwidth (distributed RS) is provided. A transmission time interval (TTI) comprises of one or more sub-frames and each sub-frame comprises of at least two RS transmission periods and a plurality of data signal transmission periods. A distributed RS is transmitted during at least one of the at least two RS transmission periods in at least one of the sub-frames comprising the TTI. During the remaining RS transmission periods, for a UE having a data signal transmission, the RS bandwidth is substantially the same as the data signal bandwidth (localized RS). The total system bandwidth is divided into contiguous, non-overlapping sub-bandwidths, called reference signal multiplexing blocks (RSMBs). Transmission of distributed RS occurs within an RSMB and does not cross over different RSMBs. The size and number of RSMBs can be re-configurable in time and a re-configuration period is much larger than the TTI duration. | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100165945 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR IN-BAND WIRELESS BACKSTRETCH - Disclosed are a method and system for transmitting and receiving traffic, by a plurality of backhaul collector sites, to and from transceivers associated with sectors of a backhaul frequency reuse plan using a backhaul portion thereof. The method and system further transmit and receive traffic, at a backstretch super collector site of a backstretch cell, to and from alternate or a subset of backhaul collector sites of the plurality of backhaul collector sites surrounding the backstretch collector site. | 07-01-2010 |
| 20100172316 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD FOR ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEXING ACCESS SYSTEM - A resource allocation method for an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing access (OFDMA) system is provided. The resource allocation method includes dividing a frequency band occupied by a predetermined number of OFDM symbols into a plurality of subbands and determining the number of diversity subchannels, each of which comprises at least two time-frequency resources respectively included in different subbands, and the number of subband selective subchannels, which comprise time-frequency resources that are not included in the diversity subchannels; and generating the diversity subchannels and the subband selective subchannels according to the determined numbers and allocating a physical channel comprised of a generated subchannel to a user in a cell. Accordingly, diversity is enhanced without reducing the freedom of selection of a subband. | 07-08-2010 |
| 20100172317 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENERGY-EFFICIENT PAGING AND RECONNECTING DEVICES - An apparatus and method for paging and reconnecting comprising selecting a time frequency code (TFC) channel from a plurality of TFC channels; starting a beacon period (BP) on the selected TFC channel; and transmitting a plurality of page packets on the selected TFC channel. In one aspect, the apparatus and method further comprising receiving at least one page packet from a plurality of page packets; identifying a selected TFC channel from a plurality of TFC channels; obtaining at least one time reference; and performing one of joining a beacon period (BP) at a next beacon period start time (BPST) ( | 07-08-2010 |
| 20100172318 | Handling Hybrid Automatic Repeat Requests in Wireless Systems - A mobile station may implement an uplink hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement channel. The mobile station may use frequency hopping to randomize inter cell interference. The mobile unit may use time division multiplexing, frequency division multiplexing, and/or code division multiplexing. | 07-08-2010 |
| 20100177732 | RADIO BASE STATION AND RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD AND RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A base station, for allocating to a mobile station a radio resource in a time direction and a frequency direction of a frame to perform radio communications with the mobile station, includes a zone forming unit configured to apply to zones, into which the frame is partitioned in the time direction, one of pilot transmission methods different in terms of a pilot allocation or a pilot directivity and in an allocation of transmission data to a plurality of mobile stations in a first zone adjacent to a second zone with a pilot transmission method different from the pilot transmission method of the first zone applied to the second zone, a scheduler configured to schedule a first mobile station moving at a low speed to a vicinity of a boundary with the second zone at a higher priority than a second mobile station moving at a high speed. | 07-15-2010 |
| 20100182975 | UPLINK ACK TRANSMISSION FOR SDMA IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for transmitting acknowledgement (ACK) information in a wireless communication system are described. The system supports data transmission to multiple user equipments (UEs) on the same downlink resources with spatial division multiple access (SDMA). A base station sends a data transmission with multiple (M) layers to M UEs. The downlink resources used for the data transmission are associated with ACK resources used to send ACK information for the data transmission. The ACK resources may be partitioned into M portions, e.g., based on frequency division multiplexing (FDM). Each of the M layers is associated with a respective portion of the ACK resources. A recipient UE for each layer sends ACK for that layer on the associated portion of the ACK resources. For each ACK resource portion, one or more pilot symbols may be sent on one or more resource elements, and ACK symbols may be sent on remaining resource elements. | 07-22-2010 |
| 20100182976 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - When a plurality of terminals share the same resources in a wireless communication system, and when control information such as acknowledgement/negative acknowledgement (ACK/NAK) information or scheduling information is transmitted, a method of efficiently performing code division multiplexing (CDM) is required to distinguish the plurality of terminals. In particular, it is necessary to develop a method by which a code sequence of CDM can be selected and used according to each cell condition. Provided is a method of forming a signal in a wireless communication system in which a plurality of terminals commonly share frequency and time resources. The method includes the operations of receiving condition information in a cell; selecting one of a plurality of time domain orthogonal sequences having different lengths, according to the condition information; and allocating the selected time domain orthogonal sequence to a control signal symbol block. | 07-22-2010 |
| 20100189069 | Joint Carrier Allocation and Time Sharing for OFDMA/TDMA Networks - A method and system provide multiple-access control and frequency band allocation, and transmission time sharing among multiple users in orthogonal frequency-division multiple-access (OFDMA) and time-division multiple-access (TDMA) networks. The method can be applied to uplinks and downlinks of multi-user, multi-carrier communication networks. Under a total transmission-power minimization constraint, the method can allocate carriers and transmission time to users optimally, and at the same time, can guarantee a data rate or equivalently a latency requirement of each user. | 07-29-2010 |
| 20100195614 | Method and Apparatus for Transport Block Signaling in a Wireless Communication System - A method and apparatus for generating a single statically defined downlink reference MCS table consisting of transport block sizes (TBSs) computed for 29 MCSs for each of j PRBs where j=1, . . . , N | 08-05-2010 |
| 20100195615 | TECHNIQUE FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DOWNLINK REFERENCE SIGNALS - A technique for receiving and transmitting downlink reference signals is disclosed. When transmitting downlink data demodulation reference signals (DMRS) (or reference signals for downlink data demodulation) by using two or more layers, the DMRS of each layer may be multiplexed by using a code division multiplexing method and then transmitted. The DMRS for each of the two or more layers may be used for one user equipment or for two or more user equipments. And, downlink control signals for transmitting and receiving such DMRS may be configured to have the same format regardless of a single-user mode (or SU-MIMO mode) or a multi-user mode (or MU-MIMO mode), thereby being used. | 08-05-2010 |
| 20100202400 | TRANSMISSION WITH COLLISION DETECTION AND MITIGATION FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Techniques for transmitting signals on shared resources in a manner to detect and/or combat collision are described. In an aspect, a terminal may transmit a signal on a subset of resource elements in a resource block, and at least one null resource element with no signal may be used to detect for collision of the signal. In another aspect, different terminals may simultaneously transmit their signals on different subsets of resource elements in a resource block. These different subsets of resource elements may be pseudo-randomly selected to randomize interference. In one design, a terminal may determine a resource block to use for transmission of a signal, select a subset of the resource elements in the resource block, and transmit the signal on the selected resource elements, e.g., to at least one other terminal for peer-to-peer communication. The signal may be a peer discovery signal, a paging signal, etc. | 08-12-2010 |
| 20100202401 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF HYBRID BURST MAPPING IN OFDMA SYSTEMS - Provided are a method of adaptively allocating appropriate hybrid bursts according to terminal attributes including terminal position, channel state, and service type in an orthogonal frequency-division multi-access (OFDMA) system, and an upstream-MAP information element (US-MAP IE) structure supporting the method. The method includes dividing an upstream subframe into a plurality of zones depending on the number of OFDMA symbols and allocating bursts of a zone to a terminal according to the terminal attributes. Bursts are formed by allocating slots along a time axis in the upstream subframe, and are formed by allocating slots along a frequency axis in a downstream subframe. | 08-12-2010 |
| 20100215017 | METHOD FOR SOLVING NON-CONTROLLABILITY OF TERMINAL'S POWER SPECTRUM DENSITY IN OFDMA SYSTEM - The present invention discloses a method for solving non-controllability of terminal's power spectrum density in OFDMA system. It considers the problem of non-controllability of terminal's carrier transmit power resulting from the indeterminacy of carrier number allocation to the terminal in the OFDMA system which is solved by introducing the maximum carrier number that can be allocated to the terminal by combing AMC, the power control and the dispatching. By applying the present invention, the carrier power of the terminal can be best controlled by the system, it is most possible for the terminal to transmit power on carrier completely according to a set value, while it is greatly reduced the possibility that the terminal's power spectrum density is suddenly decreased out of control, which is caused by the summation of carrier powers in the set value exceeding the maximum total transmit power. Moreover, it is avoided occurrence of a large amount of error codes in that condition and the waste of power resources resulting from the excessive restriction on the carrier power. | 08-26-2010 |
| 20100220682 | Method for Optimizing Performance in Multi-Cell OFDMA Networks - A method optimizes a performance of a multi-cell orthogonal frequency-division multiple access (OFDMA) network that includes a set of base stations (BSs) located in a cell, and each BS transmits data on downlink channels to a set of mobile stations (MSs) in the cell. Each BS acquires channel state information (CSI) and inter-cell interference information (ICI) for each downlink channel to each MS in the cell. Each BS selects a power level and a modulation coding scheme level (MCS) for transmitting the data to each MS on the downlink channels based on the CSI and ICI, such that a bit rate is maximized and the ICI is minimized. Then, time and frequency resource are allocated for transmitting the data on the downlink channels to the set of MSs, such that the allocated resources are minimized to optimize the performance of the network. | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100220683 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION - Various methods and systems are provided for allocating time-frequency resources for downlink (DL) and uplink (UL) communications between base stations and mobile stations. Different forms of resource allocation messages including combinations of bitmaps and bitfields provide additional information about the resources and/or how they are assigned. In some implementations the resource allocation messages enable reduced overhead, which may ultimately improve transmission rates and/or the quality of transmissions. | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100220684 | HYBRID ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS WTRU AND METHOD - A hybrid orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) and method. A WTRU includes a transmitter and a receiver. The receiver processes received data to recover data mapped to the subcarriers using OFDMA. The receiver recovers first input data by separating user data from multi-user spread data and recovers second input data from non-spread data. | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100220685 | PILOT ARRANGEMENT METHOD IN MOBILE RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND TRANSMITTER/RECEIVER ADOPTING SAME - A pilot arrangement method in a mobile communication system in which a working frequency band is divided into a plurality of predetermined bands, and time division multiplexing is performed, the method comprising, inserting a known pilot symbol into the plurality of predetermined frequency bands at a predetermined reference interval; and inserting to arrange the known pilot symbol into at least one of the plurality of predetermined frequency bands at a smaller interval than the predetermined reference interval, wherein a pattern inserting the known pilot symbol into a at least the one of the plurality of predetermined frequency bands at the smaller interval is changed according to a predetermined pattern. | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100220686 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COGNITIVE RADIO POLICY CHANGE - A method of operation of a cognitive radio in a hierarchical group of cognitive radios, the hierarchy of cognitive radios including at least one master cognitive radio that has a higher position in the hierarchy than another of the cognitive radios in the group, consistent with the present invention, involves establishing a first operational policy for the group of cognitive radios; determining that the operational policy is unsuitable for use by at least one member of the group; and the master cognitive radio dictating a change in the operational policy used by the group to a second operational policy for use by the group. | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100226337 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CELL/SECTOR COVERAGE OF A PUBLIC CHANNEL THROUGH MULTIPLE ANTENNAS - A method for cell/sector coverage of a public channel through multiple antennas includes: dividing the physical resource for transmitting public channel signals in a frame into N physical resource blocks; generating N weighting vectors, where: each weighting vector comprises M weighting coefficients, M is equal to the number of antennas, and the difference of average antenna gain for N weighting vectors in different directions of a whole cell/sector is less than a preset value; selecting one of the N weighting vectors for each of the N physical resource blocks respectively, where the weighting vector varies with different physical resource blocks; and using the M weighting coefficients in the selected weighting vectors to weight the public channel signals in M antennas respectively, and transmitting the weighted public channel signals through the M antennas. In addition, an apparatus for cell/sector coverage of a public channel through multiple antennas is disclosed. | 09-09-2010 |
| 20100238896 | ON-HAND REVERSE-LINK PILOT TRANSMISSION - Pilots are transmitted on demand on a reverse link and used for channel estimation and data transmission on a forward link. A base station selects at least one terminal for on-demand pilot transmission on the reverse link. Each selected terminal is a candidate for receiving data transmission on the forward link. The base station assigns each selected terminal with a time-frequency allocation, which may be for a wideband pilot, a narrowband pilot, or some other type of pilot. The base station receives and processes on-demand pilot transmission from each selected terminal and derives a channel estimate for the terminal based on the received pilot transmission. The base station may schedule terminals for data transmission on the forward link based on the channel estimates for all selected terminals. The base station may also process data (e.g., perform beamforming or eigensteering) for transmission to each scheduled terminal based on its channel estimate. | 09-23-2010 |
| 20100246527 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATION AND USE OF REFERENCE SIGNALS IN A COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Apparatus and methods for generation and use of reference signals in a wireless communications system are described. A group-specific reference signal pattern may be generated for provision to a group of UEs or terminals in communication with an eNodeB or base station. The reference signal may be generated based on system parameters. Reference signals may be generated to span multiple contiguous physical resource blocks. | 09-30-2010 |
| 20100246528 | Method and Apparatus for Frequency Offset Compensation - Frequency offset compensating methods and apparatus are provided. A frequency offset of a terminal according to the pilots is estimated, and terminals are grouped according to the frequency offset of the terminals. The terminals in different frequency offset groups are dispatched and are scheduled to occupy the time frequency resources in different time slices. Frequency offset compensation is carried on for each group of terminals by using a corresponding frequency offset compensation value. | 09-30-2010 |
| 20100254341 | SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD AND DEVICE - A signal transmission method, which includes: each data symbol needing to be transmitted is weighted and repeatedly extended to obtain the extended data symbol of each data symbol; the extended data symbol of each data symbol and the pilot frequency symbol are modulated and mapped to the specified time-frequency locations of each corresponding block repeat resource block to obtain each corresponding repeat data unit block; each repeat data unit block is transmitted. A signal transmission device is also disclosed in the present invention. | 10-07-2010 |
| 20100254342 | METHOD OF ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method of allocating resources in a wireless communication system includes dividing an available frequency band on a logical plane into a distributed zone and a localized zone, dividing the distributed zone into a plurality of subparts in time domain, and dividing the distributed zone and the localized zone into a distributed zone and a localized zone on a physical plane. The plurality of subparts included in one distributed zone on the logical plane is mapped to a different distributed zone on the physical plane. | 10-07-2010 |
| 20100254343 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK PILOT SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for transmitting an uplink pilot signal in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method for transmitting an uplink pilot signal in a wireless communication system includes forming a basic unit including a plurality of pilot Resource Elements (REs) and data REs and having a size of 4 subcarriers×9 Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) symbols, setting the plurality of pilot REs in the basic unit, and transmitting the basic unit to a base station. Each of the REs is time-frequency resource defined by one symbol index and one subcarrier index. | 10-07-2010 |
| 20100254344 | Mechanism of dynamic resource transaction for wireless OFDMA systems - A method of dynamic resource transaction in wireless OFDMA systems is proposed. In macro-femto overlay network architecture, network and traffic condition varies dynamically. Dynamic resource transaction is a powerful mechanism to achieve effective interference mitigation and flexible radio resource management to enhance resource utilization as well as to improve link performance. Dynamic resource transaction can be performed by signaling or message exchange through backhaul network or air-interface connections. The signal or message through backhaul network can be directly exchanged among multiple base stations or be routed through a centralized self-organizing network (SON) server. In one embodiment, dynamic resource transaction is used to achieve adaptive reservation region configuration, a solution to avoid interference and frequent handover for high-speed mobile stations. | 10-07-2010 |
| 20100260136 | Random access channel response handling with aggregated component carriers - Disclosed herein are methods, computer program instructions and apparatus for performing random access procedures in a wireless communication system. A method includes receiving at a network access node, in different time and frequency resources that are allocated for preamble transmission, and in different ones of a plurality of component carriers, a plurality of random access requests from individual ones of a plurality of user equipments; and transmitting a corresponding plurality of random access responses in a time and frequency resource of a single component carrier. | 10-14-2010 |
| 20100260137 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR CHANNELIZATION - Methods and systems are described that are suitable for channelization, m particular, but not limited to, the IEEE 80216.m telecommunications standard. For a time-frequency resource, physical sub-carriers for each of one or more zones in the time-frequency resource are assigned to one or more zones having a respective type of transmission. At least one zone is allocated for a type of transmission using localized sub-carriers. The physical sub-carriers assigned to each zone are permuted to map to logical sub-carriers—Groups of resource blocks are formed, in which each resource block includes at least one logical sub-carrier for each of the one or more zones. The information defining the groups of resource blocks for each of the one or more zones can then be transmitted to a user. The information may be in the form of a zone configuration index. | 10-14-2010 |
| 20100260138 | Signaling For Multi-Dimension Wireless Resource Allocation - The present disclosure includes systems and techniques relating to wireless local area network devices. Systems and techniques include determining wireless resource allocations in a time domain, a spatial wireless channel domain, and a frequency domain to coordinate communications with wireless communication devices, generating a control frame that directs wireless communications based on at least a portion of the wireless resource allocations, and transmitting the control frame to the wireless communication devices. Determining wireless resource allocations can include determining frequency allocations in the time domain. | 10-14-2010 |
| 20100265910 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR ASSIGNING PILOT RESOURCES - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method, system and apparatus for assigning pilot resources. By assigning all or part of time and frequency resources of at least one configured SC-FDMA symbol in an UpPTS to an uplink SRS symbol and sending an assigning result to a mobile terminal, time and frequency resources in the UpPTS can be assigned to the uplink SRS symbol, so that after receiving the assigning result, the mobile terminal can send the uplink SRS symbol by using the time and frequency resources assigned to the uplink SRS symbol according to the assigning result. | 10-21-2010 |
| 20100265911 | A METHOD FOR DIVIDING A SUBCARRIER PERMUTATION ZONE AND AN INFORMATION CONFIGURATION SYSTEM - A method for dividing a subcarrier permutation zone in an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access system and an information configuration system for dividing a subcarrier permutation zone in the Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access system are disclosed in the present invention. Wherein, the method for dividing the subcarrier permutation zone includes the following steps: a configuration unit performing configuration to a subcarrier permutation zone division information, and sending the subcarrier permutation zone division information to a configuration synchronization unit; the configuration synchronization unit calculating a configuration effective frame number, and sending the subcarrier permutation zone division information and the configuration effective frame number to a base station; the base station dividing the subcarrier permutation zone according to the subcarrier permutation zone division information and the configuration effective frame number. With the present invention, it can uniformly configure, in the whole network, the frame in which the subcarrier permutation zone appears and the position in the frame, so as to avoid the co-frequency interference between each of the adjacent zones. | 10-21-2010 |
| 20100272059 | MOBILE RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICES AND MOBILE RADIO BASE STATION DEVICES - In various embodiments, a mobile radio communication device is provided. The mobile radio communication device may include a mobile radio communication protocol circuit configured to provide a home base station function for a mobile radio communication with a mobile radio communication terminal device, and a mobile radio resources allocation and reservation circuit configured to allocate and reserve mobile radio resources to a home base station for mobile radio user data transmission between the mobile radio communication device and the mobile radio communication terminal device. | 10-28-2010 |
| 20100278136 | Cooperative OFDMA and distributed MIMO relaying over dense wireless networks - A method for wireless communication combines OFDMA resource allocation and power control policies with cooperative relaying techniques. The techniques are preferably implemented in a dense wireless network of power-limited mobile devices assisted by mobile relay devices having superior power supplies. Preferably, MIMO beamforming techniques are used to further increase energy efficiency and spectral efficiency beyond the increases provided by ODFMA cooperative relaying. | 11-04-2010 |
| 20100278137 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNALS ACCORDING TO THE SEGMENTED ACCESS - A method and apparatus of transmitting signals for segmented access in a communication system is disclosed. The method for transmitting signals from a user equipment in a communication system includes the steps of selecting a predetermined channel structure depending on location of the user equipment among available channels defined differently depending on the location of the user equipment within a cell, and transmitting signals using the selected channel structure. Also, a method for transmitting signals using sequences allocated differently depending on location of a user equipment within a cell is disclosed. | 11-04-2010 |
| 20100278138 | Synchronization in OFDM Using Polynomial Cancellation Coding - In a method of enabling synchronization for a channel in an OFDM based telecommunication system initially providing a symbol for transmission and selecting at least two carrier frequencies, subsequently determining a respective weighting parameter for the selected frequencies and finally transmitting the symbol on all selected frequencies based on the weighting parameters. | 11-04-2010 |
| 20100278139 | RESOURCE SCHEDULING METHOD AND DEVICE - A resource scheduling method and device. The resource scheduling method includes: scheduling jointly at least two uplink or downlink time slots as a scheduling unit; and indicating resource allocation information of the jointly scheduled time slots in one resource allocation indicating process. With the invention, plural time slots can be scheduled jointly, and resource allocation information of the jointly scheduled time slots can be indicated in one resource allocation indicating process when performing the resource allocation indication to thereby reduce the number of resource allocation indications and further save an overhead of the system to perform the resource allocation indication. | 11-04-2010 |
| 20100284363 | FREQUENCY HOPPING PATTERN AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK SIGNALS USING THE SAME - A frequency hopping pattern and a method for transmitting uplink signals using the same are disclosed. A frequency hopping pattern is defined by combination of subband hopping, which is performed over one or more subbands divided from a system band for transmission of the uplink signals, and mirroring where resource blocks within one subband are arranged reversely based on the center of the subband. Sequences as to whether to apply minoring and subband hopping amount are cell-specific random numbers, and are generated independently or in combination. | 11-11-2010 |
| 20100284364 | SEMI-PERSISTENT SCHEDULING METHOD AND APPARATUS BASED ON STATISTICALLY MULTIPLEXING IN TIME AND FREQUENCY RESOURCES - A semi-persistent scheduling method and apparatus based on statistically multiplexing in time and frequency resources, the method comprises steps of: allocating each initial transmission to use fixed time and frequency resources reserved for initial transmission by using a persistent grant, and allocating each retransmission to use time resource reserved for retransmission by using a persistent grant and dynamically allocating each retransmission to use frequency resource reserved for retransmission by using a dynamic grant or a default grant, wherein the initial transmission and the retransmission share the frequency resources within the same time slot. | 11-11-2010 |
| 20100290425 | OFDM COMMUNICATION CHANNEL - An OFDM communication channel using both frequency and time diversity (FIG. | 11-18-2010 |
| 20100290426 | REFERENCE SYMBOL DISTRIBUTION METHOD AND APPARATUS - At least some reference symbols dedicated to a particular communication device are transmitted in resource blocks allocated to other devices. This way, reference symbol assignments are not unduly restricted by other constraints placed on the boundary elements of a resource block. According to an embodiment, data and reference signals are transmitted by transmitting a resource block allocated to a first communication device. The resource block includes a plurality of resource elements, each resource element corresponding to a modulation symbol. At least one reference symbol associated with the resource block and dedicated to the first communication device is transmitted in a resource block allocated to a second communication device. On the receive side, the communication device can perform channel estimation based on reference symbols dedicated to the device that are transmitted in resource blocks allocated to the device and in resource block(s) allocated to other communication device(s). | 11-18-2010 |
| 20100296477 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS | 11-25-2010 |
| 20100296478 | DYNAMIC FUNCTION SLOT ASSIGNMENT IN INTRA-VEHICULAR WIRELESS NETWORKS - A wireless transmission method includes providing a commanding node and a plurality of sub-networks. Each of the sub-networks includes at least one responding node. Corresponding ones of a plurality of time slots are assigned to individual ones of the sub-networks based on at least one operational characteristic of the sub-networks. The time slots are disposed within a plurality of frequency channels. Communication is conducted between the commanding node and the sub-networks within the assigned time slots of the sub-networks. | 11-25-2010 |
| 20100296479 | METHOD FOR SIGNALING UPLINK SYSTEM CONFIGURATION INFORMATION - A method for transmitting system configuration information about uplink multiplexing of a 16m mobile station (MS) and a 16e MS is disclosed. The method comprises transmitting the system configuration information every super frame comprised of a plurality of radio frames. The system configuration information comprises an uplink configuration of time division multiplexing (TDM) and frequency division multiplexing (FDM) of the 16m MS and the 16m MS for each of the plurality of radio frames. | 11-25-2010 |
| 20100296480 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION, BASE STATION, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - In a wireless communication system in which a base station, a mobile station, and a correspondent station are connected via a network, the base station includes a sounding-reference-signal arrangement control unit that causes sounding reference signals | 11-25-2010 |
| 20100303038 | Method for optimizing network structures in radio networks - In WirelessHART networks, mechanisms are already known that ensure a practical composition of a radio network with regard to its structure, whereby for this purpose, so-called health reports are also utilized, which are transmitted by the individual nodes to a central master. It is the task of the invention to improve the efficiency of such networks. Since no conclusions concerning the connection quality in the network can be drawn on the basis of data collected up to now that relate to the status of the node as such, additional parameters of the network that characterize the connection quality are collected within the scope of the invention. These are evaluated by the central master, which derives measures for optimizing the efficiency of the network from them and automatically implements them. | 12-02-2010 |
| 20100309876 | PARTITIONING OF CONTROL RESOURCES FOR COMMUNICATION IN A DOMINANT INTERFERENCE SCENARIO - Techniques for supporting communication in dominant interference scenarios are described. In an aspect, communication in a dominant interference scenario may be supported with time division multiplex (TDM) partitioning of downlink control resources. For TDM partitioning, different base stations may be allocated different time resources. Each base station may send its control information in its allocated time resources and may avoid sending control information (or may send control information at a lower transmit power level) in time resources allocated to other base stations. In another aspect, communication in a dominant interference scenario may be supported with frequency division multiplex (FDM) partitioning of uplink control resources. For FDM partitioning, different base stations may be allocated different frequency resources. In one design, TDM partitioning may be used for downlink control resources, and FDM partitioning may be used for uplink control resources. | 12-09-2010 |
| 20100316017 | ASSIGNMENT METHOD AND BASE STATION APPARATUS USING THE ASSIGNMENT METHOD - A control unit assigns time slots to terminal apparatuses, at regular intervals, over predetermined sub-channels among a plurality of sub-channels where the time slot is formed by frequency-multiplexing a plurality of sub-channels and frames each of which is formed by a plurality of time slots are contiguous. The control unit also arbitrarily assigns a plurality of time slots to terminal apparatuses, respectively, over the remaining sub-channels. An RF unit through an IF unit communicate with the terminal apparatuses assigned by the control unit. | 12-16-2010 |
| 20100322183 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, TERMINAL DEVICE, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless communication system including: a first terminal device; and a second terminal device, wherein wireless communication is performed between the first and second terminal devices, the first and second terminal devices each include a processing unit performs wireless communication with the second and first terminal device respectively, using a wireless resource allocated within a first or second zone in accordance with a distance between the first and second terminal devices, and a wireless frame including a frequency domain and a time domain is divided into at least the first and second zones in the frequency domain or the time domain. | 12-23-2010 |
| 20100322184 | Method and Apparatus for Generating Time-Frequency Patterns for Reference Signal in an OFDM Wireless Communication System - In one embodiment, a method for a wireless communication includes generating a first time-frequency reference signal pattern at a first base station. The first time-frequency reference signal pattern includes a modified version of a mother pattern of time-frequency of a fixed size. The method further includes transmitting a first reference signal using the first time-frequency reference signal pattern. | 12-23-2010 |
| 20110007704 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR USING SIGN BASED SYNCHRONIZATION SEQUENCES IN A CORRELATION PROCESS TO REDUCE CORRELATION COMPLEXITY IN AN OFDM SYSTEM - A mobile device receives a signal, from a base station, comprising a primary synchronization signal (PSS) and a secondary synchronization signal (SSS). The received PSS and SSS are used to acquire cell-specific parameters so as to ensure communicates between the mobile device and the base station. The mobile device correlates the received signal in time domain using signs of each of a plurality of correlation reference sequences (reference PSSs). The mobile device generates sign based correlation reference PSSs using signs of the corresponding reference PSSs, which are generated based on a variety of Zadoff-Chu sequences. The received PSS is detected based on the correlation. No multiplication operations are used in the correlation process. Symbol timing is identified according to the detected PSS. The mobile device uses the identified symbol timing to baseband process the received signal. The received signal is an OFDM signal received over a 3GPP LTE/E-UTRA air interface. | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110013583 | CONSTRUCTING VERY HIGH THROUGHPUT SHORT TRAINING FIELD SEQUENCES - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to a technique for constructing a short training field (STF) sequence in a preamble to reduce a peak-to-average power ratio (PAPR) at a transmitter, while having a defined repetition period. | 01-20-2011 |
| 20110013584 | METHOD TO ALLOCATE TRANSMISSION RESOURCES IN A CELL NETWORK OF COOPERATIVE TYPE - The invention concerns a method to allocate transmission resources in a cell network of cooperative type. Each cell comprises a source, a receiver and optionally a half-duplex relay to relay data transmitted by the source to the receiver. The invention draws advantage from the half-duplex mode of a relay belonging to a cell, by allocating to the source of a neighbouring cell a resource used by this relay during one same transmission timeslot. | 01-20-2011 |
| 20110013585 | PILOT SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting pilot signals for channel compensation in a mobile communication system is disclosed. In the disclosed method, a first pilot signal and a second pilot signal are time-division multiplexed together with a data signal of a user into a time-division multiplexed signal which data signal is assigned a certain bandwidth; the time-division multiplexed signal is frequency-division multiplexed together with time division multiplexed signals of other users when wirelessly transmitted; and the first pilot signal is assigned a bandwidth larger than the bandwidth of the data signal and the second pilot signal is assigned a bandwidth smaller than the bandwidth of the data signal. | 01-20-2011 |
| 20110026483 | PERMUTATION ZONE FOR COORDINATED MULTI-POINT SYSTEMS - The present subject matter provides a method for implementation in a wireless communication system that includes a plurality of base stations for providing wireless connectivity to at least a first mobile unit. A first signal processed using a first permutation mapping is communicated between the first mobile unit and a first base station. A second signal processed using the first permutation mapping is communicated between the first mobile unit and a second base station different than the first base station. The first and second signals are processed based on the first permutation mapping to extract data therefrom. | 02-03-2011 |
| 20110038343 | Distributed Beacon Enabled Wireless Networks - In a wireless network that includes multiple nodes, each periodic announcement cycle of a communication schedule is partitioned into a set of time slots, including a set of management time slots, a set of beacon time slots, and a set of superframe time slots. Management frames are broadcast during the management slot to specify beacons. Beacons are transmitted during the beacon slots to specify when to transmit the superframes during the superframe time slots. | 02-17-2011 |
| 20110038344 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR INITIALIZATION AND MAPPING OF REFERENCE SIGNALS IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for initialization and mapping of reference signals in a communication system. In one embodiment, the apparatus includes a processor and memory including computer program code. The memory and the computer program code are configured to, with the processor, cause the apparatus to generate a reference signal employable with a plurality of physical resource blocks corresponding to a bandwidth of a communication system, and allocate resource elements of an assigned physical resource block from the plurality of physical resource blocks to a user equipment. The memory and the computer program code are further configured to, with the processor, cause the apparatus to generate a dedicated reference signal for the user equipment by allocating elements of the reference signal in accordance with allocated resource elements of the assigned physical resource block. | 02-17-2011 |
| 20110038345 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR REQUESTING AND ALLOCATING BANDWIDTHS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - To address the drawbacks of the current bandwidth requesting and allocation in the wireless broadband access network, the present invention proposes a technical solution of fast bandwidth requesting and allocation, wherein the MS sends a bandwidth allocation request message to the BS for only once, and the interactions between the BS and the MS are decreased so as to increase the efficiency of bandwidth requesting and allocation, effectively shorten the transmission waiting time of traffic data, and especially improve the support for latency-sensitive data traffic. Due to the fact that the interactions between the BS and the MS are decreased, various processing resources in the BS and the MS are spared. Additionally, the BS can also adjust the size of the time/frequency resource block on which each mobile station sends the bandwidth allocation request message according to the number of the mobile stations covered by the base station, and/or according to the traffic types in each mobile station, so as to make the whole wireless communication system (comprising one BS and one or more MS covered by the BS) operate efficiently. | 02-17-2011 |
| 20110038346 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communication system includes a first communication device which arranges a frequency signal into which a single carrier signal is converted by time-to-frequency conversion in subcarriers and wirelessly transmits a resultant signal and a second communication device which receives the signal wirelessly transmitted by the first communication device. The wireless communication system includes a selection unit which calculates, for each determined selection candidate as a combination of a predetermined segment size and information indicating predetermined average transmission power, a value indicating reception quality in the second communication device upon transmission by the first communication device by using an arrangement using the predetermined segment size, and the predetermined average transmission power, and which selects a selection candidate to be used upon transmission by the first communication device from among the selection candidates based on the calculated value indicating the reception quality. Therefore, an excellent transmission efficiency is obtained. | 02-17-2011 |
| 20110051681 | METHOD OF SIGNALING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM WITH MULTIPLE FREQUENCY BLOCKS - A method for performing communication in a user equipment of a wireless communication system comprises receiving a control region through a specific frequency block of a plurality of frequency blocks, the control region including a plurality of control channels; identifying a first control channel for the user equipment in the control region; and performing an operation in accordance with information included in the first control channel, wherein the specific frequency block through which the first control channel is transmitted is changed according to a certain pattern with the lapse of time. | 03-03-2011 |
| 20110058528 | SYMBOL TIMING SYNCHRONIZATION OBTAINING METHOD AND APPARATUS ROBUST TO FREQUENCY OFFSET IN CELL SEARCH OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed is a symbol synchronization obtaining apparatus robust to a frequency offset in a cell search of a wireless communication system. The symbol synchronization obtaining apparatus robust to a frequency offset in a cell search of a wireless communication system may include a sequence generator to generate a base sequence for obtaining the symbol synchronization, a synchronization pattern generator to generate a modified sequence based on the base sequence, and to generate a synchronization pattern by combining the modified sequence and the base sequence, a frequency mapping unit to perform mapping of transmission information to a time area and a frequency area, based on the synchronization pattern, for generating a transmission frame, and a transmitting unit to transmit the transmission frame. | 03-10-2011 |
| 20110064043 | SYSTEM, METHOD, AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVED SPACE-TIME CODING AND DYNAMIC SWITCHING WITH ADVANCED RECEIVERS - Methods and apparatus for allocating time-frequency resources to mobile terminals in a wireless communications system in which time-frequency resources may be selectively used according to a first multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) transmission scheme or a second MIMO transmission scheme that differs from the first MIMO transmission scheme. An exemplary method comprises, for at least a first scheduling instance, identifying a first group of mobile terminals corresponding to the first MIMO transmission scheme and a second group of mobile terminals corresponding to the second MIMO transmission scheme, allocating time-frequency resources in a first pre-determined time-frequency zone exclusively to mobile terminals belonging to the first group, and allocating time-frequency resources in one or more additional pre-determined time-frequency zones to one or more mobile terminals belonging to the second group. This method may be implemented in a base station of a WiMAX system, for example. | 03-17-2011 |
| 20110064044 | TRANSMISSION APPARATUS, RECEPTION APPARATUS, MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND TRANSMISSION CONTROL METHOD - A disclosed transmission apparatus comprises a switching portion that switches radio access methods; a frequency domain signal generation portion that allocates a radio resource to a spread chip sequence on which one of a fast Fourier transformation and a series/parallel conversion is performed in accordance with the switched radio accessed method, so as to generate a signal in a frequency domain; and a transmission signal generation portion that performs a fast inverse Fourier transformation on the signal in the frequency domain so as to generate a transmission signal. | 03-17-2011 |
| 20110064045 | Allocation of Periodically Distributed Frames of Wireless Communication - Methods of allocating a plurality of periodically distributed frames of communication between a first wireless transceiver and a second wireless transceiver are disclosed. One method includes detecting periodic data for transmission between the wireless base station and the wireless mobile unit. A transmission map that maps frequency and time slots is generated for transmission of the data packets. Allocation information is included within less than all of a plurality of transmission maps of the plurality of periodically distributed frames. The allocation information designates frequency and time slots in which data packets identified as a periodic data type are transmitted to the second wireless transceiver for the plurality of periodically distributed frames. | 03-17-2011 |
| 20110069672 | METHOD FOR UPLINK TRANSMISSION OF CONTROL INFORMATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for uplink transmitting control information in a mobile communication system is disclosed. A method for uplink transmitting control information in a mobile communication system includes receiving control channel configuration information for indicating a first period about a time interval in which a control channel is repeatedly allocated and a second period about a time interval in which the control channel is repeatedly allocated in accordance with the first period, generating a control channel at a predetermined position in a time-frequency resource region for uplink transmission in consideration of the first period and the second period, and transmitting control information through the generated control channel. | 03-24-2011 |
| 20110075629 | METHOD FOR USER EQUIPMENT TO PERFORM RANDOM ACCESS TO BASE STATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM THAT SUPPORTS MULTIPLE UPLINK AND DOWNLINK CARRIERS - A method for a user equipment to perform random access to a base station in a wireless communication system that supports multiple uplink and downlink carriers is provided. In the method, system information including cell identifier information of each of the downlink component carriers and PRACH TF slot and preamble sequence information which is common to all downlink component carriers, the system information being broadcast through each downlink component carrier corresponding to the cell identifier information, is received. A PRACH preamble is transmitted through one uplink component carrier linked to the downlink component carriers using the received PRACH TF slot and preamble sequence information. An RACH response is received through each of the downlink component carriers. The cell identifier information is used to transmit a Radio Resource Control (RRC) connection request signal and cell identifier information of a downlink component carrier, which the user equipment desires to access among the downlink component carriers. | 03-31-2011 |
| 20110085513 | UPLINK RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR LTE ADVANCED - Methods, systems, apparatus and computer program products are provided to receive downlink control information (DCI) in a downlink control channel, where the downlink control information configured to indicate an allocation of uplink resources with a clustered uplink resource allocation protocol or a contiguous uplink resource allocation protocol, to detect which of the clustered uplink resource allocation protocol and the contiguous uplink resource allocation protocol is indicated and to allocate the uplink resources based on the indicated uplink resource allocation protocol. | 04-14-2011 |
| 20110085514 | BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, AND COMMUNICATIONS METHOD - A base station carrying out communications with a mobile station with an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) method by using a predetermined frequency band out of a transmission band is disclosed. The base station includes an allocation portion that allocates, for a mobile station performing peripheral cell search, a band that includes a center frequency on a raster of a first band and has a bandwidth equal to or greater than a bandwidth of a second band with which a synchronization channel is transmitted. | 04-14-2011 |
| 20110085515 | Method and apparatus for sequence distributing and sequence processing in communication system - A sequence distributing and sequence processing method and apparatus in a communication system are provided. The sequence distributing method includes the following steps of: generating sequence groups including a number of sequences, the sequences in the sequence groups are determined according to the sequence time frequency resource occupation manner which is supported by the system; distributing the sequence groups to cells. The method avoids the phenomenon that signaling transmission is needed to distribute the sequences to the cells for different time frequency resource occupation manner, and saves in so far as possible the wireless network transmission resource occupied during the process of distributing the sequences through distributing the sequence groups comprising a number of sequences to the cells. | 04-14-2011 |
| 20110085516 | Local Area Optimized Uplink Control Channel - A method for performing uplink signaling and data transmission between a terminal device and a network element is described. The method includes applying, during a transmission, at least one of TDM and FDM between a SRS, a control channel, a DRS and a data channel. Clustered sub carrier mapping is applied for the SRS and the control channel. The SRS is transmitted so as to function as a DRS for the control channel. The control channel and the data channel are transmitted during a same sub-frame. The method also includes receiving the SRS and receiving the control channel and the data channel during a same sub-frame. Control information and data are extracted from the control channel and the data channel. The SRS is used as a DRS for the control channel is included in the method. Apparatus and computer readable media are also described. | 04-14-2011 |
| 20110090863 | Method for Mapping Physical Random Access Channels - The present invention discloses a method for mapping physical random access channels, which comprises the following steps: the PRACHs in the same time domain location are mapped from low frequency to high frequency, or from high frequency to low frequency in usable frequency resource, wherein one PRACH occupies 6 resource blocks, and the frequency bands occupied by two adjacent PRACHs in the frequency domain do not overlap; or the PRACHs in the same time domain location are mapped from two sides to the middle in usable frequency resource, wherein one PRACH occupies 6 resource blocks, and the frequency bands occupied by two adjacent PRACHs in the frequency domain do not overlap. The present invention enables uniformly distributing the PRACHs which require to be processed by the same base station in the time domain, and decreasing the inter-cell interference of the second type PRACH to the utmost extent at the same time. | 04-21-2011 |
| 20110103343 | METHOD OF ARRANGING REFERENCE SIGNALS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASE STATION APPARATUS - Disclosed is a wireless communication base station apparatus whereby it is possible to prevent degradation of throughput of LTE terminals, even when LTE terminals and LTE+ terminals are present together. In this apparatus, a setting section ( | 05-05-2011 |
| 20110110325 | CONTROL CHANNEL MANAGEMENT - A controlling base station sends, to a wireless communication device, control data related to communication between a communication base station and the wireless communication device. The control data is transmitted in accordance with a communication specification and is transmitted to allow reception by the wireless communication device of the control data within a control channel having a frequency and time allocated by the communication specification for the wireless communication device to receive control data transmissions from the communication base station. | 05-12-2011 |
| 20110122838 | Configurable Pilots in a Wireless Communication System - Techniques for transmitting configurable pilots in a wireless communication system are described. The placement of pilots is determined based on an assignment of resources for transmission. Different placements of pilots are used for different assignments of resources. The assignment may be for one or more frames and/or one or more H-ARQ interlaces. The placement of pilot(s) in each frame or H-ARQ interlace may be determined based on the placement of pilot(s) in prior frame(s) or H-ARQ interlace(s). Pilots are sent at time and frequency locations determined by the placement of the pilots. Each pilot may be sent on one or more subcarriers in one or more symbol periods. The pilots may be TDM pilots and/or some other type of pilot. The pilots may be sent using IFDMA, LFDMA, EFDMA, OFDMA, or some other multiplexing scheme. | 05-26-2011 |
| 20110128933 | METHOD AND APPARATUS THAT FACILITATES OPERATING A RELAY VIA A MULTIMEDIA BROADCAST SINGLE FREQUENCY NETWORK BASED BACKHAUL LINK - Aspects are disclosed for operating a relay via an MBSFN-based backhaul link. Control resources are allocated, which include a first set of control resources and a second set of control resources. For some embodiments, a portion of the first set of control resources is concatenated with a portion of the second set of control resources to form a concatenation of resources whereas, in other embodiments, an indication scheme is implemented to provide an indication of a first or second allocation size respectively associated with the first and second set of control resources. At least one control signal is then transmitted which includes at least one of the concatenation or the indication. Other disclosed embodiments are directed towards configuring a user equipment to decode a control signal generated according to the aspects disclosed herein. | 06-02-2011 |
| 20110134878 | Media Access Control Scheme for a Multi-Frequency TDMA Network - A system for managing element management in an ad-hoc network is disclosed. The system employs a TDD/FDD communication protocol to allocate assignment of time/frequency slots to individual system elements. Time/frequency assignment is based on desired communication standards in conjunction with geographic mapping of adjacent stations to prevent interference between stations. | 06-09-2011 |
| 20110134879 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND POWER DENSITY SETTING METHOD - Disclosed is a wireless communication device that, when both localized transmission and distributed transmission are used, can obtain channel estimation accuracy equivalent to that of localized transmission with distributed transmission. With this device, a setting unit ( | 06-09-2011 |
| 20110142002 | METHOD OF RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Resources are allocated in a communication system by setting specific time and frequency chunks within a band to provide localized and distributed resources for each of localised and distributed users. The signalling of resource allocation for each user is in the chunk at the same frequency range as the frequency range of the allocated resource, or a subset of the frequency range of the allocated resource. | 06-16-2011 |
| 20110142003 | Precoding for Multiple Transmission Streams in Multiple Antenna Systems - Precoding for multiple transmission streams in multiple antenna systems. Embodiments herein disclose a general method that transmits signal from multiple antennas using a one/two dimensional precoder followed by STBC/SFBC or SM encoder. This precoder is fixed in a given resource block (RB) or slot, which is composed of P subcarriers and Q OFDM symbols (where the values for P and Q are greater than or 5 equal to 1). The precoder in each resource block may take same or different values, which span the two dimensional time-frequency grid. The precoder is chosen as a function of either logical frequency index or physical frequency index of the RB. | 06-16-2011 |
| 20110149901 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL SIGNAL USING EFFICIENT MULTIPLEXING - A method of transmitting a control signal using efficient multiplexing is disclosed. The present invention includes the steps of multiplexing a plurality of 1-bit control signals within a prescribed time-frequency domain by code division multiple access (CDMA) and transmitting the multiplexed control signals, wherein a plurality of the 1-bit control signals include a plurality of the 1-bit control signals for a specific transmitting side. Accordingly, reliability on 1-bit control signal transmission can be enhanced. | 06-23-2011 |
| 20110149902 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR RECEIVING SIGNALS IN MULTI-CARRIER MULTIPLE ACCESS SYSTEMS - A method for receiving signals in a multi-carrier multiple access system is provided. The method includes receiving signals from at least one base station wherein each signal has a base station identifier, processing the signals to identify each base station by using the base station identifier, performing a channel estimation using the processed signals, combining the processed signals using information obtained from the channel estimation and decoding the combined signals. Also, an apparatus for receiving signals in a multi-carrier multiple access system includes a serial-to-parallel converter for converting a serial signal including a base station identifier from at least one base station to parallel signals, a Fast Fourier transformer for transforming the parallel signals, a parallel-to-serial converter for converting the parallel signals to a serial signal, a despreading processor for despreading frequency domain signals using the base station identifier from at least one base station, a channel estimator for compensating a channel variation between the at least one base station and a mobile station, a signal combiner for combining signals from base stations and a decoder for decoding the combined signal. | 06-23-2011 |
| 20110149903 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING AND PROCESSING A REFERENCE SIGNAL BASED ON AN IDENTIFIER ASSOCIATED WITH A BASE STATION - A base station, which includes a processor and a transmitter, communicates a reference signal to wireless communication devices in a wireless communication system. The processor encodes the reference signal into a first set of transmission resources, encodes other information into a second set of transmission resources, and multiplexes the two sets of transmission resources into a subframe, such that the first set of transmission resources is multiplexed into at least a portion of a first set of orthogonal frequency division multiplexed (OFDM) symbols based on an identifier associated with the base station and the second set of transmission resources is multiplexed into a second set of OFDM symbols. The transmitter transmits the subframe to the wireless devices. According to one embodiment, transmission resources for carrying the reference signal may be allocated according to a predetermined allocation, a semi-static allocation, a dynamic allocation, and/or an allocation based on higher layer signaling. | 06-23-2011 |
| 20110158200 | POSITIONING REFERENCE SIGNALS IN A TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Systems and methods are described to supply positioning reference signal (PRS) in a telecommunication system. A base station supplies a PRS sequence according at least to a time-frequency pattern of modulation symbols, wherein the time-frequency pattern assigns a modulation symbol to each frequency tone in a block of time-frequency resources allocated to transmit PRS. The base station associates a modulation symbol in the time-frequency pattern with a reference symbol in the PRS sequence through a mapping that represents the time-frequency pattern. The PRS sequence is conveyed to user equipment through delivery of a set of modulation symbols established through the mapping. Different time-frequency patterns can be exploited based on time-structure of a radio sub-frame. The user equipment receives the PRS sequence according to at least the time-frequency pattern of modulation symbols and utilizes at least the PRS sequence as part of a process to produce a location estimate. | 06-30-2011 |
| 20110170515 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION APPARATUS IN IP UPLINK - Provided is a method that may allocate uplink radio resources to a terminal, and may receive data from the terminal using the radio resources. The uplink radio resources may be allocated as contention-based radio resources in a radio network, such as a cellular system, a radio local access network (LAN), and the like, and thus, a plurality of terminals may effectively transmit data using minimum radio resources. | 07-14-2011 |
| 20110188466 | FACILITATING NOISE ESTIMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Providing for noise estimation in wireless communication, and particularly for access request signals transmitted by a user equipment (UE), is described herein. By way of example, a wireless signal receiver can employ unused signal dimensions of a wireless network for noise estimation. In addition, the unused signal dimensions can be selected for time-frequency resources that are associated with a particular wireless channel, in order to obtain a noise estimate for that channel. By employing unused signal dimensions, a noise measurement is likely to include no other signal transmissions, and provide an accurate estimate of noise on that channel. According to various aspects of the subject disclosure, one or more Chu sequences employed for signal transmissions, root sequences thereof, or one or more cyclic shifts of a root sequence can be employed for the unused signal dimension. | 08-04-2011 |
| 20110188467 | USER DEVICE, BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD FOR MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A user device for a mobile communication system employing a multicarrier scheme includes a control signal generating unit ( | 08-04-2011 |
| 20110194527 | FREQUENCY AND TIME DOMAIN RANGE EXPANSION - For range expansion, a determination to enter range expansion may be made based on a signal strength differential for user equipment (UE) communications between a first class of base stations and a second class of base stations. If the signal strength differential is beyond a certain threshold, range expansion may be implemented. In range expansion, a signal is transmitted, on a resource coordinated with at least one of the first class of base stations, from one of the second class of base stations to the UE which could experience dominant interference from one of the first class of base stations if coordination were not performed. Transmission power may be reduced from one of the first class of base stations on that resource. The second signal may be transmitted within the region of the Physical Downlink Shared Channel. | 08-11-2011 |
| 20110194528 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING TIME AND FREQUENCY RESOURCE FOR RESOURCE REQUEST INDICATOR, METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING RESOURCE REQUEST INDICATOR AND DEVICE THEREOF - A method for allocating a time and frequency resource of a resource request indicator (RRI), a method for transmitting an RRI, and a device thereof are provided, which relate to a wireless communication technique and reduce the overhead of the time and frequency resource. The method for allocating a time and frequency resource of an RRI includes: allocating codes for an RRI and other uplink control signaling; and multiplexing the RRI and other uplink control signaling in the same time and frequency resource in a code division manner. | 08-11-2011 |
| 20110200003 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR MAPPING MODULATION SYMBOLS TO RESOURCES IN OFDM SYSTEMS - A method for transmission, by dividing a transmission resource in a time domain subframe into a plurality of equal duration resource elements in a time and frequency domain, segregating the plurality of resource elements into a plurality of resource regions, modulating information to be transmitted to generate a sequence of modulation symbols at a transmitter, mapping the sequence of modulation symbols into the plurality of resource elements in the plurality of resource regions, and transmitting the modulation symbols via a plurality of antennas using the respective corresponding resource elements to a receiver. The mapping of the modulation symbols in at least one resource region is independent of a certain control channel information that is carried in said time domain subframe, and the mapping of the modulation symbols in at least another resource region is dependent upon said certain control channel information that is carried in said subframe. The information to be transmitted may be encoded to generate a plurality of code blocks, with roughly equal number of resource elements assigned to each of the plurality of code blocks in at least one resource region. Alternatively, the time domain subframe may contain only one resource region. | 08-18-2011 |
| 20110200004 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION DEVICE, AND BASE STATION DEVICE - A base station device includes: a control information generating section which generates control information specific to mobile station devices; a control information count indicator generating section which generates a control information count indicator indicating the number of pieces of generated control information of each mobile station device; and a transmitting section which transmits the control information count indicator and the control information. The mobile station device includes: a receiving section which receives a control information count indicator and control information transmitted from the base station device within a mobile station-specific search space selected based on a mobile station ID of the mobile station device; a control information count indicator detecting section which detects the control information indicator; and a control channel decoding section which decodes the control channel in response to the number of pieces of detected control information. | 08-18-2011 |
| 20110205998 | Scheduling of Isochronous Traffic in Time and Frequency To Reduce Contention - Techniques are provided to reduce contention (interference) between bursts associated with multiple isochronous traffic flows. Generally, the techniques involve, at a plurality of wireless access point devices and/or a plurality of wireless client devices in a wireless network, initiating bursts of wireless transmissions carrying isochronous traffic from wireless access point devices to their associated client devices and/or from wireless client devices to their respective wireless access point devices at start times that are scheduled so as to reduce a likelihood of interference between multiple bursts of wireless transmissions for different isochronous traffic flows. | 08-25-2011 |
| 20110205999 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MULTIPLEXING FREQUENCY HOPPING IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for multiplexing frequency hopping in a wireless communication system using Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) is provided. The frequency hopping multiplexing method and apparatus efficiently indicates time division multiplexing for global hopping and local hopping by indicating and using the number and positions of slots for global hopping and local hopping to time-division-multiplex global hopping and local hopping in a reverse link, depending on information the number of Distributed Resource CHannels (DRCHs), provided from a transmitting side over a Forward link Secondary Broadcast Control CHannel (F-SBCCH), which is one of the forward common channels. | 08-25-2011 |
| 20110206000 | METHOD FOR RANDOM ACCESS TO UPLINK IN MULTI-CARRIER AGGREGATION ENVIRONMENT - The present invention relates to an access method for solving ambiguity between an initial access mobile station and a base station, wherein the ambiguity occurs in a carrier aggregation environment. When a base station transmits a downlink message including different downlink ID information through plural downlink carriers, a base station obtains the corresponding downlink ID information through a downlink carrier used by the mobile station. The mobile station transmits an uplink message using the obtained downlink ID information, and the base station extracts the downlink ID information from the uplink message in order to confirm which downlink carrier the mobile station uses. | 08-25-2011 |
| 20110211551 | Method and Arrangement in a Radio-Access Network - The invention relates to a method and arrangement for transmitting and receiving control information in a radio-access network. A network node transmits first control information in a first part and second control information in a second part of a time-frequency region that is transmitted after a control region in a subframe. The second part is located later in the subframe than the first part. The second control information may be less time-critical than the first control information. An intermediate node receives and decodes the first control information at the end of the first part. When the first control information indicates that the subframe comprises data payload to the intermediate node, the intermediate node receives and decodes the data payload. The intermediate node receives second control information at the end of the second part. | 09-01-2011 |
| 20110211552 | COMPUTED-AIDED MAPPING OF SYSTEM INFORMATION MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL PROTOCOL MESSAGES - A method for computer-aided mapping of system information medium access control protocol messages onto a plurality of transport channels for transmission using an orthogonal frequency division multiple access method, wherein a scheduling of system information data packets information in the context of the mapping on a transport channel of the plurality of transport channels is carried out dependent on the type of the system information. | 09-01-2011 |
| 20110216734 | SYNCHRONIZATION IN AN UPLINK SPATIAL DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS MODE OF A WiMAX WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for synchronization in an uplink spatial division multiple access (UL SDMA) mode of a WiMAX wireless communication system includes a first step ( | 09-08-2011 |
| 20110222504 | PREAMBLES IN OFDMA SYSTEM - The present invention provides a preamble that is inserted into an OFDMA frame and has a common sequence for all the base stations participating in a transmission. The subscriber station performs fine synchronization using the common sequence on the common preamble, and the resulting peaks will provide the locations of candidate base stations. The base station specific search is then performed in the vicinities of those peaks by using base station specific pseudo-noise sequences. With this two stage cell search, the searching window is drastically reduced. The preamble is matched to known values by a respective receiver to decode the signals and permit multiple signals to be transferred from the transmitter to the receiver. The preamble may comprise two parts, Preamble-I and Preamble-2, which may be used in different systems, including multioutput, multi-input (MIMO) systems. | 09-15-2011 |
| 20110222505 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MULTI-CARRIER PACKET COMMUNICATION WITH REDUCED OVERHEAD - A method and system for minimizing the control overhead in a multi-carrier wireless communication network that utilizes a time-frequency resource is disclosed. In some embodiments, one or more zones in the time-frequency resource are designated for particular applications, such as a zone dedicated for voice-over-IP (VoIP) applications. By grouping applications of a similar type together within a zone, a reduction in the number of bits necessary for mapping a packet stream to a portion of the time-frequency resource can be achieved. In some embodiments, modular coding schemes associated with the packet streams may be selected that further reduce the amount of necessary control information. In some embodiments, packets may be classified for transmission in accordance with application type, QoS parameters, and other properties. In some embodiments, improved control messages may be constructed to facilitate the control process and minimize associated overhead. | 09-15-2011 |
| 20110222506 | DELAY AND JITTER WIRELESS MESH NETWORK SCHEDULING - Schedule and channel assignment (SCA) in a wireless mesh network (WMN) is disclosed. A method includes: forming a representation of a sequence of permutation matrices from a n×n rate matrix. The entries of the rate matrix define the bandwidth of links between the n nodes of the WMN. Each of the permutation matrices represents active radio links between the n nodes. The sequence of permutation matrices defines a sequence of radio links to provide the desired bandwidth of links between said n nodes. Further, a representation of a sequence of partial permutation matrices corresponding to the sequence of permutation matrices is formed in such a way that each of the permutation matrices can be decomposed into a group of partial permutation matrices. Each of the partial permutation matrices in a group represents non-interfering radio links between the n nodes. In each timeslot, the n nodes are configured for radio transmission and reception in accordance with at least one of the partial permutation matrices in each group to transmit traffic between the n nodes. Example SCA can be used to provision longer-term guaranteed-rate backhaul traffic flows supporting multimedia services such as VOIP or IPTV between base-stations in a WMN, with near-minimal delay and jitter and near-perfect Quality-of-Service for every provisioned traffic flow. | 09-15-2011 |
| 20110222507 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF RESERVING RESOURCE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for resource reservation in a wireless communication system is provided. A plurality of physical resource units (PRUs) is provided and a reserved region is reserved. The reserved region is greater than or equal to a frequency band size of a subband which is a unit of contiguous PRUs in a frequency domain among the plurality of PRUs. | 09-15-2011 |
| 20110228742 | Sub Channel Generation for a Wireless Mesh Network - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, there is at least a method, apparatus, and computer program for dividing an available bandwidth into a plurality of frequency bands or channels, dividing each of the plurality of frequency bands or channels into a plurality of orthogonal sub-carriers, organizing the sub-carriers into a plurality of sub-channels, and assigning at least some of the generated sub-channels to at least one corresponding radio link between parent and child nodes of a mesh network. | 09-22-2011 |
| 20110249647 | SYSTEMS, APPARATUS AND METHODS TO FACILITATE TRANSMISSION OF ACKNOWLEDGEMENT SIGNALS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - In accordance with aspects of the disclosure, a method, apparatus, and computer program product are provided for wireless communication. The method, apparatus, and computer program product may be provided for mapping a first signal to one or more resource elements being utilized by a second signal and transmitting the first signal utilizing the resource elements. The method, apparatus, and computer program product may be provided for pre-defining one or more resource blocks in a data region of a frame structure and transmitting an acknowledgement signal in at least one of the pre-defined resource blocks. The method, apparatus, and computer program product may be provided for identifying at least one downlink control channel and transmitting acknowledgment signals in the at least one downlink control channel for a plurality of user equipment. | 10-13-2011 |
| 20110249648 | Method of Handling Sounding Reference Signal Transmission Enhancement and Related Communication Device - A method of handling a sounding reference signal (SRS) transmission for a mobile device in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises enabling operation of at least one of an uplink (UL) multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO), an coordinated multi-point (CoMP) and a carrier aggregation (CA), and performing the SRS transmission using at least one of the UL MIMO, the CoMP and the CA on at least one operating component carrier to a network of the wireless communication system according to at least one of a mobile device-specific SRS configuration, a component carrier-specific SRS configuration and a cell-specific SRS configuration. | 10-13-2011 |
| 20110255505 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR BUNDLING RESOURCE BLOCKS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A base station for use in a wireless network operable to communicate with a plurality of mobile stations. The base station transmits a downlink frame to a first mobile station. The downlink frame comprises time-frequency resource elements allocated in a plurality of physical resource blocks. The base station transmits the plurality of physical resource blocks in bundles having a bundle size that is a function of the system bandwidth configuration and the base station uses the same precoder for all physical resource blocks in the same bundle. The bundle size is from one physical resource block to three physical resource blocks. | 10-20-2011 |
| 20110261781 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING AN UPLINK STRUCTURE AND MINIMIZING PILOT SIGNAL OVERHEAD IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method and system are provided having an uplink control structure and a pilot signal having minimal signal overhead for providing channel estimation and data demodulation in a wireless communication network. The uplink control structures enable mobile terminals to communicate with corresponding base stations to perform various functions including obtaining initial system access, submitting a bandwidth request, triggering a continuation of negotiated service, or providing a proposed allocation re-configuration header. A dedicated random access channel is provided to communicatively couple the base station and the mobile terminal so that the mobile terminal can select a random access signaling identification. A resource request is received at the base station to uplink resource information from the mobile terminal and an initial access information request is received from the mobile terminal to configure the base station connection. Pilot signals with varying density configurations are provided to include low density symbol patterns for multiple contiguous resource blocks and high density symbol patterns for single resource blocks. | 10-27-2011 |
| 20110261782 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION, AND THRESHOLD SETTING METHOD - A radio communication system including a threshold setting unit, which sets a channel assignment threshold for each respective communication channel thereupon, and a threshold setting unit, which sets a channel assignment threshold for each respective communication channel thereupon, for carrier sensing. The threshold setting unit employs a first random number, which is generated, based on an unique value of a radio base station, on a per communication channel basis, to set a first channel assignment threshold on the per communication channel basis. The threshold setting unit employs a second random number, which is generated, based on an unique value of a radio base station, on a per communication channel basis, to set a second channel assignment threshold on the per communication channel basis. | 10-27-2011 |
| 20110261783 | RESOURCE ASSIGNMENT METHOD AND MOBILE STATION - A resource assignment method and a Mobile Station (MS) are provided. The method includes: obtaining, by the MS, combined indication information carried in a resource assignment message after the MS receives the resource assignment message; judging whether a resource block indicated by resource assignment information in the resource assignment message is a segment of a Physical-layer (PHY) Protocol Data Unit (PDU) according to the combined indication information, and reading the segment of the corresponding PHY PDU according to the resource assignment information if the resource block is a segment of the PHY PDU; combining segments belonging to the same PHY PDU into a complete PHY PDU, wherein the segments are read according to multiple received resource assignment messages; and decoding the PHY PDU. The MS includes an obtaining module, a judging module, a reading module, a combining module, and a decoding module. The resource assignment method and the MS facilitate the design of resource assignment messages of one or several uniform formats, and therefore, the resource assignment messages have a fixed size which does not change dynamically with the number of segments, and the complexity and the cost of the MS are reduced. | 10-27-2011 |
| 20110268080 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROL AND DATA MULTIPLEXING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - A method of wireless communication includes determining a number of symbols for uplink control information (UCI) on each of a plurality of layers, multiplexing symbols for the UCI with data on multiple layers such that the symbols are time aligned across the layers, and sending the multiplexed symbols on the multiple layers on uplink. In some designs, the number of symbols for the UCI may be determined based on a spectral resource parameter. | 11-03-2011 |
| 20110268081 | PRE-ALLOCATED RANDOM ACCESS IDENTIFIERS - Systems and methods of pre-allocating identifiers to wireless devices for use in requesting resources over a random access channel are described. A wireless communication system includes a random access channel over which wireless devices can anonymously send requests for resources. The base stations receiving and processing the anonymous requests reduces the probability of random access channel collisions and conserves the resources needed to support the anonymous requests by pre-allocating one or more codes to select wireless devices. The wireless devices having the pre-allocated codes can transmit a particular code over the random access channel as a request for resources that uniquely identifies the requester. | 11-03-2011 |
| 20110268082 | CHANNEL ARRANGEMENT METHOD AND RADIO COMMUNICATION BASE STATION DEVICE - Provided is a radio communication base station device which can prevent lowering of use efficiency of a channel communication resource for performing a frequency diversity transmission when simultaneously performing a frequency scheduling transmission and the frequency diversity transmission in a multicarrier communication. In the device, a modulation unit ( | 11-03-2011 |
| 20110274081 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING A CONTROL SIGNAL IN A RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - According to the invention, the method for transmitting a control signal in a radio communication system comprises the steps of generating a control signal in accordance with the type of subframe for transmitting the control signal, wherein said subframe is a first type of subframe including a basic number of OFDM symbols, a second type of subframe including a larger number of OFDM symbols than the first type subframe, or a third type of subframe including a smaller number of OFDM symbols than the first type of subframe; and transmitting the control signal via a control channel having a structure determined in accordance with the type of the subframe. | 11-10-2011 |
| 20110286426 | CONTROL DATA TRANSMISSION OVER A DATA CHANNEL BY A CONTROLLING BASE STATION - A controlling base station sends, to a wireless communication device, control data related to communication between a communication base station and the wireless communication device. The control data is transmitted in accordance with a communication specification and is transmitted to allow reception by the wireless communication device of the control data within a data channel having a frequency and time allocated by the communication specification for the wireless communication device to receive data transmissions from the communication base station. | 11-24-2011 |
| 20110299500 | MULTIPLEXING CONTROL AND DATA INFORMATION FROM A USER EQUIPMENT IN MIMO TRANSMISSION MODE - A method and apparatus for multiplexing Uplink Control Information (UCI) with data information in a Physical Uplink Shared CHannel (PUSCH) transmitted over multiple spatial layers where aspects of the UCI multiplexing include the determination of the number of coded UCI symbols in each spatial layer when the data information is conveyed using multiple Transport Blocks (TBs), the determination of the number of coded UCI symbols in each spatial layer when the PUSCH conveys a single TB retransmission for a Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ) process while the initial TB transmission for the same HARQ process was in a PUSCH conveying multiple TBs, and the determination of the modulation scheme for the coded UCI symbols. | 12-08-2011 |
| 20110310838 | Method for Reference Signal Pattern Allocation and Related Communication Device - A method for reference signal pattern allocation for a eNodeB in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises allocating a plurality of physical resource blocks (PRBs) to at least one mobile device; and mapping a plurality of reference signal patterns to the PRBs according to a mapping rule. | 12-22-2011 |
| 20110317656 | CLUSTER-SPECIFIC REFERENCE SIGNALS FOR COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS WITH MULTIPLE TRANSMISSION POINTS - Aspects of the present disclosure provide methods and apparatuses for transmitting—from all cells belonging to a cluster (e.g., for Joint Processing/Transmission (JP/T) Coordinated Multipoint (CoMP), also referred to as network MIMO (Multiple Input/Multiple Output))—reference signals (RSs) for channel state information (CSI) feedback to user equipment (UE) at the same time and frequency resources. In this manner, data is precluded from interfering with the CSI feedback scheme. Consequently, data need not be determined to reliably estimate the channel(s). | 12-29-2011 |
| 20120008590 | RANGING CHANNEL STRUCTURES AND METHODS - To facilitate ranging between mobile terminals and a base station in a wireless communication network employing orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) for uplink data communications, a periodic ranging channel for use by a mobile terminal is defined. The channel specifies a plurality N of blocks of sub-carrier frequencies of an OFDM frequency band which are non-contiguous within the OFDM frequency band. The channel also specifies a time slot within an OFDM subframe which spans one or more OFDM symbol periods. A ranging transmission is periodically sent as a spread signal across the specified N blocks of sub-carrier frequencies within the specified time slot. The duration of the ranging transmission may be less than a duration of the OFDM subframe. A notional grid of tiles representing time and frequency resources associated with the subframe may facilitate channel definition. A similar approach may be used to define an initial access channel for initial access transmissions. | 01-12-2012 |
| 20120008591 | RADIO COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS AND USER APPARATUS - When a first traffic type to which a predetermined pattern of radio resources are allocated periodically and a second traffic type to which available radio resources are sequentially allocated are mixed and multiplexed, the present invention improves communication quality of the first and second traffic types. In a radio communication system in which a first traffic type to which a predetermined pattern of radio resources are periodically allocated and a second traffic type to which available radio resources are sequentially allocated are mixed and multiplexed, the first traffic type to which the predetermined pattern of frequency resources are allocated at fixed intervals is user-multiplexed using CDM and the second traffic type to which resource blocks are sequentially allocated starting from those in good states is multiplexed using FDM and TDM as defined in LTE. | 01-12-2012 |
| 20120020319 | COOPERATIVE MIMO AMONG BASE STATIONS WITH LOW INFORMATION INTERACTION, A METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCHEDULING THE SAME - The proposal for eliminating inter-cell interference based on cooperation with the prior base station has problems such as resources occupation and Backhaul load increment. The invention provides a multi-base station cooperative multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) with low information interaction in a wireless network and a scheduling method and a device thereof. The scheduling method comprises: a base station acquires information relevant to signal quality between the base station and each mobile terminal and reports to a scheduling apparatus, wherein the reported signal quality relevant information is preferably a relative signal strength indicator (RSSI) or a channel quality indicator (CQI) with small data size; the scheduling apparatus selects a service base station for each mobile terminal and determines a specific base station to eliminate the interference from a specific mobile terminal; and the scheduling apparatus further controls to correspondingly transmit service data of the mobile terminal to the service base station; the base station determines the serviced terminal and the terminal of which the interference is eliminated. When servicing the mobile terminal on a time-frequency resource and eliminating the interference from other base stations, the base station only needs to acquire channel state information of the mobile terminal associated with the base station to the base station on the corresponding time-frequency resource and calculate a pre-coded matrix, so as to pre-code mobile terminal service data from the service base station and generate downlink signals to be transmitted; and the process is independently carried out in various base stations. | 01-26-2012 |
| 20120020320 | Network-Based Location of Mobile Transmitters - In an overlay, network-based, wireless location system, LMUs typically co-located with BTSs are used to collect radio signaling both in the forward and reverse channels for use in TDOA and/or AOA positioning methods. Information broadcast from the radio network and by global satellite navigation system constellations can be received by the LMU and used to reduce the difficulty of initial system configuration and reconfiguration due to radio network changes. | 01-26-2012 |
| 20120020321 | BASE STATION, COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, TRANSMISSION METHOD AND RECEPTION METHOD - A base station includes: means configured to manage frequency blocks; means configured to determine, for each frequency block, scheduling information for assigning one or more resource blocks to a communication terminal being in a good channel state; means configured to generate a control channel including the scheduling information for each frequency block; and means configured to frequency multiplexing control channels within the system frequency band and to transmit it. In addition, the base station transmits the control channel by separating a non-specific control channel to be decoded by a non-specific communication terminal and a specific control channel to be decoded by a communication terminal to which one or more resource blocks are assigned. | 01-26-2012 |
| 20120020322 | Random Access Channel Response Handling With Aggregated Component Carriers - Disclosed herein are methods, computer program instructions and apparatus for performing random access procedures in a wireless communication system. A method includes receiving at a network access node, in different time and frequency resources that are allocated for preamble transmission, and in different ones of a plurality of component carriers, a plurality of random access requests from individual ones of a plurality of user equipments; and transmitting a corresponding plurality of random access responses in a time and frequency resource of a single component carrier. | 01-26-2012 |
| 20120020323 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of transmitting a reference signal in a wireless communication system is provided. Demodulation Reference Signals (DMRSs) for a plurality of respective antennas is generated. The DMRSs are mapped to a resource region, and transmitted through the respective corresponding antennas. The DMRSs are multiplexed using at least one of frequency division multiplexing (FDM), code division multiplexing (CDM), and time division multiplexing (TDM) methods and mapped in the resource region. Also, a position of an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol to which the DMRSs are mapped in the resource region is an OFDM symbol to which a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) and a legacy cell-specific reference signal (CRS) are not mapped. | 01-26-2012 |
| 20120020324 | Method for allocating time and frequency resource for resource request indicator, method for transmitting resource request indicator and device thereof - A method for allocating a time and frequency resource of a resource request indicator (RRI), a method for transmitting an RRI, and a device thereof are provided, which relate to a wireless communication technique and reduce the overhead of the time and frequency resource. The method for allocating a time and frequency resource of an RRI includes: allocating codes for an RRI and other uplink control signaling; and multiplexing the RRI and other uplink control signaling in the same time and frequency resource in a code division manner | 01-26-2012 |
| 20120026970 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SELECTING A TRANSMISSION CHANNEL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM THAT INCLUDES AN ADAPTIVE ARRAY - A method for establishing wireless communication between a transmitter and a receiver in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The receiver includes an adaptive array that has at least two antennas. Each antenna receives a signal and produces a received signal. The transmitter includes at least two transmission channels for communicating the signal from the transmitter to the receiver. The wireless communication system suppresses interference at the receiver by applying an interference suppression technique when combining the received signals. The selection of a channel at the transmitter is based on the channel performance at the receiver for each transmission channel. The channel performance is based on a combining technique different from the interference suppression technique. | 02-02-2012 |
| 20120033637 | Method and Apparatus for Associating a Packet with an H-ARQ Channel Identifier - Method and apparatus are provided for transmitting control information to a mobile station. A persistent assignment is transmitted to a mobile station, wherein the persistent assignment includes a plurality of hybrid automatic repeat request (H-ARQ) channel identifiers (ACIDs). A subsequent assignment including an ACID derived from the plurality of ACIDs is transmitted to the mobile station. In another aspect of the invention, a mobile station receives from a base station a persistent assignment including a plurality of ACIDs, and a subsequent assignment including an ACID derived from the plurality of ACIDs. | 02-09-2012 |
| 20120039298 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING A REFERENCE SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting a reference signal by a base station in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes: generating a plurality of reference signals for channel measurement, wherein the plurality of reference signals for channel measurement are different types; and transmitting the plurality of reference signals for channel measurement, wherein the plurality of reference signals for channel measurement are transmitted using one or more subframes as a duty cycle. | 02-16-2012 |
| 20120057563 | RADIO BASE STATION AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio base station including a resource assignment unit configured to determine a time direction resource, a frequency direction resource, and a code direction resource which are to be assigned as a reception quality notification resource that should be used for notifying each mobile station of a reception quality in a downlink, the resource assignment unit is configured to determine the time direction resources and the frequency direction resources, which are to be assigned as the reception quality notification resource, and then determine the code direction resources to be assigned as the reception quality notification resource the resource assignment unit is configured to assign, as the reception quality notification resource, in order from a frequency direction resource with a lower usage rate of the code direction resource, within each time direction resource. | 03-08-2012 |
| 20120063409 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR UPLINK SIGNALLING - Methods, base stations and access terminals for uplink signalling are provided. Resource request channel characteristics such as location in time-frequency, sequence, time slot, are assigned to each access terminal to distinguish their resource requests from the resource requests of other access terminals. Access terminals make requests using a resource request on a resource request channel having the assigned characteristics. The base station can then determine which access terminal transmitted the resource request based on the resource request channel characteristics of the resource request channel upon which the resource request was received. The base station then transmits a response to the request which may for example be a new resource allocation, a default allocation or a renewal of a previous allocation. | 03-15-2012 |
| 20120063410 | METHOD FOR SELECTING COMMUNICATION CHANNEL IN COMMUNICATION DEVICE OF WIDEBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREOF - Provided is a method and apparatus for setting up a channel for communication between distributed devices in a wireless communication system. A method of selecting a communication channel in a communication device of a wireless communication system may include requesting scanning of channels between the communication device and a discovery device, receiving a channel scanning response message including a Distributed Reservation Protocol (DRP) Availability Information Element (IE) assigned for each scanned channel, and selecting a channel based on the DRP Availability IE. | 03-15-2012 |
| 20120063411 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RADIO RESOURCES OF A PUCCH AND RADIO RESOURCE MANAGER - The present invention discloses method for allocating radio resources of a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) and a radio resource manager, wherein the method includes: a radio resource manager generating a resource pool; the radio resource manager sorting PUCCH resources in the resource pool according to a generating sequence thereof, and making a pointer point to a first PUCCH resource; and the radio resource manager allocating a PUCCH resource pointed by the pointer currently to a terminal and then making the pointer point to a next PUCCH resource. The present invention has the advantage that it is unnessesary to perform a resource search at each allocation of resource, the time for searching resources is saved, the resource search is simplified, and the complexity of a system is reduced greatly. | 03-15-2012 |
| 20120063412 | RADIO BASE STATION AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio base station including a resource assignment unit configured to assign a time direction resource, a frequency direction resource, and a code direction resource, as a physical signal transmission resource for transmitting a predetermined physical signal, to each mobile station is disclosed. The frequency direction resource is specified by a frequency position within a frequency region when frequency bandwidths used in a plurality of physical signals transmitted by each mobile station are the same. The resource assignment unit is configured to assign the code direction resource after assigning the time direction resource and the frequency direction resource, as the physical signal transmission resource, to each mobile station, when frequency bandwidths used in physical signals transmitted by each mobile station are the same, and assign the code direction resource after assigning the time direction resource and the frequency direction resource, as the physical signal transmission resource, to each mobile station. | 03-15-2012 |
| 20120063413 | Communication Resource Allocation Strategy - A scheduling processor allocates a time slot of a communication protocol to a user equipment for data transmission based on received control data of the same or another user equipment in a current time slot and received user data of the same or another user equipment in a preceding time slot, while ignoring user data of the same or any other user equipment received in the current time slot. The scheduling processor also allocates a frequency resource to the user equipment. A control channel managing processor allocates signaling resources on a control channel for the submission of control information to the user equipment, which informs of the time slot allocated by the time domain scheduling processor as well as of the frequency resource allocated by the frequency domain scheduling processor. | 03-15-2012 |
| 20120076106 | MUTING SCHEMES FOR CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION REFERENCE SIGNAL AND SIGNALING THEREOF - A method of wireless communication is provided which includes establishing a time-frequency muting pattern including at least one data resource element (RE) and transmitting information indicating the time-frequency muting pattern to a user equipment. In some designs, the muting pattern is established by grouping a plurality of resource elements into muting groups such that the time-frequency muting pattern includes the muting groups. | 03-29-2012 |
| 20120082127 | METHOD TO ENHANCE DISCOVERY OF IDENTIFIERS MULTIPLEXED IN A PEER-TO-PEER CHANNEL - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided in which an identifier is sent in a peer discovery signal. In addition, a value is sent with the identifier in the peer discovery signal indicating at least one of a next time, a next frequency, or a next resource that the identifier will be sent. A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided in which an identifier is received in a peer discovery signal. In addition, a value is received with the identifier in the peer discovery signal indicating at least one of a next time, a next frequency, or a next resource that the identifier should be expected to be received. | 04-05-2012 |
| 20120082128 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ADAPTIVE ALLOCATION OF FEEDBACK RESOURCES FOR CQI AND TRANSMIT PRE-CODING - In transmit pre-coding, a bandwidth and a feedback period to one or more CQI reporting units and a bandwidth and a feedback period to one or more PMI reporting units are assigned, respectively. Sub-divisions in time and/or frequency corresponding to the assigned bandwidths and the assigned feedback periods are dynamically adjusted based at least on uplink channel state information corresponding to the bandwidth and the feedback period assigned to the CQI reporting units, and the bandwidth and the feedback period assigned to the PMI reporting units. One or more feedback messages are generated based at least on the channel state information over the adjusted sub-divisions in time and/or frequency corresponding to the CQI reporting units and to the PMI reporting units, respectively. The bandwidth and/or the feedback period may be assigned based on the channel state information or as a function of a feedback rate. | 04-05-2012 |
| 20120082129 | METHOD FOR OPTIMIZED REFERENCE SIGNAL DOWNLINK TRANSMISSION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and system optimizes the transmission of a downlink reference signal (DLRS) in a wireless communication system that uses orthogonal division multiple access (OFDMA) for the downlink. Each Node-B (base station) is capable of transmitting the DLRS reference symbols in different subframes of the OFDM radio frame and changing both the number and location of the subframes in response to changing network conditions. The network conditions include the number of terminals being served by the Node-B and multiple access interference (MAI) from adjacent Node-Bs. | 04-05-2012 |
| 20120082130 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MAPPING AND DETECTING CONTROL CHANNEL - A method and apparatus for mapping and detecting control channel are provided. The method for mapping a control channel includes: for the same aggregation level, according to a signaling length of a control channel corresponding to a component carrier, determining a corresponding search space for at least two control channels that have the same signaling length, so as to enable the at least two control channels that have the same signaling length to use the same search space, and mapping the at least two control channels that have the same signaling length to the determined corresponding search space. Therefore, conflicts between the control channels are reduced, and the number of times of blind detection of the control channels is also reduced. | 04-05-2012 |
| 20120087335 | Multi-site mimo cooperation in cellular network - In a cellular communications network comprising a plurality of transmitting sites wherein each transmitting site comprises at least one antenna, a method of serving a given data stream to a target mobile terminal, comprising: designating at least two of the plurality of transmitting sites as cooperating sites; assigning tones to each transmitting site from a sub-band associated with the cooperating sites; dividing the data stream into at least two sub-data streams, each of the sub-data streams for transmission over selected tones; and interlacing tones of the cooperating sites in accordance with a selected one of a time switching and a frequency switching transmit diversity technique. | 04-12-2012 |
| 20120087336 | MC-CDMA MULTIPLEXING IN AN ORTHOGONAL UPLINK - Techniques are provided to support multi-carrier code division multiple access (MC-CDMA) in an orthogonal uplink of a wireless communication system. A method of wireless multi-carrier communications comprises dividing sub-carriers on an uplink into non-overlapping groups, allocating a time-frequency block including a hopping duration and a non-overlapped group, respectively, assigning a different set of orthogonal codes to each user, spreading data (or pilot) symbols of each user over the allocated time-frequency block, wherein the data (or pilot) symbols of each user are spread using the different set of orthogonal codes assigned to each user, mapping each data (or pilot) symbol to a modulation symbol in the time-frequency block, generating an orthogonal waveform based on the mapped symbols, and transmitting the orthogonal waveform. | 04-12-2012 |
| 20120093122 | Method and system for transmitting position reference signal - The present disclosure discloses a method and system for transmitting a position reference signal. Wherein the method includes: frequency domain positions for transmitting a position reference signal are n physical resource blocks, and the value of n is obtained according to signaling; time domain positions for transmitting the position reference signal are the remaining orthogonal frequency division multiplexing symbols in a subframe, except for orthogonal frequency division multiplexing symbols for transmitting a physical downlink control channel and orthogonal frequency division multiplexing symbols for transmitting a cell-specific reference signal; and the position reference signal is transmitted according to the frequency domain position and the time domain position. By adopting the method and the system of the present disclosure, the transmitting of the position reference signal is realized, and the positioning precision of a UE is ensured. | 04-19-2012 |
| 20120093123 | RADIO BASE STATION AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio base station includes a resource assignment unit configured to determine a time direction resource, a frequency direction resource, and a code direction resource which are to be assigned as a scheduling request transmission resource for transmitting a scheduling request that requests scheduling for uplink data communication to each mobile station. The resource assignment unit is configured to determine the time direction resource and the frequency direction resource, which are to be assigned as the scheduling request transmission resource, and then determine the code direction resource to be assigned as the scheduling request transmission resource. The resource assignment unit is configured to assign, as the scheduling request transmission resource, in order from a frequency direction resource having a lower usage rate of the code direction resource in each time direction resource. | 04-19-2012 |
| 20120093124 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SETTING DEMODULATION REFERENCE SIGNALS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention provides a method of arranging demodulation reference signals in a radio communication system that communicates according to a coordinated scheme. Demodulation reference signals and data are transmitted to a receiving terminal through time/frequency resources of the radio communication system using a resource block as a base unit. The method includes arranging at least two orthogonal DM-RSs in two edge OFDM symbols for resource blocks of respective cells, a frequency offset existing between cells at positions of the orthogonal DM-RSs in the edge OFDM symbols, performing puncturing at positions corresponding to the orthogonal DM-RSs of the other cells in the edge OFDM symbols of the respective cells, arranging superimposing DM-RSs in the two edge OFDM symbols in a resource block of one cell and arranging the superimposing DM-RSs at positions corresponding to the resource blocks of the other cells, wherein positions of the superimposing DM-RSs are set between the positions of the orthogonal DM-RSs in the respective edge OFDM symbols. | 04-19-2012 |
| 20120099559 | MASTER STATION IN COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND ACCESS CONTROL METHOD - A communication band is divided into: a beacon period in which every master station transmits a beacon packet in competition with one another; a guaranteed-band period (e.g., a TDMA period or an FDMA period) in which only a specific permitted station is allowed access; and a CSMA period in which every station is allowed access in competition with one another. Plural master stations exchange information of a communication band used in the guaranteed-band period with each other, and based on the respective information, a communication band available to the master station's own communications system in the guaranteed-band period is calculated. | 04-26-2012 |
| 20120106501 | RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - To provide a radio base station apparatus and radio communication method capable of performing radio communications using downlink reference signal structures suitable for antenna virtualization, a radio base station apparatus ( | 05-03-2012 |
| 20120106502 | Direct Communications in Wireless Networks - A method is provided for direct communications between members of at least one communication group of wireless entities, in which two communication groups are provided. A first group that has at least two wireless entities of an identical type, and a second group that has at least one wireless entity. A time slot is allocated in a frame belonging to a frame-based protocol for use by members of the first group to exchange direct communications between each other. The same time slot is used by at least one wireless entity of the second group to exchange non-direct communications in accordance with the frame-based protocol, or direct communication with one or more wireless entities of second group. Within the time slot, frequency resources within the same frequency channel are allocated to each of the two communication groups. | 05-03-2012 |
| 20120106503 | RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND RESPONSE SIGNAL DIFFUSION METHOD - Provided is a radio communication device which can suppress inter-code interference between an ACK/NACK signal and a CQI signal which are code-multiplexed. A diffusion unit ( | 05-03-2012 |
| 20120106504 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND BASE STATION FOR SHARING OR JOINTLY USING A GERAN (GSM EDGE RADIO ACCESS NETWORK) MOBILE RADIO ACCESS NETWORK - A method for sharing or jointly using a GERAN (GSM EDGE Radio Access Network) mobile radio access network by at least a first mobile radio network operator and a second mobile radio network operator includes providing a radio access network for joint use by the at least first and second mobile radio network operators, wherein the radio access network provides at least a first radio frequency channel and a second radio frequency channel, the at least first and second radio frequency channels having each a TDMA frame (Time Division Multiple Access, frame) with eight time slots (TS | 05-03-2012 |
| 20120113952 | Transmission Resource Reservation Scheme - A method, apparatus, and computer program for acquiring transmission resources during a transmission period is provided. A first communication apparatus is arranged to utilize at least one other communication apparatus to reserve at least one additional transmission band for the first communication apparatus during the transmission period of the first communication apparatus. Upon reception of a message indicating availability of additional transmission band(s) from the at least one other communication apparatus, the first communication apparatus is configured to increase its transmission band during the transmission period. | 05-10-2012 |
| 20120113953 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR THE JOINT DESIGN AND OPERATION OF SCHEDULING AND TRANSMISSION FOR DOWNLINK MULTI-USER MIMO WITH RECIPROCITY-BASED TRAINING - A method and apparatus is disclosed herein for scheduling and transmission for downlink multi-user MIMO (MU-MIMO). In one embodiment, the method comprises allocating a subset of time-frequency resources in the time-frequency plane to each distinct bin class, where each bin class comprises one or more bins of user terminals across the topology, and wherein user terminals in the one or more bins of each bin class are served across the topology by the subset of time-frequency resources. The method also comprises performing joint downlink MU-MIMO transmission using a plurality of bin class-dependent wireless transmission architectures at the plurality of base stations, where one or more bin classes is associated with one of the plurality of bin class-dependent architectures, and where each of the plurality of bin class-dependent architectures use different combinations of scheduling training and MU-MIMO transmission across the topology. | 05-10-2012 |
| 20120113954 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EFFICIENT BANDWIDTH UTILIZATION FOR SUBSCRIBER UNIT INITIALIZATION AND SYNCHRONIZATION IN A TIME-SYNCHRONIZED COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A bandwidth efficient subscriber unit initialization and synchronization method and apparatus is described. The inventive subscriber unit initialization and synchronization method and apparatus uses a combination of an access burst format and a data transportation technique to efficiently use bandwidth when initializing and synchronizing subscriber units in a time-synchronized communication system. Advantageously, the present invention provides a mechanism for a base station to receive multiple access bursts from multiple subscriber units in a single contiguous time period. In the preferred embodiment of the present invention, bandwidth is efficiently utilized by searching for multiple initial access bursts from multiple mobile stations during a single time period known as a new access opportunity. The preferred embodiment of the present invention initializes and synchronizes subscriber units in a “contention-based” manner. | 05-10-2012 |
| 20120113955 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING A RANGING SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method in which a terminal transmits a ranging signal in a wireless communication system. The method comprises a step of acquiring cell identification information using the preamble received from a base station, a step of determining frequency resource allocation information using the cell identification information and information on the number of allocated subbands, and a step of transmitting a ranging signal using the sub-band indicated by the frequency resource allocation information. | 05-10-2012 |
| 20120120910 | System and method for measuring channel state information in a communications system - A method for operating a communications controller includes partitioning a full band signal selected from a set of orthogonal full band signals into a plurality of subband signals according to special signal frequency resource information of a special signal being transmitted by the communications controller in a manner that reduces or avoids a collision between the full band signal and the special signal, where the plurality of subband signals carries information for estimating a channel between the communications controller and a communications device. The method also includes assigning a subband associated with each subband signal in the plurality of subband signals to a respective subband time resource according to special signal time resource information of the special signal in a manner that reduces or avoids a collision between the subband and the special signal, where the assigned subband is part of a plurality of subbands. | 05-17-2012 |
| 20120120911 | RADIO COMMUNICATION BASE STATION APPARATUS AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A base station apparatus is provided, which includes a generator configured to generate a synchronization signal and a transmitter configured to transmit the generated synchronization signal. The generator is configured to generate a synchronization signal to be mapped on a subcarrier included in one of a plurality of frequency resource candidates that are separated by an interval, which is a common multiple of a determined frequency spacing and a subcarrier spacing between contiguous subcarriers, wherein the subcarrier spacing does not have a value that is a divisor of the determined frequency spacing. | 05-17-2012 |
| 20120120912 | Method and Apparatus for Assigning Resources in a Wireless System with Multiple Regions - A method and apparatus of signaling radio resource allocation in a wireless communication system includes transmitting at least one region boundary to a mobile station indicating a division of the time-frequency resources into at least two regions, determining a time-frequency resource assignment for the mobile station, transmitting an indication of the determined time-frequency resource to the mobile station in the same region as the determined time-frequency resource, and transmitting a packet to the mobile station using the physical time-frequency resources corresponding to the determined time-frequency resource. | 05-17-2012 |
| 20120127951 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ASSIGNING WIRELESS NETWORK PACKET RESOURCES TO WIRELESS TERMINALS - A method in which a network apparatus | 05-24-2012 |
| 20120127952 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SUPERIMPOSING REFERENCE SIGNAL AND DATA BASED ON SPACE DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS - The present invention provides a method of superimposing data signals and reference signals in a space division multiple access communication system, a base station of the communication system transmitting the first layer resource block and another layer resource block to a terminal using the same time/frequency resources, reference signals in the first layer resource block and reference signals in the other layer resource block being orthogonal to each other, the method including superimposing data signals transmitted in the first layer resource block at positions of reference signals in the first layer resource block, making a spreading sequence of the superimposed data signals orthogonal to a spreading sequence of the reference signals in the first layer resource block. The present invention can effectively use resources consumed under a multiuser MIMO system and drastically improve the system performance. | 05-24-2012 |
| 20120127953 | MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS, RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - To provide a radio communication method for enabling a control signal to be received with high quality and high efficiency, in the case of using spatial multiplexing transmission in data signals to transmit, and also transmitting the control signal in the same sub-frame, in the radio communication method of the invention, a mobile terminal apparatus receives a downlink signal including precoding information, separates a data signal and a control signal to assign to different radio resources, and performs MIMO-transmission on a signal of each transmission layer based on the precoding information, and a radio base station apparatus receives an uplink signal including the data signal and the control signal subjected to MIMO transmission, divides the uplink signal into data signals for each transmission layer, and reproduces the control signal from the uplink signal. | 05-24-2012 |
| 20120127954 | FEMTO BASE STATION AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RADIO RESOURCE THEREOF - A method for allocating radio resource to one or more first UEs by a femto BS, includes: acquiring information about one or more second UEs which are located within a cell coverage of the femto BS but served by the macro BS; receiving a control channel from the macro BS; acquiring radio resource information allocated to the second UEs by the macro BS from the control channel; and allocating radio resource to the first UEs such that the allocated radio resource does not overlap with radio resource information allocated to the second UEs. | 05-24-2012 |
| 20120134336 | MOBILE STATION COMMUNICATION DEVICE, INTER-MOBILE STATION COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND INTER-MOBILE STATION COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication device is used by a mobile station to perform wireless communication with another mobile station. The communication device includes a processor configured to set a transmission resource according to a present position of the mobile station, the transmission resource being set based on transmission resource association information including different transmission resources assigned to plural assignment areas provided at different positions along a road through which the mobile station passes; and a transmitter configured to transmit data with the use of the transmission resource that has been set. | 05-31-2012 |
| 20120134337 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND MOBILE STATION APPARATUS - The amount of control information is reduced for specifying the transmission method for simultaneously transmitting uplink data and reception quality information, and uplink data and ACK/NACK. Delay in changing the transmission method is reduced, and the mapping of uplink data and reception quality information and of uplink data and ACK/NACK is realized, in compliance with modulation scheme and coding rate of the uplink data specified by the base station apparatus. In a mobile communication system the base station apparatus allocates, to the mobile station apparatus, resources wherein the base station apparatus transmits, to the mobile station apparatus, control information for specifying a transmission format for the mobile station apparatus to transmit information using the uplink, while the mobile station apparatus simultaneously transmits, to the base station apparatus, uplink data and reception quality information based on the specified transmission format when the control information from the base station apparatus is received. | 05-31-2012 |
| 20120134338 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING A SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM THAT SUPPORTS MULTI-USER MIMO TRANSMISSION - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and discloses a method and apparatus for transmitting/receiving a signal in a wireless communication system that supports multi-user MIMO transmission. According to one embodiment of the present invention, a method in which a mobile station receives a signal in a wireless communication system that supports multi-user MIMO transmission, comprises: a step of receiving information on the entirety of the transmission rank of the multi-user MIMO transmission; a step of receiving a reference signal and data for demodulation for the mobile station on the basis of the information on the entirety of the transmission rank; a step of acquiring channel information on the mobile station from the reference signal for demodulation; and a step of demodulating said data on the basis of the acquired channel information. | 05-31-2012 |
| 20120140730 | ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY FRAME STRUCTURE WITH BACKWARD COMPATABILITY - An advanced technology frame structure is described herein. The advanced technology frame structure can enhance a first technology frame structure in dimensions of time, frequency, or a combination of time and frequency. A second technology frame structure time division multiplexes second technology subframes with the first technology downlink and uplink subframes. The first technology downlink subframe can be divided into a first technology downlink subframe and one or more second technology downlink subframes. Similarly, the first technology uplink subframe can be divided into a first uplink subframe and one or more second technology uplink subframes. These principles can be expanded upon and can be applied in many communication systems. | 06-07-2012 |
| 20120147843 | ALLOTMENT OF RADIO RESOURCES IN A BASE STATION OF A BROADBAND NETWORK - In order for professional mobile terminals for a critical mission of public security to make use of the radio infrastructure of a broadband network, for instance of the LTE type, the downward and upward frames are configured in a base station each in a first area dedicated to mobile terminals of lower priority and a second area dedicated to mobile terminals of critical mission of high priority. In the second area, sub-channels dedicated to a group of terminals of critical mission are allotted by order of priority to this group, to another group of mobile terminals of critical mission and to mobile terminals of lower priority. | 06-14-2012 |
| 20120147844 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES FOR COMPONENT CARRIERS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present disclosure relates to a wireless communication system which has a plurality of component carriers and a method and system for allocating resources for each component carrier. The present disclosure relates to a scheme in which cell coverage is set for each component carrier in consideration of the wireless environment of the component carriers, and a scheme in which a random access process of a user equipment is controlled in accordance with said set cell coverage and resources are allocated in accordance with a priority configuration. | 06-14-2012 |
| 20120147845 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK CHANNEL INFORMATION USING AN UPLINK BROADBAND MEASUREMENT SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACQUIRING DOWNLINK CHANNEL INFORMATION USING SAME - The present disclosure relates to a method and apparatus for transmitting downlink channel information using an uplink broadband measurement signal in a wireless communication system, as well as to a method and apparatus for acquiring downlink channel information using same. | 06-14-2012 |
| 20120147846 | BASE STATION AND METHOD FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION USING LOCALIZED AND DISTRIBUTED RESOURCE BLOCKS - Embodiments of a base station and method for resource allocation using localized and distributed resource blocks are generally described herein. The base station comprises processing circuitry to allocate localized resources to user stations based on receipt of channel quality information received from the user stations and to allocate distributed resource to user stations based on non-receipt of channel quality information. The base station also comprises physical layer circuitry to transmit control information on a physical channel to indicate the resources that are allocated to each scheduled user station. | 06-14-2012 |
| 20120147847 | INTEGRATED CIRCUIT FOR CONTROLLING RADIO COMMUNICATION - Provided is a radio communication device which can prevent interference between SRS and PUCCH when the PUCCH transmission bandwidth fluctuates and suppress degradation of CQI estimation accuracy by the band where no SRS is transmitted. The device includes: an SRS code generation unit ( | 06-14-2012 |
| 20120147848 | GENERATING AND ALLOCATING TIME-FREQUENCY MAPPING PATTERN IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method is provided for generating and allocating time-frequency mapping pattern (TFP) in a communication system. A set of orthogonal TFPs is generated from a TFP. And a TFP from the set of orthogonal TFPs is allocated to a user equipment in a transmission time interval, TTI, within a cell of the communication system. Also provided are a transmitter, a base station, and a user equipment. | 06-14-2012 |
| 20120155422 | MOBILITY-BASED RADIO RESOURCE ASSIGNMENT METHODS, SYSTEMS AND DEVICES - Mobility-based radio resource assignment methods, systems and devices can assign user equipment to different nonoverlapping groups of radio resources depending on mobility of the user equipment. The groups of radio resources are nonoverlapping in time, frequency and/or code. For example, the groups of radio resources can include different pilot symbol densities, link adaptation and/or scheduling algorithms. The radio resources may be Long Term Evolution (LTE) radio resources. | 06-21-2012 |
| 20120155423 | RADIO BASE STATION DEVICE, MOBILE STATION DEVICE AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - Provided is a downlink reference signal structure suitable for increase in number of transmission layers. A radio base station device ( | 06-21-2012 |
| 20120155424 | COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE AND METHOD IN A HIGH-CAPACITY WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relate to a wireless communication system; and, more particularly, to a communicating apparatus and method in a high rate wireless communication system. | 06-21-2012 |
| 20120155425 | PILOT DESIGN FOR IMPROVED CHANNEL AND INTERFERENCE ESTIMATION - Techniques for transmitting pilot and for processing received pilot to obtain channel and interference estimates are described. A terminal may generate pilot symbols for a first cluster in a time frequency block based on a first sequence and may generate pilot symbols for a second cluster in the time frequency block based on a second sequence. The first and second sequences may include common elements arranged in different orders and may be considered as different versions of a single sequence. The terminal may transmit the pilot symbols in their respective clusters. A base station may obtain received pilot symbols from multiple clusters in the time frequency block. The base station may form each of multiple basis vectors with multiple versions of the sequence assigned to the terminal and may process the received pilot symbols with the multiple basis vectors to obtain a channel estimate for the terminal. | 06-21-2012 |
| 20120163334 | RADIO COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS AND MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS - To provide a radio communication control method suitable for transmitting a downlink shared channel and a downlink control channel for the shared channel with different base frequency blocks in a communication system in which a plurality of base frequency blocks is combined and the system band is thereby broadened, in the radio communication control method, when different component carriers are assigned to a PDCCH and a PDCCH, to actualize a DCI configuration with a CFI value included in DCI notified on the PDCCH, the DCI is provided with an additional field on which CFI value bits are set. Further, to actualize another DCI configuration with a CFI value included in DCI notified on the PDCCH, part of the DCI field is masked with the CFI value. | 06-28-2012 |
| 20120163335 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING MULTI-USER MIMO REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR SUPPORTING RELAY - A method for transmitting a demodulation reference signal (DMRS) for down-link multi-user MIMO transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention comprises the steps of: mapping a DMRS for a first layer on a down-link physical resource block according to a first DMRS pattern; mapping a DMRS for a second layer on the down-link physical resource block according to a second DMRS pattern; and transmitting the down-link physical resource block. In the down-link physical resource block, a resource element corresponding to the second DMRS pattern can be punctured on the first layer and a resource element corresponding to the first DMRS pattern can be punctured on the first layer and a resource element corresponding to the first DMRS pattern can be punctured on the second layer. | 06-28-2012 |
| 20120170545 | BASE STATION APPARATUS - Basic units (resource blocks) of resource allocation that can be used in a communication area of a base station apparatus are determined without obtaining resource allocation information. To do so, a base station apparatus includes an RF unit | 07-05-2012 |
| 20120177001 | SPACE DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS TRANSMISSION METHOD OF STATISTICAL CHARACTERISTIC MODE - A space division multiple access transmission method of a statistical characteristic mode is provided by the present invention. The method includes that: multiple receiving and transmitting antennae of a base station side are configured to one or more antenna arrays, and multiple space resource divisions are executed by each antenna array by using multiple unitary matrixes; by using a relevant matrix with long time statistics for each user channel on the base station side, the space resource division matching with the characteristic mode of each user and the space direction occupied by each user in the condition of the division are determined; a characteristic mode clustering is performed to the users by using the space resource division to which each user belongs; the users of the same characteristic mode are grouped into a space division user group by using the space direction occupied by each user; the space division multiple access transmission is executed by the users of the same space division user group by using the space resource divisions to which the users belong, and the characteristic mode transmission with long time statistics is executed by each user by using one or more column vectors of the corresponding unitary matrix; in the course of movement of each user, all of the user characteristic mode clustering, the space division user grouping, and the space division multiple access transmission in a characteristic mode, are dynamically executed with the variety of channel long time statistics characteristic. | 07-12-2012 |
| 20120182962 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR SCHEDULING PEER TO PEER TRAFFIC IN CELLULAR NETWORKS - A wireless terminal receives peer to peer resource control information from a base station. The peer to peer resource control information is used by the wireless terminal in a peer to peer network to control transmission scheduling and/or resource utilization. The base station sends the control signals at a first rate which is slower than the rate at which wireless terminals make transmission decisions for traffic slots. During the intervals between receipt of the base station control signals, wireless terminals make transmission decisions with regard to multiple traffic segments. The decisions are also influenced based on peer to peer signaling occurring between the wireless terminals in the network for each traffic slot. Resource utilization feedback information is provided from the wireless terminal to the base station. Based on the feedback information the base station updates the resource utilization control information and sends updated resource utilization control signals to the wireless terminals. | 07-19-2012 |
| 20120182963 | RESERVING TRANSMISSION RESOURCES - A method, apparatus, and computer program for acquiring transmission resources during a transmission period is provided. A first communication apparatus is arranged to utilize at least a second communication apparatus to reserve at least one additional transmission band for the first communication apparatus during the transmission period of the first communication apparatus. The first communication apparatus is configured to increase its transmission band during the transmission period upon successful exchange of transmission request and transmission permission messages, wherein the transmission request and transmission permission messages are used to identify available additional transmission bands. | 07-19-2012 |
| 20120182964 | PILOT AND CHANNEL ESTIMATION METHOD FOR SDMA MIMO TRANSMISSION DOWNLINK - A pilot and channel estimation method for SDMA MIMO transmission downlink is provided in the present invention, and the method provides possibility for saving the orthogonal pilot resources; the pilot signals of different users in the transmitting antenna domain can occupy the same time-frequency resources, and thereby the pilot overhead of system resources can be reduced greatly; the method includes: for the MIMO transmission downlink that employs pre-coding for SDMA, taking the quantity of orthogonal pilot resources occupied by the users in the pre-coding domain as the number of data streams that can be transmitted or the number of spatial dimensions occupied first, at the transmitting end of the base station; then, performing SDMA transmission pre-coding for the orthogonal pilots in the pre-coding domain in the same way as the data signals, to obtain the pilot signals of the users in the transmitting antenna domain; wherein, the pilots of the users in the pre-coding domain can be orthogonal in the frequency domain or code domain, and the pilots of different users in the pre-coding domain can be identical or not identical to each other; the pilot signals of different users in the transmitting antenna domain can occupy the same time-frequency resources. | 07-19-2012 |
| 20120188977 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING SYNCHRONIZATION SIGNALS IN AN OFDM BASED CELLULAR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Provided is a method and apparatus for transmitting a synchronization signal for cell search in an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) communications system. The method includes acquiring Primary Synchronization CHannel (P-SCH) sequence and Secondary Synchronization CHannel (S-SCH) sequence; mapping the P-SCH sequence and the S-SCH sequence onto subcarriers; generating OFDM symbols including the P-SCH sequence and the S-SCH sequence mapped onto subcarriers; and transmitting the OFDM symbols, wherein a frame comprising a plurality of OFDM symbols, a part of the plurality of OFDM symbols in the frame is used for transmitting Synchronization CHannel (SCH) comprising P-SCH and S-SCH, and wherein the P-SCH and the S-SCH are mapped to adjacent OFDM symbols and the S-SCH is mapped to subcarriers with a predetermined interval in a frequency domain within an OFDM symbol. | 07-26-2012 |
| 20120188978 | METHOD FOR SENDING AND RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION, APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention provides a method for sending and receiving control information, an apparatus and a communication system. The method for sending control information includes: setting respective control bits in a downlink control information (DCI) format to generate control information applied by a network side to a terminal, where the control bits include validity indication bits and transmission control bits, indication information indicating whether transmission control exercised by the network side on a transmission block is valid relative to the terminal is written into the validity indication bits, and the validity indication bits are located outside the transmission control bits; and sending the generated control information to the terminal. In the embodiments of the present invention improve efficiency of using an overhead required for transmitting the control information. | 07-26-2012 |
| 20120195285 | TRANSMISSION METHOD AND DEVICE FOR A DOWNLINK REFERENCE SIGNAL - The present invention relates a method in which a base station transmits a downlink signal by using a plurality of layers comprises the steps of: multiplexing and transmitting dedicated reference signals for the plurality of layers on the basis of a reference signal pattern, wherein 24 resource element positions comprised in the reference signal pattern are set as 6 groups, the 6 groups are set as 2 high-level groups, the reference signal for the plurality of layer is split and placed in the 2 high-level groups, and the reference signal for 2 or more layers placed in the same group is subjected to code-division multiplexing. | 08-02-2012 |
| 20120195286 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSCEIVING SIGNALS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present specification relates to an apparatus and method for transceiving signals between a terminal and a base station in a wireless communication system. The present specification relates to a signal-transceiving method in which location reference signals discriminated by frequency units for each base station, such that base stations which transmit location reference signals with the same location reference signal pattern can be further discriminated. | 08-02-2012 |
| 20120207125 | BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION METHOD THEREOF - Provided is a base station for communicating with a mobile station by assigning at least a part of a communication frame including a plurality of wireless communication channels in a frequency direction. The communication frame includes at least one special subframe having a data transmission region available for transmission to the mobile station and a data reception region available for reception from the mobile station, separated from the data transmission region in a time direction. The base station includes an assignment unit | 08-16-2012 |
| 20120207126 | Control Channel Transmission and Reception Method and System - A first central controller of a wireless system selects a common reference signal (“CRS”) pattern for muting on a first type of control channel by the first central controller, the first type of control channel formed with resource elements (“REs”), identifies, for a first set of user equipments (“UEs”) in a serving area of the first central controller, a set of subframes including the first type of control channel, the set of subframes having REs that overlap the CRS pattern for muting, mutes the overlapping REs in the first type of control channel, frequency-division multiplexes the first type of control channel with data channels, and transmits, to the first set of UEs, the first type of control channel with the muted REs on the identified set of subframes. | 08-16-2012 |
| 20120213192 | RADIO BASE STATION AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio base station eNB according to the present invention includes: a transmission format determination unit | 08-23-2012 |
| 20120213193 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING SCHEDULING REQUEST IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for requesting uplink resources in a wireless communication system is provided. A user equipment determines whether a scheduling request for requesting uplink resources is triggered. If the scheduling request is triggered, the user equipment transmits a first set of frequency domain sequences and a second set of frequency domain sequences in a subframe. | 08-23-2012 |
| 20120213194 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS - Systems and methods for mobile communications are disclosed herein. An example method for a mobile station includes receiving first data from a carrier on a first frequency using a first receiver of the mobile station in a first timeslot, tuning a second frequency of the carrier using the second receiver while the first receiver is receiving the first data during the first timeslot, and receiving second data from the carrier on the second frequency using the second receiver during a second timeslot that immediately follows the first timeslot, wherein the mobile station receives data on all timeslots without each of two time division multiple access frames. | 08-23-2012 |
| 20120213195 | Simultaneous Transmission of Control Information - The invention relates to a configurer configured to configure a periodic transmission and an aperiodic transmission; combiner configured to combine the periodic transmission and the aperiodic transmission by using time division multiplexing, the time division multiplexing being carried out in a non-puncturing manner; and a transmitting unit configured to transmit the combined transmission as a clustered transmission by using frequency domain resources corresponding to periodic and aperiodic physical uplink shared channel resources. | 08-23-2012 |
| 20120213196 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EFFICIENT CONTENTION-BASED TRANSMISSION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more particularly to a method and apparatus for efficient contention-based transmission in a wireless communication system. The method for performing contention-based transmission in a wireless communication system according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises: setting a radio resource control (RRC) connection with a receiver end where the contention-based transmission is received; setting a resource area for the contention-based transmission to allow a collision with other transmission; and transmitting at least one of the data and control information on the resource area, wherein the resource area for the contention-based transmission can be hopped on a physical resource. | 08-23-2012 |
| 20120224558 | PROPORTIONAL-FAIR RADIO RESOURCE MANAGEMENT - In one embodiment, the unit share data rates for a plurality of mobile stations are determined with regard to two resource groups. A differentiation factor for each mobile station is formed from a ratio of its unit share data rates. The resulting differentiation factors are sorted and classified into two groups according to a proportional fair border determining function. A first one of the resource groups is allocated to the mobile stations corresponding to a first one of the differentiation factor groups. Similarly, a second one of the resource groups is allocated to the mobile stations corresponding to a remaining second one of the differentiation factor groups. | 09-06-2012 |
| 20120224559 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR NOTIFICATION OF EMITTED ENERGY - The present invention discloses a method and an apparatus for notification of emitted energy. The method includes: performing an emitted energy decrease on resource elements in a current cell that have a same time-frequency location as part or all of resource elements where a reference signal of a neighboring cell is located; obtaining an emitted energy parameter of an energy non-decreased resource element (NRE) in the current cell according to a decreased amount of emitted energy of an emitted energy decreased resource element (DRE); and notifying the emitted energy parameter of the NRE to a user equipment (UE). According to embodiments of the present invention, the waste of emitted energy may be avoided, the emitted energy of part of REs is increased, and further, the signal to interference plus noise ratio (SINR) and throughput of service data may be increased. | 09-06-2012 |
| 20120224560 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND RADIO BASE STATION - A mobile communication method according to the present invention includes a step of assigning one or a plurality of Zadoff-Chu sequences to each of cells #A to #G, a step of generating a plurality of RACH preambles by performing a cyclic shift with respect to the assigned Zadoff-Chu sequences by a predetermined period Ncs in each of the cells #A to #G, and a step of acquiring the reception timing distribution of the RACH preambles in the predetermined period Ncs in each of the cells #A to #G. | 09-06-2012 |
| 20120230292 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND WIRELESS TRANSMISSION METHOD - Allocation of transmission power is carried out adaptively without affecting adjacent cells. Included are a reception part that receives information from a mobile station apparatus, a transmission power determination part that determines transmission power when transmitting a wireless signal to a mobile station apparatus based on the received information, an acquisition part that acquires information about communication environment in each time channel or each frequency channel from the received information, a scheduling part that identified a time channel or frequency channel the relationship of which between transmission power and communication environment satisfies the condition for allocation and allocates transmission data and transmission power for transmission to a mobile station apparatus to a communication slot in the time channel or frequency channel, and a transmission part that transmits a wireless signal using the communication slot to which the transmission data and the determined transmission power have been allocated. | 09-13-2012 |
| 20120236819 | Method for Transmitting an Information Sequence - Methods and apparatus are disclosed for applying successive multi-rank beamforming strategies (e.g., successive precoding strategies) for the design of precoders over a set of parallel channels. Successive beamforming is applied to a narrow band channel model and is also applied for finer quantization of a single beamforming vector (e.g., recursive beamforming). A first embodiment provides the optimal approach with high complexity. An alternative embodiment provides successive beamforming for near optimal precoding selection with medium complexity. A low complexity method for precoder selection is also provided wherein a channel representative matrix for the set of parallel channels is determined and successive beamforming on the calculated channel representative is applied. | 09-20-2012 |
| 20120243500 | Multi-Cell Channel State Information-Reference Symbol Patterns for Long Term Evolution Extended Cyclic Prefix and Code Division Multiplexing-Time Multiplexing - This invention is a method of wireless communication using candidate multi-cell CSI-RS time-frequency patterns in the invention. This invention avoids collision with antenna ports 0, 1, 2 and 3 used for transmitting cell-specific reference signals and port 5 used for transmitting demodulation reference signals. This invention satisfies the nested property requirement. This invention avoids collision with DM-RS signal for extended cyclic prefix transmission as long as DMRS Rank is less than or equal to 2. For ranks greater than 2, this invention produces patterns that may collide with Rel. 10 DM-RS for extended CP. The invention includes alternative patterns obtained by relabeling and/or reshuffling the CSI-RS antenna port numbers while preserving identical time-frequency resources assigned to CSI-RS in the time-frequency grid. | 09-27-2012 |
| 20120243501 | Method and Apparatus for Closed Loop Transmission - In a wireless communication system, a method and apparatus for closed loop transmission is disclosed. In accordance with the preferred embodiment of the present invention, a time frequency portion of an uplink frame is dynamically reserved as a sounding zone for uplink channel sounding. A first message is transmitted to a first subscriber station in a downlink frame assigning a time-frequency resource within the sounding zone, and a sounding waveform. Furthermore, a signal is received from the subscriber station within the assigned time-frequency resource, a partial channel response is determined from the received sounding signal, and the subsequent transmission to the subscriber station is tailored based on the at least partial channel response. | 09-27-2012 |
| 20120243502 | Method and Arrangement for Improved Interference Rejection Combining - In a method of interference rejection combining (IRC) for mitigating interference in received signals in the frequency domain for a telecommunication system, selecting (S | 09-27-2012 |
| 20120243503 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND BASE STATION APPARATUS - There is provided a communication apparatus capable of effectively removing interference waves from a received signal while reducing the computation load. The communication apparatus includes a weight calculating unit. The weight calculating unit includes a calculating unit and a selecting unit. The calculating unit calculates a first weight and a second weight. The first weight is obtained, for a target known signal being an update target, by updating, using the target known signal, a weight of a first another known signal updated immediately before performing an update using the target known signal. The second weight is obtained, for a target known signal being an update target, by updating, using the target known signal, a weight of a second another known signal. The selecting unit selects one of the first weight and the second weight that has a lower estimation error. | 09-27-2012 |
| 20120250653 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SCHEDULING FREQUENCY PHYSICAL RESOURCES BASED ON FREQUENCY HOPPING - The disclosure discloses a method and a system for scheduling frequency physical resources based on frequency hopping. The method comprises: in two time slots of frequency hopping transmission, reserving frequency physical resources for an activated semi-persistent scheduling new transmission user with a transmission period reached and a retransmission user; obtaining a scheduling type of a user required for scheduling, and according to an occupancy situation of the frequency physical resources, obtaining corresponding available frequency physical resources when employing a frequency-selective scheduling type and a non-frequency-selective scheduling type; and according to the scheduling type of the user required for scheduling, searching for corresponding available frequency physical resources, and allocating the frequency physical resources to a frequency-selective scheduling user and a non-frequency-selective scheduling user simultaneously during one scheduling period. The disclosure comprehensively utilizes advantages of the frequency-selective scheduling and non-frequency-selective scheduling, so that the users with good channel quality can utilize the frequency-selective scheduling to obtain the optimal frequency resources, the users without channel quality information can obtain frequency diversity gain through frequency hopping, and the system capacity can be improved without increasing equipment costs. | 10-04-2012 |
| 20120250654 | DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Briefly, according to embodiments of the invention, there is provided a wireless communication system and a method to receive by a base station from a first mobile station a first chain of data symbols transmitted by at least two antennas and having a first transmit diversity, to receive from a second mobile station a second chain of data symbols transmitted by at least two antennas and having a second transmit diversity. Both first and second chains of data symbols are transmitted from the first and second mobile stations at the same time, modulated according to an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) scheme and encoded by a space time block codes scheme. | 10-04-2012 |
| 20120250655 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING A REFERENCE SIGNAL IN A MULTI-ANTENNA SYSTEM - Provided are a method and apparatus for transmitting a reference signal in a multi-antenna system. A terminal generates a plurality of reference signal sequences in which cyclic shift values different from each other are allocated to the respective plurality of layers, and generates a single carrier-frequency division multiple access (SC-FDMA) symbol to which the plurality of reference signal sequences are mapped. The SC-FDMA symbol is transmitted to a base station via a plurality of antennas. The cyclic shift values allocated to the respective layers are determined on the basis of a first cyclic shift value, which is a cyclic shift value allocated to a first layer from among the plurality of layers, and cyclic shift offsets which are allocated to the respective layers and which are different from each other. | 10-04-2012 |
| 20120250656 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING A REFERENCE SIGNAL IN A MULTI-ANTENNA SYSTEM - Provided are a method and apparatus for transmitting a reference signal in a multi-antenna system. A terminal generates a plurality of reference signal sequences in which cyclic shift values that are different from each other are allocated to the respective plurality of layers, and generates an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (SC-FDMA) symbol to which the plurality of reference signal sequences are mapped. The SC-FDMA symbol is transmitted to a base station via a plurality of antennas. Each of the reference signal sequences is multiplied by either +1 or −1 in accordance with an orthogonal covering code (OCC) index corresponding to the cyclic shift field in a DCI format transmitted via a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) for each layer. | 10-04-2012 |
| 20120257596 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF SYSTEM SCHEDULER - Briefly, according to embodiments of the invention, there is provided a wireless communication system and a method to receive by a base station from a first mobile station a first chain of data symbols transmitted by at least two antennas and having a first transmit diversity, to receive from a second mobile station a second chain of data symbols transmitted by at least two antennas and having a second transmit diversity. Both first and second chains of data symbols are transmitted from the first and second mobile stations at the same time, modulated according to an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) scheme and encoded by a space time block codes scheme. | 10-11-2012 |
| 20120263141 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR RANGE EXTENSION OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION IN SUB GIGAHERTZ BANDS - Systems, methods, and devices to enable range extension for wireless communication in sub-gigahertz bands are described herein. In some aspects, portions of packets are repeated in time and/or space when transmitting the packet in order to increase the chance that the packet can be decoded. The repetition of portions of the packet may be based, in part, on the channel characteristics of the channel over which the packet is sent. In some aspects, portions of packets are transmitted over a smaller bandwidth with increased power per frequency range. | 10-18-2012 |
| 20120263142 | FREQUENCY HOPPING PATTERN AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK SIGNALS USING THE SAME - A method for performing uplink transmission in a time domain transmission unit includes receiving, from a base station, hopping-mode information indicating whether a frequency hopping is an inter-slot hopping or an inter-subframe hopping and performing the uplink transmission using a resource block in the time domain transmission unit. | 10-18-2012 |
| 20120263143 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES OF A CONTROL CHANNEL IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEXING - A method is provided for allocating resources of a control channel in a mobile communication system using Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM). The method includes, when a time index and a frequency index of available Resource Elements (REs) are defined as | 10-18-2012 |
| 20120269161 | Method and Apparatus for Relaxing Uplink and Downlink RF Switching - A method and apparatus are disclosed to enable user equipment in a TD-SCDMA network to reduce or eliminate RF signal leakage from a transmitter to a receiver. In an aspect of the disclosure, a method includes receiving an assignment of an uplink time slot of a sub-frame and receiving an assignment of a downlink time slot of the sub-frame, wherein the uplink time slot is prevented from being sequential to the downlink time slot. In another aspect of the disclosure, a method includes receiving an assignment of an uplink time slot of a sub-frame associated with a first carrier frequency and receiving an assignment of a down-link time slot of a sub-frame associated with a second carrier frequency, wherein the first carrier frequency is prevented from being the same frequency as the second carrier frequency when the uplink time slot is sequential to the downlink time slot. | 10-25-2012 |
| 20120275426 | FIXED MULTIPLE ACCESS WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Disclosed is a user terminal for wireless communication with a remote access point, the user terminal comprising: a mapping module adapted to map one or more input data bits to an uplink symbol; a delay module adapted to apply a delay to the uplink symbol; a transmit module adapted to modulate the delayed symbol into a frequency channel; and a directional antenna oriented along a dominant path to the access point, the antenna being adapted to transmit the modulated symbol to the access point, wherein the delay is chosen such that the transmitted symbol arrives at the access point simultaneously with a further symbol modulated into the frequency channel and transmitted by a further user terminal. | 11-01-2012 |
| 20120275427 | DEVICE BEACON FOR HANDOFF MANAGEMENT OF HANDOFFS TO ACCESS NODES - An access node receives a device beacon transmitted from a wireless communication device in accordance with a system timing of a wireless wide area network (WWAN). When transmitted within a WWAN uplink channel, the device beacon is mapped to designated beacon channels within the time-frequency space of the uplink WWAN channel assignment. In response to the reception of the device beacon, communications between the wireless communication device and the access node are established. In one example, the access node is a femtocell base station. In another example, the access node is a wireless local area network (WLAN) access point. | 11-01-2012 |
| 20120275428 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD AND APPARATUS - Embodiments of the present invention relate to the communication field, and disclose a resource allocation method, apparatus, and system, which solve a problem that the size of resource allocation indication information increases with the increase of the transmission bandwidth, and redundancy of physical layer signaling increases with the increase of the transmission bandwidth. The method includes: allocating time-frequency resources in specific bandwidth to a terminal, where the specific bandwidth is a band less than or equal to system bandwidth; determining the size of resource allocation information according to the specific bandwidth; and sending the resource allocation information to the terminal to indicate the allocated time-frequency resources. The embodiments of the present invention are mainly applied to the process in which the base station allocates time-frequency resources to the terminal. | 11-01-2012 |
| 20120281670 | Method and Apparatus for Interference-Resistant Wireless Communications - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, an apparatus is disclosed that includes a resource module configured to allocate a first resource and a second resource that are at least partially synchronized in at least one of a time domain and a frequency domain in such a way that the first resource and the second resource share at least one of an overlapping frequency band and a same time slot. The apparatus also includes a transceiver configured to transmit a first signal on the first resource and receive a second signal on the second resource, wherein at least one of the first signal and the second signal is at least partially orthogonalized with respect to a third signal that is transmitted on one of the first resource and the second resource from a neighbor network device. | 11-08-2012 |
| 20120281671 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING AND PROCESSING SEQUENCES IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for allocating and processing sequences in a communication system is disclosed. The method includes: dividing sequences in a sequence group into multiple sub-groups, each sub-group corresponding to its own mode of occupying time frequency resources; selecting sequences from a candidate sequence collection corresponding to each sub-group to form the sequences in the sub-group by: the sequences in a sub-group i in a sequence group k being composed of n sequences in the candidate sequence collection, the n sequences making a |r | 11-08-2012 |
| 20120287901 | METHOD FOR ACQUIRING RESOURCE REGION INFORMATION FOR PHICH AND METHOD OF RECEIVING PDCCH - A method for a user equipment (UE) to receive a PDCCH (physical downlink control channel) transmitted from a base station via a specific resource region includes receiving a PBCH (physical broadcast channel) including first system information and PHICH (physical hybrid ARQ indicator channel) related information from the base station and receiving the PDCCH transmitted from the base station via the specific resource region for downlink control information. | 11-15-2012 |
| 20120294274 | PRE-ALLOCATED RANDOM ACCESS IDENTIFIERS - Systems and methods of pre-allocating identifiers to wireless devices for use in requesting resources over a random access channel are described. A wireless communication system includes a random access channel over which wireless devices can anonymously send requests for resources. The base stations receiving and processing the anonymous requests reduces the probability of random access channel collisions and conserves the resources needed to support the anonymous requests by pre-allocating one or more codes to select wireless devices. The wireless devices having the pre-allocated codes can transmit a particular code over the random access channel as a request for resources that uniquely identifies the requester. | 11-22-2012 |
| 20120300745 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR RECEIVING SIGNALS IN MULTI-CARRIER MULTIPLE ACCESS SYSTEMS - A method and apparatus for receiving signals in a multi-carrier multiple access system is provided. The method includes receiving signals from at least one base station each signal having a base station identifier, processing the signals to identify each base station by using the base station identifier, performing channel estimation using the processed signals, combining the processed signals using information obtained from the channel estimation and decoding the combined signals. The apparatus includes a serial-to-parallel converter, a Fast Fourier transformer, a parallel-to-serial converter, a despreading processor, a channel estimator, a signal combiner and a decoder. | 11-29-2012 |
| 20120314686 | METHOD FOR IMPROVING THE SUCCESS RATE OF RECEPTION OF CONTROL CHANNELS IN AN LTE SYSTEM - In some examples, a method for allocating a Cell Identity (CELL-ID) to a particular cell in a radio communication network is described. The method may include assigning a first Cell Identity (CELL-ID) | 12-13-2012 |
| 20120314687 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING TRAINING SEQUENCE CODE IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting a training sequence code of a transmitting apparatus with a plurality of transmitting antennas in a communication system are provided. A transmitting apparatus allocates a plurality of time slots for the plurality of transmitting antennas to be divided into at least one frame, and sends a training sequence code with reference power for any one of the transmitting antennas, and sends remaining training sequence codes for remainders of the transmitting antennas with transmission power from zero to the reference power, in any one of the time slots. A receiving apparatus receives a plurality of training sequence codes for a plurality of transmitting antennas through any one of the plurality of receiving antennas from a transmitting apparatus, and selects one of the training sequence codes having the greatest reception power to estimate a channel. This may improve a channel estimation performance in a communication system. | 12-13-2012 |
| 20120320870 | Time-Sharing of Sounding Resources - This invention is a method for time-sharing sounding resources. A first embodiment defines one common sounding period for all user equipment and all sounding resources. A second embodiment allows for different sounding periods so long as each individual sounding resource uses only one sounding period. A third embodiment offers the most flexibility in sharing of the sounding resources by permitting changes in time. The first option is a special case of the second option. The second option is a special case of the third option. | 12-20-2012 |
| 20120320871 | Methods, Mobile Station and Base Station, for Extended Sharing of Uplink Packet Data Channels in a GSM Network - A method in a mobile station ( | 12-20-2012 |
| 20120320872 | Method and apparatus for transmitting uplink control signaling and bearing uplink demodulation reference signal - The disclosure provides a method for transmitting uplink control signaling, which includes: respectively performing, on the uplink control signaling, channel coding, scrambling, modulation, time-domain spreading and precoding transform; or respectively performing, on the uplink control signaling, channel coding, scrambling, modulation, precoding transform and time-domain spreading; and mapping the uplink control signaling to an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbol used for bearing the uplink control signaling; and transmitting the uplink control signaling that is borne in the OFDM symbol. The disclosure also provides a method for bearing a demodulation reference signal during transmission of uplink control signaling, which includes: bearing the uplink demodulation reference signal in k OFDM symbols in a sub-frame. The disclosure also discloses apparatuses for respectively implementing the methods above. The technical solutions of the disclosure effectively solve the problem that the uplink control signaling is transmitted using a structure of Discrete Fourier Transform-spread-OFDM (DFT-s-OFDM). | 12-20-2012 |
| 20120327894 | Cellular Communication System Support for Limited Bandwidth Communication Devices - A network node that serves a host cell in a cellular communication system transmits, at (a) first time interval(s), first control channel information on a control channel that extends over a first bandwidth of a radiofrequency spectrum. The first control channel communicates information necessary to enable a first type of communication device to receive data from the host cell. The first type of communication device can receive first bandwidth-wide signals. At (a) second time interval(s), second control channel information is transmitted on a second control channel of a first M-cell. The second control channel occupies a second bandwidth that is smaller than the first bandwidth. The second time interval(s) do(es) not coincide with any of the first time interval(s). A second type of communication device having reduced receive bandwidth capabilities compared to those of the first type of communication device is thereby made capable of being served by the node. | 12-27-2012 |
| 20120327895 | Cellular Communication System Support for Limited Bandwidth Communication Devices - A communication system node transmits first control channel information on a control channel that extends over a first bandwidth of a radiofrequency resource. The first control channel information is necessary to enable a first type of communication device, capable of receiving a signal having the first bandwidth, to establish a connection with a host cell. A MIB, occupying a second bandwidth-size part of the first bandwidth, is transmitted. The second bandwidth is smaller than the first bandwidth and is receivable by a second type of communication device having reduced receive bandwidth capabilities. The MIB has a first part comprising first part information necessary to enable the first type of communication device to establish the connection with the host cell, and a second part comprising second part information directly or indirectly enabling the second type of communication device to obtain parameters that enable connection establishment with the host cell. | 12-27-2012 |
| 20120327896 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATION WITH A NETWORK IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for performing communications by adjusting a resource unit. Efficient allocation of resource units can minimize power consumption. The minimization of power consumption brings about great advantages to M2M (machine-to-machine) communication. A terminal can transmit or receive data via different resource units. In this case, the resource units can be determined by MS. That is, some MS may use a particular resource unit, while the others may use a different resource unit. When different resource units are given, corresponding radio resource regions are also determined differently from one another. However, the total number of tones corresponding to the resource units may be the same. | 12-27-2012 |
| 20120327897 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR CELLULAR BROADCASTING AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a cellular wireless network, methods and apparatus are disclosed for a signal broadcasting scheme that can be individually augmented for users with poor reception. The network employs a first downlink channel for broadcasting data to all mobile stations, a second downlink channel for sending signals to a specific mobile station in a cell, and an uplink channel for feeding back information to the base station. To achieve a certain user reception quality, the system adjusts its broadcasting parameters based on the statistical analysis of the feedback data. If some users still require better reception, the system individually augments their broadcast signals via the second downlink channels. Methods and apparatus are also disclosed for synchronization of data distribution by base stations, which, in part, allows the receivers to combine the receiving signals and improve their reception quality. | 12-27-2012 |
| 20130003693 | METHOD FOR OPERATING A CELLULAR RADIO SYSTEM AND A CELLULAR RADIO SYSTEM - For allowing a very high performance level without adding significant complexity to known methods a method for operating a cellular radio system within which at least two different Fractional Frequency Reuse (FFR) zones are defined in a downlink frame, the method including the following steps: providing a metric for assigning a respective preference criterion to each of at least some flows to be served within the radio system, wherein the metric is related to the relative resource quality in the zones for the at least some flows and to the relative zone size; assigning the respective preference criterion to each of the at least some flows; and assigning the at least some flows to the zones according to the respective preference criterion. Further, a corresponding cellular radio system, preferably for carrying out the above mentioned method, is described. | 01-03-2013 |
| 20130003694 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING PILOT SIGNAL FOR MACHINE TO MACHINE COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREOF - A method for transmitting a pilot signal for machine to machine (M2M) communication in a wireless communication system and an apparatus thereof are disclosed. The method comprises the steps of configuring a basic unit including a plurality of pilot resource elements (REs) and data resource elements; allocating pilot signal to the plurality of pilot resource elements to the basic unit; and transmitting the basic unit to a receiver in a subframe unit in accordance with a rule which is previously defined, wherein the resource elements are time-frequency resources defined by one symbol index and one subcarrier index, and the basic unit is transmitted at a subframe except for a subframe at which a control channel is transmitted. | 01-03-2013 |
| 20130010746 | DYNAMIC ALLOCATION OF COMMUNICATION RESOURCES IN A WIRELESS SYSTEM - A method of receiving information by a wireless communication device is provided. The method includes receiving a plurality of wireless subframes at a periodic interval, wherein an interval duration of the periodic interval is greater than a duration of each of the plurality of wireless subframes. The method further includes determining for each wireless subframe of the plurality whether the wireless subframe includes a grant resource that indicates that a resource unit pattern of a plurality of selectively assignable resource unit patterns of resource units of the subframe includes information for the communication device. A method of transmitting information by the wireless communication device is also provided. | 01-10-2013 |
| 20130010747 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR COEXISTENCE BETWEEN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - One wireless communication network | 01-10-2013 |
| 20130010748 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR UPLINK SIGNALLING - Methods, base stations and access terminals for uplink signalling are provided. Resource request channel characteristics such as location in time-frequency, sequence, time slot, are assigned to each access terminal to distinguish their resource requests from the resource requests of other access terminals. Access terminals make requests using a resource request on a resource request channel having the assigned characteristics. The base station can then determine which access terminal transmitted 0 the resource request based on the resource request channel characteristics of the resource request channel upon which the resource>request was received. The base station then transmits a response to the request which may for example be a new resource allocation, a default allocation or a renewal of a previous allocation. | 01-10-2013 |
| 20130010749 | SUB-CHANNELIZATION WITH POWER BOOST - A method and system are provided for boosting power for a communications link between a base station and a user device, or user equipment, in a cellular communications network. In one embodiment, the communications link is a downlink between the base station and the user device established via a downlink channel having a full channel bandwidth including a number of sub-carrier frequencies. The base station determines whether a power boost is needed for a downlink to the user device. If so, the base station uses a subset of the sub-carrier frequencies from the full channel bandwidth as a reduced bandwidth channel, or sub-channel, for the downlink to the user device such that signal power is concentrated on the sub-carrier frequencies of the reduced channel bandwidth rather than spread across the sub-carrier frequencies of the full channel bandwidth. As a result, a power boost for the downlink is provided. | 01-10-2013 |
| 20130010750 | WIRELESS RECEPTION DEVICE, WIRELESS TRANSMISSION DEVICE, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless reception device includes a resource information acquisition section that is configured to acquire silent resource setting information showing that a silent resource which indicates that no signals are allocated in a predetermined resource among distributed resources in which a resource unit defined in a frequency-time domain is divided along a time direction and distributed at a predetermined frequency interval, a receiver that is configured to receive a signal including the distributed resources in which the silent resource is allocated; and an inter-cell interference measurement section that is configured to measure an inter-cell interference pertaining to an amount of interference affected by another cell based on the silent resource setting information and by use of the silent resource allocated in the distributed resources. | 01-10-2013 |
| 20130016692 | DOWNLINK CONTROL WITH CONTROL-LESS SUBFRAMES - In a wireless communications system wherein control-less subframes share a common carrier with subframes that include control signaling, a method performed by a base station may include receiving a first indication from a network entity to maintain a designated set of subframes on a common carrier devoid of designated downlink control signals. The method may further include providing a second indication in a wireless transmission to a mobile entity, the second indication enabling identification of subframes in the designated set (i.e., the control-less subframes) by the mobile entity. In turn, identification of control-less subframes by the mobile entity prior to decoding the subframes may enable a more efficient control of blind decoding operations at the mobile entity and reduce blind decoding operations required for the mobile entity to decode downlink control information. | 01-17-2013 |
| 20130016693 | SCATTERED PILOT PATTERN AND CHANNEL ESTIMATION METHOD FOR MIMO-OFDM SYSTEMS - Methods and apparatus are provided for inserting data symbols and pilot symbols in an OFDM (orthogonal frequency division multiplexing) transmission resource utilizing frequency hopping patterns for the data symbols and/or the pilot symbols. Data symbols and pilot symbols are allocated for down link (base station to mobile station) and up link (mobile station to bases station) transmission resources in a two-dimensional time-frequency pattern. For each antenna of a MIMO-OFDM (multiple input multiple output OFDM) communication system, pilot symbols are inserted in a scattered pattern in time-frequency and data symbols are inserted in an identical frequency-hopping pattern in time-frequency as that of other antennas. | 01-17-2013 |
| 20130016694 | Method and Apparatus for Transport Block Signaling in a Wireless Communication System - A method and apparatus for generating a single statically defined downlink reference MCS table consisting of transport block sizes (TBSs) computed for 29 MCSs for each of j PRBs where j=1, . . . , N | 01-17-2013 |
| 20130022020 | MULTIPLEXING SCHEMES FOR OFDMA - Methods and systems are provided for allocating resources including VoIP (voice over Internet Protocol) and Non-VoIP resources. In some embodiments, multiplexing schemes are provided for use with OFDMA (orthogonal frequency division multiplexing access) systems, for example for use in transmitting VoIP traffic. In some embodiments, various HARQ (Hybrid Automatic request) techniques are provided for use with OFDMA systems. In various embodiments, there are provided methods and systems for dealing with issues such as Handling non-full rate vocoder frames, VoIP packet jitter handling, VoIP capacity increasing schemes, persistent and non-persistent assignment of resources in OFDMA systems. | 01-24-2013 |
| 20130022021 | FEEDBACK FOR MULTI-USER MIMO SYSTEMS - A base station (BS) for a SDMA-capable cell (C) of a radio communications system ( | 01-24-2013 |
| 20130028233 | Allocating Resources in a Frequency-Time Space to Mobile Station Data - To allocate resources in an orthogonal frequency domain multiple access (OFDMA) system, two-dimensional rectangular regions are assigned in a frequency-time space to data bursts associated with mobile stations. At least one data burst does not fit in an available space in the frequency-time space is determined. In response to the determining, the assigned two-dimensional rectangular regions are reshaped. | 01-31-2013 |
| 20130034079 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - Provided is a wireless communication device including, in a resource block assigned from among a plurality of resource blocks arranged in a grid pattern on a time axis and a frequency axis, a wireless communication unit for not performing transmission in a non-transmission region and for performing transmission in another region in the source block, the non-transmission region being set at a boundary with an adjacent resource block in a time direction or a frequency direction. | 02-07-2013 |
| 20130039331 | AGGREGATED CARRIER SYNCHRONIZATION AND REFERENCE SIGNAL TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING METHODS, DEVICES AND SYSTEMS - A node of a wireless network transmits information to a user equipment over an aggregated carrier that includes a primary carrier having a first set of primary carrier time/frequency resources and a secondary carrier having a second set of secondary carrier time/frequency resources. Synchronization signals and/or reference symbols are transmitted to the user equipment on the secondary carrier less often than on the primary carrier. An indication of when and/or how often the synchronization signals and/or reference symbols will be transmitted to the user equipment on the secondary carrier may also be transmitted to the user equipment over the primary carrier. By transmitting synchronization signals and/or reference symbols to the user equipment on the secondary carrier less often than on the primary carrier, resources of the secondary carrier may be conserved, energy efficiency of the secondary carrier may be increased, and/or interference with other cells may be reduced or prevented. | 02-14-2013 |
| 20130039332 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MULTIPLE-INPUT MULTIPLE-OUTPUT OPERATION - A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) receives a downlink transmission from an eNodeB including a plurality of spatial layers transmitted to a plurality of WTRUs paired for multi-user MIMO. The WTRU decodes the downlink transmission based on a corresponding WTRU-specific reference signal. WTRU-specific reference signals are multiplexed using a frequency and code division multiplexing. WTRU-specific reference signals for different sub-group of antenna ports are multiplexed onto different subcarriers in a frequency domain and the WTRU-specific reference signals of the same sub-group of antennas ports are multiplied by an orthogonal cover code. The resource elements used for the WTRU-specific reference signals on antenna ports in one sub-group may be muted on antenna ports in another sub-group. A WTRU may transmit the uplink demodulation reference signal without precoding. The number of resource blocks allocated for the demodulation reference signal may be greater than the number of resource blocks allocated for the payload. | 02-14-2013 |
| 20130039333 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MULTI-CARRIER PACKET COMMUNICATION WITH REDUCED OVERHEAD - A method and system for minimizing the control overhead in a multi-carrier wireless communication network that utilizes a time-frequency resource is disclosed. In some embodiments, one or more zones in the time-frequency resource are designated for particular applications, such as a zone dedicated for voice-over-IP (VoIP) applications. By grouping applications of a similar type together within a zone, a reduction in the number of bits necessary for mapping a packet stream to a portion of the time-frequency resource can be achieved. In some embodiments, modular coding schemes associated with the packet streams may be selected that further reduce the amount of necessary control information. In some embodiments, packets may be classified for transmission in accordance with application type, QoS parameters, and other properties. In some embodiments, improved control messages may be constructed to facilitate the control process and minimize associated overhead. | 02-14-2013 |
| 20130039334 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONTROL INFORMATION TRANSMISSION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method for transmitting control information through a PUCCH in a wireless system and to a device therefore. | 02-14-2013 |
| 20130039335 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR ALLOCATION OF MACRO CELL RESOURCES IN A DISTRIBUTED FEMTO CELL NETWORK AND A DISTRIBUTED RELAY STATION NETWORK - Methods and systems for reusing macro cell resources in femto cell base stations or relay stations in a non-collaborative manner are disclosed. In addition, orthogonal resource allocation between a macro cell base station and femto cell base stations/relay stations may be dynamically adjusted by considering user-population variance. Moreover, an additional level of spatial reuse by femto cell base stations or relay stations can be provided by employing macro cell user location information. | 02-14-2013 |
| 20130044727 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROL CHANNEL TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION - A user equipment (UE) receives a signal comprising multiple resource blocks and configured for receiving a subframe comprising multiple time-frequency resources, the time-frequency resources comprising at least two control channel candidates. The UE determines a first control channel candidate of the at least two control channel candidates in the subframe, determines a first antenna port (AP) associated with the first control channel candidate, decodes the first control channel candidate based on the first AP, determines a second control channel candidate of the at least two control channel candidates in the subframe, determines a second AP associated with the second control channel candidate, and decodes the second control channel candidate based on the second AP, wherein the AP used for decoding the first control channel candidate is distinct from the AP used for decoding the second control channel candidate. | 02-21-2013 |
| 20130044728 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR GENERATING AND MAPPING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION REFERENCE SIGNAL SEQUENCE - The present invention provides a method and device for generating and mapping a Channel State Information Reference Signal (CSI-RS) sequence, and the method includes: generating a pseudo-random sequence according to a pseudo-random sequence initial value, performing a Quadrature Phase-Shift Keying (QPSK) modulation on the pseudo-random sequence, and obtaining a first CSI-RS sequence according to maximum bandwidth of system; and cutting the first CSI-RS sequence according to the actual bandwidth of the system, obtaining a second CSI-RS sequence, and mapping the second CSI-RS sequence to a time frequency location of a CSI-RS antenna port. The CSI-RS reference signal sequence can be generated or obtained respectively at the UE terminal and eNB terminal in accordance with the stated methods for generating and mapping the reference sequence according to known parameters by the present invention, so that the calculated CSI-RS sequence can be utilized to measure the channel at the UE terminal. | 02-21-2013 |
| 20130044729 | METHOD FOR SIGNAL TRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS SYSTEMS - A method is provided for forming a signal in a wireless communication system in which a plurality of terminals commonly use time and frequency resources for efficient code hopping. The method includes allocating the same frequency-axis sequence and different time-axis sequences to a plurality of terminals by using a resource index according to a first slot in the first slot; and allocating different frequency-axis sequences and different time-axis sequences to the plurality of terminals by using a resource index according to a second slot in the second slot. | 02-21-2013 |
| 20130051358 | Channel Sensing in Uplink Transmission - A solution for uplink transmission in a cellular communication system is disclosed. The same uplink time-frequency resource are scheduled to at least two terminal devices, and sensing periods of unequal lengths are allocated to the at least two terminal devices. The sensing period defines a duration a terminal device senses the uplink time-frequency resource for a conflicting transmission before transmitting in the uplink time-frequency resource. | 02-28-2013 |
| 20130051359 | Method and Arrangement for Transmission of Data Packets - The invention relates to a method and arrangement for improving predictability of inter-cell interference in wireless communication systems. A first network radio entity ( | 02-28-2013 |
| 20130051360 | SATELLITE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM EMPLOYING A COMBINATION OF TIME SLOTS AND ORTHOGONAL CODES - A satellite communication system for communicating between a plurality of user terminals is disclosed having at least one satellite which provides multiple beams, a plurality of user terminals that communicate with each other via satellites of said constellation, at least one gateway connected to a public switched telephone network and communicating with at least one user terminal over the satellite communication system wherein each of said user terminals within a given frequency band is distinguished from another of the user terminals employing a combination of time slots and orthogonal codes implemented in a forward and return link. Each of the user terminals is equipped to initiate or receive or terminate packet data messages. Each of said user terminals is handed off from one beam of a satellite to another beam of said satellite. The hand off is predicated on signal strength determined at said plurality of user terminals. | 02-28-2013 |
| 20130064214 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR INTERFERENCE BASED JOINT SCHEDULING OF PEER TO PEER LINKS WITH WWAN - A method of operating a first wireless device includes receiving a grant from a base station for peer-to-peer communication with a second wireless device using time-frequency resources utilized by a third wireless device for WWAN communication with the base station. In addition, the method includes receiving a transmit power for the peer-to-peer communication with the grant. The transmit power is determined based on an interference that can be caused to transmissions received by the base station from the third wireless device. Furthermore, the method includes communicating with the second wireless device at a power less than or equal to the received transmit power using peer-to-peer communication on the time-frequency resources. | 03-14-2013 |
| 20130064215 | Enhanced PDCCH with Transmit Diversity in LTE Systems - A method is provided for communication in a wireless telecommunications network. The method comprises transmitting an extended physical downlink control channel to a user equipment using transmit diversity from at least one demodulation reference signal port. | 03-14-2013 |
| 20130064216 | DMRS Association and Signaling for Enhanced PDCCH in LTE Systems - A method is provided for operating a UE in a wireless communication network. The method comprises sending, by the UE, an ACK/NACK message after receiving data on a PDSCH scheduled by an E-PDCCH, wherein the sending is from at least one antenna port and uses at least one physical resource, and wherein the at least one physical resource is determined based at least partially on a resource over which the E-PDCCH is received, and wherein the resource over which the E-PDCCH is received consists of at least one eCCE. | 03-14-2013 |
| 20130064217 | EFFICIENT UPLINK FEEDBACK IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting control information by transmitting a reference signal from a first transceiver to a second transceiver, in response to the reception of the reference signal, determining at the second transceiver a plurality of control channel elements based upon the received reference signal, jointly encoding the plurality of control channel elements at the second transceiver to generate a control signal, and transmitting the control signal from the second transceiver to the first transceiver. | 03-14-2013 |
| 20130064218 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR ALLOCATION OF MACRO CELL RESOURCES IN A DISTRIBUTED FEMTO CELL NETWORK AND A DISTRIBUTED RELAY STATION NETWORK - A method implemented in a wireless network including a first base station and a second base station is disclosed. The method includes, upon a change in a load condition, transmitting from the second base station to the first base station load information through backhaul in order to coordinate the first base station and the second base station, allocating, to the second base station, one or more tiles corresponding to one or more time-frequency resource blocks of orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA), and allocating remaining tiles to the first base station. Other methods and apparatuses are also disclosed. | 03-14-2013 |
| 20130070724 | FREQUENCY SELECTIVE AND FREQUENCY DIVERSITY TRANSMISSIONS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for efficiently supporting frequency selective scheduling (FSS) and frequency diversity scheduling (FDS) are described. In one design, a first transmission for an FSS user may be mapped to a subband selected for this user from among at least one subband in a first frequency region of the system bandwidth. The first transmission may be mapped to a fixed portion or different portions of the selected subband in different time intervals. A second transmission for an FDS user may be mapped across multiple subbands in a second frequency region of the system bandwidth. The second transmission may be mapped to different subbands or different resource blocks in the second frequency region in different time intervals. Each time interval may correspond to a symbol period, a slot, a subframe, etc. The frequency hopping may be performed based on a fixed hopping pattern or a pseudo-random hopping pattern. | 03-21-2013 |
| 20130070725 | Method and Apparatus for Sounding Reference Signal Resource Allocation in Long Term Evolution System - The present invention provides a method for Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) resource allocation in a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, including: a system side setting different SRS transmission periods to correspond to different cycle shifts, and during the process of allocating SRS resources for user equipment (UE), setting a cycle shift adopted by the UE according to the SRS transmission period adopted by the UE. The method and apparatus of the present invention realize simple and effective SRS resource multiplexing with high utilization ratio among UEs with different periods. | 03-21-2013 |
| 20130077597 | WIRELESS RADIO ACCESS NETWORK CONTROL CHANNEL CAPACITY MANAGEMENT - Transmission capacity for a control channel sent to multiple mobile wireless devices in a wireless network is increased by transmitting the control channel using multi user multiple input multiple output transmissions (MU MIMO). Received signal quality measured at mobile wireless devices in a radio sector are communicated to a radio node and used to determine one or more sets of mobile wireless devices to share transmission of control channel elements on the same time and frequency resource element. The radio node indicates the use of MU MIMO and the selection of precoding matrices to each of the mobile wireless devices in the each set of mobile wireless devices. | 03-28-2013 |
| 20130077598 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING AND TRANSMITTING TIME AND FREQUENCY RESOURCE FOR RESOURCE REQUEST INDICATOR - Method and apparatus are provided to allocate a time and frequency resource of a resource request indicator (RRI) and to transmit an RRI. Codes are allocated for an RRI and other (such as non-RRI) uplink control signaling. The RRI and other uplink control signaling can be multiplexed in the same time and frequency resource, such as through multiplexing in a code division manner. | 03-28-2013 |
| 20130083768 | UPLINK BASEBAND SIGNAL COMPRESSION METHOD, DECOMPRESSION METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present invention disclose an RRU, which performs IDFT on a PUSCH signal that is obtained after resource block demapping, where due to a characteristic of an extremely low peak to average power ratio of SC-FDMA modulation, a signal after IDFT has an extremely low peak to average power ratio at this time, and an amplitude range of the signal changes slightly; amplitude/phase conversion is performed on the signal after the IDFT, where the signal after the IDFT is represented by using amplitude and phase, and then amplitude quantization and phase quantization are performed respectively to obtain a quantized amplitude signal and a quantized phase signal respectively. | 04-04-2013 |
| 20130083769 | Wireless Communication Control Channel Systems and Methods - Radio resources can be allocated in a manner avoiding a zero power problem by selecting one of two reference signals for control channel estimation, and transmitting the selected reference signal in a resource block (RB) or RB pair carrying the control channel. The two reference signals span common resource elements (REs) in the RB or RB pair. Alternatively, a zero power problem can be avoided by assigning modified WALSH codes to the two reference signals, and transmitting the two reference signals in the RB or RB pair carrying the control channel in accordance with their modified WALSH codes. The modified WALSH codes include complex constants having a non-zero phase difference with one another. A control channel can be evenly partitioned in accordance with a checkerboard partitioning technique. | 04-04-2013 |
| 20130083770 | CONTROL CHANNEL ARCHITECTURE WITH CONTROL INFORMATION DISTRIBUTED OVER MULTIPLE SUBFRAMES - Control information ( | 04-04-2013 |
| 20130089065 | Time and Frequency Synchronization - The scheduling flexibility of CSI reference signals enables time and frequency synchronization using multiple non-zero CSI-RSs transmitted in the same subframe, or using CSI-RSs transmitted in the same subframe with other synchronization signals. Also, multiple synchronization signals may be scheduled in the same subframe to enable fine time and frequency synchronization without cell-specific reference signals. | 04-11-2013 |
| 20130089066 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION METHOD FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A mobile device includes a transmitting unit that, each time an ON operation of a switch in a first mode is performed, transmits a wireless signal corresponding to the first mode ON operation by changing a frequency band among three or more frequency bands and that, when an ON operation of the switch in a second mode is performed, transmits a wireless signal, corresponding to the second mode ON operation, in the frequency band selected at that time. The transmitting unit includes a frequency band computing unit that selects one of the three or more frequency bands through a computation for changing a communication environment when the second mode ON operation of the switch is repeatedly performed. A receiver of the in-vehicle device receives a wireless signal transmitted from the transmitting unit and recognizes command information allocated in advance in correspondence with each ON operation mode of the switch. | 04-11-2013 |
| 20130089067 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OPERATING MULTI-BAND AND MULTI-CELL - Disclosed are a method and an apparatus for operating multi-band and multi-cell. An Enhanced Node B (eNB) transmits a synchronization channel and a broadcasting channel for narrow-band user equipments (UEs) through a first band narrower than a system band, the first band being located in a center band of the system band, and transmits a control channel for scheduling a data channel for a first narrow-band UE which is one of the narrow-band UEs through a second band equal to or wider than the first band, the second band not overlapping the first band within the system band. The first band is designed to be matched to a band where the synchronization channel and the broadcasting channel of a host cell using an entire system band are transmitted. | 04-11-2013 |
| 20130089068 | CONTROL CHANNEL ARCHITECTURE WITH CONTROL INFORMATION DISTRIBUTED OVER MULTIPLE SUBFRAMES ON DIFFERENT CARRIERS - Control information ( | 04-11-2013 |
| 20130094469 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING INFORMATION THROUGH FAST FEEDBACK CHANNEL IN BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for transmitting information through a fast feedback channel in a wireless communications system are provided. The apparatus includes a plurality of mappers for mapping a sequence, corresponding to an index to be fed back, to a first set of resource blocks in a fast feedback channel by using a first mapping pattern and to a second set of resource blocks in the fast feedback channel by using a second mapping pattern, and a transmitter for transmitting the sequence mapped to a plurality of sets of resource blocks, wherein the sequence is mapped to each of the plurality of sets of resource blocks, and wherein each element of the sequence is mapped to each resource block. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130100926 | METHODS AND DVEICES FOR HANDLING REFERENCE SIGNALS IN A COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - Methods in a first user equipment are provided for handling reference signals in a communications network. The user equipment is configured to receive a signal from a base station. The signal comprises a first slot and a second slot. The first slot comprises a first reference signal and the second slot comprises a second reference signal. The user equipment receives, from the base station, information that the first reference signal should be assigned to the second slot and that the second reference signal should be assigned to the first slot. The user equipment assigns the first reference signal to the second slot and the second reference signal to the first slot. The first user equipment processes the first reference signal assigned to the second slot and the second reference signal assigned to the first slot. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130100927 | RADIO BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A radio base station (eNB | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130107853 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION IN A BACKPLANE FABRIC ARCHITECTURE | 05-02-2013 |
| 20130107854 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 05-02-2013 |
| 20130107855 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 05-02-2013 |
| 20130107856 | Wireless System | 05-02-2013 |
| 20130107857 | Pilot Scheme for a MIMO Communication System | 05-02-2013 |
| 20130114564 | TRANSMITTER APPARATUS, RECEIVER APPARATUS, TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND NOTIFICATION METHOD - This invention relates to a transmitter apparatus, a receiver apparatus, a transmission method and a notification method that, when a switching between MIMO communication and non-MIMO communication is performed, can suppress the increase of an SRS (Sounding Reference Signal) resource, while suppressing the degradation of trackability of temporal variation of a channel. In a terminal ( | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130114565 | STRUCTURE OF ENHANCED PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL (e-PDCCH) IN LONG TERM EVOLUTION (LTE) - Aspects of the present disclosure relate generally to wireless communication systems, and more particularly, to defining a structure of and enhanced physical downlink control channel (e-PDCCH). Certain aspects provide methods and apparatus for determining a search space in which a base station (eNodeB) may transmit an enhanced physical downlink control channel (e-PDCCH), wherein the search space comprises one or more fractional portions of frequency-time resources of a physical resource block (PRB) pair, and attempting to decode the e-PDCCH based on the determined search space. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130121304 | ACKNOWLEDGEMENT SIGNALING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A wireless communication device is disclosed. The device includes a transceiver coupled to a processor configured to determine an antenna port associated with a received control message scheduling a transport block, to determine an acknowledgement resource based on the antenna port, and to cause the transceiver to transmit an acknowledgement on the acknowledgement resource, wherein the acknowledgement indicates receipt or non-receipt of the transport block. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130121305 | REFERENCE SIGNAL MULTIPLEXING AND RESOURCE ALLOCATION - A reference signal of a user equipment to which a resource (LB# | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130121306 | SIGNAL GENERATION METHOD AND SIGNAL GENERATION DEVICE - A transmission method simultaneously transmitting a first modulated signal and a second modulated signal at a common frequency performs precoding on both signals using a fixed precoding matrix and regularly changes the phase of at least one of the signals, thereby improving received data signal quality for a reception device. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130121307 | METHOD OF SIGNAL GENERATION AND SIGNAL GENERATING DEVICE - A transmission method simultaneously transmitting a first modulated signal and a second modulated signal at a common frequency performs precoding on both signals using a fixed precoding matrix and regularly changes the phase of at least one of the signals, thereby improving received data signal quality for a reception device. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130128860 | Methods and Systems for CSI-RS Resource Allocation in LTE-Advance Systems - A method of allocating resource elements in an orthogonal frequency division multiplexed (OFDM) system for transmission of a channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) without overlapping with resource elements allocated to a port-5 user equipment-specific reference signal (URS) signal is disclosed. The method can include shifting in a frequency domain at least a portion of resource elements allocated to the CSI-RS in a normal-CP subframe. According to certain embodiments, the allocation of resource elements can be defined per an 8-port CSI-RS, or per a group of eight CSI-RS resource elements, within a single physical resource block (PRB) whose time-domain dimension is one subframe and whose frequency-domain dimension is 12 subcarriers. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130128861 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPLEMENTING BASEBAND RESOURCE POOL IN LTE BASE STATION - In a method for implementing a baseband resource pool in an LTE base station provided in the present invention, the LTE base station includes a main control module, a master board, and a slave board, and the master board and the slave board include baseband processing modules. In the method for implementing a baseband resource pool in an LTE base station provided in the present invention, the RACH processing capability of the LTE base station is improved by adding a slave baseband board including a baseband processing module. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130136097 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING DATA IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A data transmission apparatus in a communication system includes a reception unit configured to receive adjacent terminal information from a plurality of terminals through a new frequency band for transmission and reception of data between the terminals and one AP (access point); a verification unit configured to identify positions of the terminals within a service coverage of the AP through the adjacent terminal information, group the terminals into terminal groups through position-based grouping, and verify transmission possible times to the AP, in terminals included in the terminal groups; and a transmission unit configured to transmit the transmission possible times to the terminals included in the terminal groups through beacon frames in the AP, wherein, as the transmission possible times for the terminal groups, different time intervals are allocated in a beacon interval of the beacon frames. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130136098 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MACHINE-TYPE COMMUNICATIONS - A network and user equipment are configured to support machine type communications is provided. The UE includes processing circuitry to process a physical broadcast channel (PBCH) to acquire at least one system information block (SIB). The processing circuitry also processes the at least one SIB to determine a location of a lite SIB (SIB-L). The processing circuitry determines a location of a lite physical downlink control channel (L-PBCCH) from the SIB-L. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130136099 | SYMBOL MAPPING METHOD FOR REPETITION CHANNEL CODING - A symbol mapping method for repetition coding is disclosed. The symbol mapping method comprises performing repetition coding on codeword to output repeated codeword symbols, and mapping the repeated codeword symbols with subcarriers located in different localized resource blocks. According to the embodiments of the present invention, it is possible to obtain maximum reliability in a receiving side by mapping codeword bits with subcarriers to reduce the number of bits having low reliability when a transmitting side uses repetition coding. Also, it is possible to improve decoding throughput and obtain channel diversity. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130136100 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING MUTING INFORMATION, AND APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ACQUIRING CHANNEL STATE USING SAME - The present disclosure relates to an apparatus and a method for transmitting muting information in a wireless communication system, and to an apparatus and a method for acquiring channel state using same. In an exemplary embodiment, muting information includes: a first data field, having a serving cell for receiving from peripheral cells in a multi-cell environment, at least one of a CSI-RS pattern, the number of CSI-RS antenna ports, a CSI-RS duty cycle, and CSI-RS transmission subframe offset information, and using same for expressing the cycle and the offset of muting subframes, which pertain to information on a resource block that can generate interference between the peripheral cells and CSI-RS; and a second data field for expressing a specific muting pattern, which must be muted within the muting subframes, having either 12 bits or 28 bits that display muting application in a bitmap format. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130136101 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONFIGURING COMMUNICATION RESOURCE SETS AND METHOD AND SYSTEM OF RESOURCE MANAGEMENT - A method for configuring a wireless communication resource set, a resource set configuration apparatus, a method and system of wireless communication resource management, and a base station with the system of wireless communication resource management are provided, wherein the method for configuring wireless communication resource sets includes: ordering the resource sets according to the preset mode; dividing the ordered resource sets into segments, wherein the segments include segments with different types and different functions; and further dividing the segments into sections, wherein every section is used for a corresponding type of service. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130142165 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ITERATIVE MULTIPLE FREQUENCY HYPOTHESIS TESTING WITH CELL-ID DETECTION IN AN E-UTRA/LTE UE RECEIVER - A mobile device receives a signal comprising a PSS and a SSS. The mobile device performs iterative MFHT utilizing a reduced number of MFH branches. At each iteration, frequency offset estimation and Cell-ID detection are concurrently performed. An iteration starts with selecting initial frequency offsets spanning a frequency offset estimation range. The selected initial frequency offsets are placed in the MFH branches. A particular MFH branch with a maximum PSS correlation peak magnitude is selected at the iteration. A frequency offset estimate in the selected MFH branch is utilized for frequency control. The frequency offset estimation range utilized for the current iteration is reduced for the next iteration. A Cell-ID is declared if the Cell-ID is consistently detected not only within a particular iteration on the basis of having detected consistent cell ID information for the first and second halves of a radio frame, but also from iteration to iteration. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130148626 | SPECIFICATION OF A FREQUENCY AGILE DYNAMIC SPECTRUM ACCESS TDMA METHOD - Dynamic spectral assignment in an ad hoc network of wireless network nodes ( | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130156000 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ASSIGNING CONNECTION IDENTIFIERS OF DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATIONS - A method and a device for assigning connection identifiers for a device-to-device communication are provided. The method includes checking unused connection identifiers among all entire connection identifiers that can be used for the device-to-device communication, determining a certain number of candidate connection identifiers to be used for the device-to-device communication with the peer user equipment among the unused connection identifiers, transmitting first information relating to data characteristics of a connection to be generated with the peer user equipment to the peer user equipment, and receiving second information relating to at least one connection identifier selected in consideration of the data characteristics based on the first information from the peer user equipment. The second information indicates that at least one connection identifier mapped to respectively different time resource regions is assigned to the connection. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130156001 | REFERENCE SIGNAL DESIGN FOR COORDINATED MULTIPOINT TRANSMISSION - A method includes controlling a set of transmission points, which are configured to operate in accordance with a Coordinated Multipoint (CoMP) transmission scheme, to simultaneously transmit a composite Reference Signal (RS) to a mobile communication terminal. Feedback, which is indicative of a response of a composite communication channel between the transmission points and the terminal, is received from the terminal. The feedback is estimated in the terminal based on the composite RS received in the terminal from the transmission points. Subsequent transmission from the transmission points is configured based on the received feedback. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130156002 | DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL SIGNALING IN WIRLESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method in a wireless communication device may include receiving a plurality of sub-frames, each sub-frame having time-frequency resource elements, at least one of the sub-frames having a control channel. In some implementations, the plurality of sub-frames forms a continuum of concatenated sub-frames. Each of the plurality of resource allocation fields of the control channel may indicate a resource assignment to the wireless communication device based on a channel quality report, as well as resource assignments in sub-frames of the continuum of concatenated sub-frames. At least one sub-frame of the continuum of concatenated sub-frames may include information indicating that at least some of the resource assignments are frequency diverse. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130156003 | Method and System for Determining Physical Uplink Control Channel Resources - A method and system for determining physical uplink control channel resources are disclosed in the present document, a terminal determines a frequency domain resource, namely a location of a physical uplink control channel format 3 in total physical uplink control channel areas, used when the physical uplink control channel format 3 is sent according to parameters configured by a base station, and the location is determined according to a set location relationship. One location relationship is: from a bandwidth edge to a bandwidth center, the total physical uplink control channel areas including in turn a physical uplink control channel format 3 area, a physical uplink control channel format 2/2a/2b area, a hybrid resource block and a physical uplink control channel format 1/1a/1b area. In the present document, a feasible scheme is provided for determining resources of the physical uplink control channel format 3, which improves the system performance. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130163555 | Apparatuses and Methods in Relation to Flexible Spectrum Usage for Proximity Communication - The present invention proposes an apparatus, including a communication module, configured to communicate with another apparatus in a first mode, which involves at least one network device in order to establish end-to-end communication between the apparatus and a communication counterpart, or in a second mode, which establishes direct end-to-end communication between the apparatus and a communication counterpart not involving a network device, wherein communication is based on physical resources that are allocated in time and frequency domain based on a resource grid, and a control module, configured to control the communication module to communicate in the first mode based on a first resource grid pattern or to communicate in the second mode based on a second resource grid pattern. Likewise, the present invention addresses a correspondingly adapted network entity, as well as respective methods and computer program products. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130163556 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION DEVICE, METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING DATA FOR MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION - Disclosed herein relates to a resource allocation method for a machine type communication (MTC) device. The resource allocation method for the MTC device includes allocating a control channel with respect to a user terminal to a first time domain of a sub frame, and mixing at least one of a control channel with respect to the at least one MTC device, a data channel with respect to the user terminal, and a data channel with respect to the MTC device in a second time domain of the sub frame, and allocating the mixed channel to the second time domain of the sub frame. Accordingly, in a wireless communication system, control information and data may be transmitted and received to and from the MTC device while maintaining compatibility with the user terminal. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130163557 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - When a plurality of terminals share the same resources in a wireless communication system, and when control information such as acknowledgement/negative acknowledgement (ACK/NAK) information or scheduling information is transmitted, a method of efficiently performing code division multiplexing (CDM) is required to distinguish the plurality of terminals. In particular, it is necessary to develop a method by which a code sequence of CDM can be selected and used according to each cell condition. Provided is a method of forming a signal in a wireless communication system in which a plurality of terminals commonly share frequency and time resources. The method includes the operations of receiving condition information in a cell; selecting one of a plurality of time domain orthogonal sequences having different lengths, according to the condition information; and allocating the selected time domain orthogonal sequence to a control signal symbol block. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130170468 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCHEDULING PEER-TO-PEER COMMUNICATION LINKS - An evolved Node B creates or updates peer sets from measured performance information received from one or more stations. The measured performance information includes at least one quality metric associated with a downlink signal sent from the evolved Node B to the one or more stations. The evolved Node B determines excluded timeslots and preferred timeslots based on current resource assignments in each timeslot and based on the peer sets, marks potential resources in an uplink portion of a resource allocation map, and allocates one of the potential resources for peer-to-peer communication between a transmitter station and one or more receiver stations. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130170469 | Methods and Apparatus for Link Adaptation for Single User and Multi-User Mimo - Methods of performing link adaptation in a wireless communication system for simultaneous transmission of codewords include selecting initial modulation and coding scheme (MCS) levels for the codewords, estimating a size ratio of the codewords, determining a number of scheduling blocks (SB) for the codewords with the initial MCS levels, and determining revised MCS levels for the codewords in response to the determined number of SBs. Transport block sizes are computed for the codewords, and it is determined if there is a need to increase the number of scheduling blocks in at least one of the codewords. If there is a need to increase the number of scheduling blocks in a codeword, scheduling blocks are added to the codeword, and the transport block size for the codeword is recomputed. The codewords are then simultaneously transmitted over different multiple input-multiple output (MIMO) communication channels using the same time and frequency resources. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130170470 | Method and Apparatus for Device Discovery through Beaconing - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, a method comprises identifying at least one beacon opportunity at a wireless network device; selecting a beacon channel from a beacon slot that is a flexibly allocated frequency resource; and transmitting at least one beacon signal in the selected beacon channel multiplexed in a beacon frame during the identified beacon opportunity. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130176986 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING DATA IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A data transmission apparatus in a communication system includes a reception unit configured to receive terminal information from a plurality of terminals through a new frequency band for transmission and reception of data between the plurality of terminals and an AP (access point); a determination unit configured to determine access timing of the terminals to the AP by using the terminal information, and generate terminal access information including information on the access timing; and a transmission unit configured to transmit the terminal access information and beacon frames to the terminals, wherein the terminals access the AP and transmit data frames to the AP, at the access timing based on the beacon frames. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130176987 | TRANSMITTER, RECEIVER AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention aims to provide a transmitter, a receiver and a radio communication method capable of preventing any increase in overhead due to insertion of reference signals without deteriorating the channel estimation accuracy. The radio communication method is provided for mapping reference signals to radio resources of a plurality of layers and transmitting the reference signals, having the steps of: generating the reference signals; oversampling the reference signals; and mapping the oversampled reference signals to resource elements of the layers respectively. Reference signals to be mapped to different layers are subjected to frequency division multiplexing in resource elements of same time and frequency domains. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130182679 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INDICATING DEACTIVATION OF SEMI-PERSISTENT SCHEDULING - A method and apparatus for performing semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) deactivation in a wireless mobile communication system are disclosed. A base station (BS) transmits a downlink control channel to a user equipment (UE), and deactivates the SPS when a binary field indicating resource allocation information contained in the downlink control channel is entirely filled with ‘1’. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130188595 | RADIO DEVICE, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND RADIO CONTROL METHOD - A radio device including: a processor configured to execute a procedure including a difference calculating process which calculates, when a plurality of transmission symbols are one symbol with different assignment positions of one of a frequency area and a time area, a difference between an assignment position of one reference symbol and an assignment position of another symbol among the plurality of transmission symbols, and a shift process which generates a symbol by shift processing of one of the frequency area and the time area with respect to the reference symbol, which is assigned to the an assignment position and subjected to an orthogonal transform processing, according to the difference; and a transmitter configured to performs transmitting processing based on the reference symbol which is subjected to the orthogonal transform processing and the generated symbol by the shift processing. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130188596 | BASE STATION - A base station communicates with a user device transmitting an uplink signal based on a single-carrier transmission scheme. The base station includes a frequency hopping determining unit configured to determine whether to apply frequency hopping to the user device based on radio-wave propagation information from the user device and a traffic type of data to be transmitted by the user device; a scheduler configured to allocate frequencies to the user device based on uplink channel reception conditions of the user device; and a reporting unit configured to report allocation information indicating resource units allocated by the scheduler to the user device. When the frequency hopping determining unit determines to apply the frequency hopping to the user device, the scheduler allocates, to the user device, resource units with different frequency bands in different slots. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130195067 | DEVICES FOR SIGNALING AN ENHANCED PHYSICAL CONTROL FORMAT INDICATOR CHANNEL - An evolved Node B (eNB) for indicating a control format is described. The eNB includes a processor and instructions stored in memory that is in electronic communication with the processor. The eNB generates a first enhanced Control Format Indicator (eCFI) corresponding to a first enhanced Physical Control Format Indicator Channel (ePCFICH). The first eCFI at least partially indicates a first enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel (ePDCCH) region. The eNB also loads the first eCFI into a first set of resource elements in a first slot. The eNB additionally sends the first eCFI in the first slot in a first subframe. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130195068 | METHODS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION - In a method for receiving control information, a transceiver decodes at least one set of decoding candidates, and then detects whether control information is present on the control channel based on the decoded at least one set of decoding candidates. In a method for transmitting control information, a transceiver selects a decoding candidate from a set of decoding candidates for transmitting control information on a control channel; and transmits to another transceiver, control information using at least one time-frequency control channel resource element corresponding to the selected decoding candidate. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130195069 | SIGNALING MECHANISM FOR SUPPORTING FLEXIBLE PHYSICAL BROADCAST CHANNEL AND COMMON REFERENCE SIGNAL CONFIGURATIONS - A method, apparatus, system, and non-transitory computer readable medium are provided that can provide a signaling mechanism on a physical broadcast channel. The signaling mechanism generates system configuration information, and uses one or more bits within the physical broadcast channel to store system configuration information. The signaling mechanism further signals the system configuration information to devices within a cell of a communication system. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130195070 | TIME AND FREQUENCY SYNCHRONIZATION FOR LTE-ADVANCED NEW CARRIER TYPE - A particular kind of component carrier that may be used as a secondary cell in an LTE system is a new type carrier that has reduced or eliminated legacy control signaling such as the omission of CRSs. Alternative techniques are described for performing timing and frequency synchronization in the downlink between an eNB and a UE when CRSs are not present in a component carrier. These techniques involve using either channel state information reference signals or UE-specific reference signals. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130195071 | RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - Radio communication apparatus perform communication by using a plurality of frequency bands. The radio communication apparatus transmits to the radio communication apparatus by using a first frequency band a control message including identification information indicating a second frequency band different from the first frequency band during a random access procedure. The radio communication apparatus receives the control message from the radio communication apparatus by using the first frequency band and performs data communication by using the second frequency band indicated by the identification information included in the control message. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130195072 | Enhanced Control Signals Multiplexed With Data Signals - According to one embodiment, a method includes scheduling at least one time and at least one set of subcarrier frequencies to be used to transmit each of a plurality of data signals. Control signals may be addressed to at least one endpoint and may indicate at least one time and at least one set of subcarrier frequencies to be used to transmit one or more of the data signals to the at least one endpoint. For each control signal, at least one time and at least one set of frequencies selected from the frequency range to be used to transmit the control signal may be scheduled. At least one of the plurality of control signals and at least one of the plurality of data signals are scheduled to be transmitted simultaneously by the transceiver. The data signals and the control signals are transmitted to the plurality of endpoints. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130208695 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention discloses a method for a terminal to transmit control information in a wireless communication system. The method includes encoding a plurality of pieces of control information and transmitting the plurality of encoded control information and data information through a data channel. During the encoding of the plurality of control information, a channel quality indicator (CQI) and a precoding matrix index (PMI) for an entire frequency band are encoded jointly or separately, and each piece of the plurality of pieces of encoded control information and the data information is mapped into a resource block of the data channel, and is then transmitted. | 08-15-2013 |
| 20130215867 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING TRAFFIC IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORK - The invention relates to a system and method for managing traffic in a mobile communication network. The system of the invention comprises at least two base stations comprising their respective time slots synchronised and being configured to provide the same radio frequency channel, said radio frequency channel comprising: at least a first time slot for transmitting a first logical Broadcast Control Channel being associated to the first base station, at least a second time slot for transmitting a second logical Broadcast Control Channel being associated to the second base station and a plurality of shared time slots configured for allocating traffic information, wherein the first base station is operative to allocate a terminal at least one available time slot of the shared time slots. | 08-22-2013 |
| 20130215868 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING MIDAMBLE SIGNALS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Discloses are a method and a device for transmitting midamble signals in a wireless communication system. The method for transmitting the midamble signals comprises the steps of: generating each of midamble signals for eight transmission antennas; and transmitting said midamble signals to a terminal through said eight transmission antennas. Among the midamble signals for said eight transmission antennas, a first midamble group which includes midamble signals for certain four transmission antennas and a second midamble group which includes midamble signals for the rest of four transmission antennas are transmitted through different resources. | 08-22-2013 |
| 20130223402 | MAPPING OF CONTROL INFORMATION TO CONTROL CHANNEL ELEMENTS - The invention relates to a new structure of a control channel region within a sub-frame of a 3GPP-based based communication system using OFDM in the downlink. This new structure of a control channel region is inter alia particularly suitable for conveying physical downlink control channel information from a donor eNodeB to a relay node. The control channel region is divided in CCEs that have equal size irrespective of the presence of further cell-specific and/or UE-specific reference signals within the control channel region. This is achieved by dividing the control channel region in plural sub-CCEs that are combined to CCEs all having equal size (in terms of resource elements that can be used for the signaling of control information). The control channel region is divided in the frequency domain and/or time domain in a FDM respectively TDM fashion in order to obtain the sub-CCEs | 08-29-2013 |
| 20130230016 | Access Response Signaling in a Cellular Communication System - A network node that serves a cell in a cellular communication system is operated. An air interface of the cellular communication system is divided up into sequentially occurring frames, each of the frames comprising a plurality of sequentially occurring sub-frames, each of the sub-frames comprising a plurality of sequentially occurring symbols. Operation includes receiving and detecting a request signal transmitted by a device within the cell. Based at least in part on a characteristic of the request signal that is indicative of one or more device capabilities of the device, an associated time/frequency position for transmitting a response signal is ascertained. The response signal is transmitted at the ascertained time/frequency position. | 09-05-2013 |
| 20130230017 | HARQ-ACK SIGNAL TRANSMISSION IN RESPONSE TO DETECTION OF CONTROL CHANNEL TYPE IN CASE OF MULTIPLE CONTROL CHANNEL TYPES - Methods and apparatus are described for a User Equipment (UE) to transmit and for a base station to receive a Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest ACKnowledgement (HARQ-ACK) signal in a resource of a Physical Uplink Control CHannel (PUCCH). The HARQ-ACK signal is transmitted from the UE in response to a detection of a PDCCH transmitted from the base station and conveying a DCI format that, depending on the PDCCH type, can include a HARQ-ACK PUCCH Resource Offset (HPRO) information field. The UE and the NodeB determine the PUCCH resource depending on the PDCCH type and, if the DCI format includes the HPRO, also depending on a PDCCH transmission type. | 09-05-2013 |
| 20130230018 | RADIO BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - Disclosed is a wireless base station (eNB | 09-05-2013 |
| 20130230019 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR INTERFERENCE VARIANCE REDUCTION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a mobile communication network, a radio node and related method for reducing a signal-to-noise-and-interference ratio (SINR) requirement for a transmission in a scheduling interval. The node estimates a frequency resource utilization in the scheduling interval and compares the estimated utilization with a first threshold. When the estimated utilization is equal to or below the first threshold, the node increases the frequency resource utilization for the transmission, and adjusts a link adaptation for the transmission based on the increased frequency resource utilization. Optionally, the node may decrease the transmit power for the scheduling interval based on the adjusted link adaptation. | 09-05-2013 |
| 20130235842 | Coordinating method and device for multi-input multi-output precoding of downlink multi-base station - The disclosure discloses a method for coordinating downlink MIMO precoding among multiple BSs, including that: each BS first performs independent resource allocation to allocate resources to users of each BS, then receives PMI information fed back by a time-frequency resource block occupying MS in a respective cell, wherein the PMI information includes optimal and recommended or restrained PMIs corresponding to an MS; adjacent BSs perform information interaction with each other to acquire PMI information of MSs occupying the same time-frequency resource block in adjacent cells; and it is determined whether there is any conflict between MSs occupying the same time-frequency resource block in adjacent cells according to PMI information fed back by an MS in the current cell and interaction information from adjacent BSs, and a new PM is generated in a corresponding manner. The disclosure also discloses a device for implementing the method. The coordinating method and device of the disclosure can reduce or eliminate interference among users at a border through downlink resource allocation and precoding coordination between adjacent cells, thereby enhancing performance of the entire network. | 09-12-2013 |
| 20130242936 | Time Slot and Frequency Allocation in Wireless Communication Networks - In a wireless network including a server and clients, network resources, such as time slots and channel frequencies, are managed by having the server define the resources for future use by the clients, while the clients actually allocate the resources for their exclusive use according to performance criteria determined by the clients. The network can be ad-hoc and in industrial environments with low-latency requirements. | 09-19-2013 |
| 20130242937 | METHOD AND APPARATUS USING CELL-SPECIFIC AND COMMON PILOT SUBCARRIERS IN MULTI-CARRIER, MULTI-CELL WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A multi-carrier cellular wireless network ( | 09-19-2013 |
| 20130242938 | Random Access Preamble Transmission - A wireless device receives a control command to transmit a random access preamble on a second carrier. The wireless device repeatedly transmits the random access preamble until a random access response corresponding to the random access preamble is received or a predefined number of transmissions is reached. If the predefined number of transmissions is reached without receiving the random access response, the wireless device keeps an RRC connection with the base station active. | 09-19-2013 |
| 20130250906 | SEARCH SPACE FOR NON-INTERLEAVED RELAY PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL R-PDCCH - The present invention relates to providing control information within a search space for blind decoding in a multi-carrier communication system. In particular, the control information is carried within a sub-frame of the communication system, the sub-frame including a plurality of control channel elements. The control channel elements may be aggregated into candidates for blind decoding. The number of control channel elements in a candidate is called aggregation level. In accordance with the present invention, the candidates of lower aggregation levels are localised, meaning that the control channel elements of one candidate are located adjacently to each other in the frequency domain. Some candidates of the higher aggregation level(s) are distributed in the frequency. | 09-26-2013 |
| 20130250907 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR RANDOM ACCESS IN MULTI-CARRIER COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Methods and apparatus in a multi-carrier cellular wireless network with random access improve receiving reliability and reduce interference of uplink signals of a random access, while improving the detection performance of a base station receiver by employing specifically configured ranging signals. | 09-26-2013 |
| 20130258996 | METHOD OF ALLOCATING RADIO RESOURCES FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION IN CELLULAR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A resource allocation method of a base station for a device-to-device (D2D) communication link based on a cellular communication system includes providing operation information which includes information about one or more resource allocation patterns available for the D2D communication link to terminals which perform D2D communication according to each terminal and each D2D communication link, receiving a buffer status report (BSR) from the terminals which perform the D2D communication, and transmitting an indication value which indicates at least one of the resource allocation patterns based on the BSR. Accordingly, in the resource allocation method, low capacity of downlink control channels is required by the base station, yet flexible and efficient allocation of resources is enabled. | 10-03-2013 |
| 20130265983 | METHOD FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BETWEEN A MOTOR VEHICLE AND AT LEAST ONE OTHER COMMUNICATION PARTNER AND MOTOR VEHICLE - A method performs wireless communication between a motor vehicle and at least one other communication partner, especially a further motor vehicle and/or a stationary communication partner. A predetermined transmission frequency is used via which the motor vehicle and/or the communication partner transmit a communication-partner-specific identification signal cyclically between transmission breaks. | 10-10-2013 |
| 20130265984 | GROUPED MACHINE-TO-MACHINE COMMUNICATIONS - Embodiments of the present disclosure describe methods, computer-readable media and system configurations for organizing wireless devices such as user equipment (“UE”) into groups and allocating wireless network resources to those groups. In an example method, a radio access network (“RAN”) node may organize a first machine-to-machine (“M2M”) wireless device and a second M2M wireless device into a group of M2M wireless devices. The RAN Node may then allocate a wireless network resource to the group of M2M wireless devices. Other embodiments may be described and/or claimed. | 10-10-2013 |
| 20130272262 | MULTI-ACCESS SCHEME AND SIGNAL STRUCTURE FOR D2D COMMUNICATIONS - A signal structure for use in D2D communications is described. In one embodiment, a preamble for automatic gain control at the receiver end is included in the transmitted signal. Techniques for scheduling of D2D transmissions using carrier sensing multiple access (CSMA) and a power control schemes for interference management are also described. | 10-17-2013 |
| 20130272263 | HIERARCHICAL CHANNEL SOUNDING AND CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION FEEDBACK IN MASSIVE MIMO SYSTEMS - Time, frequency and spatial processing parameters for communications between a base station and a mobile station are selected by transmitting synchronization signals in multiple slices of a wireless transmission sector for the base station, and receiving feedback from the mobile station of at least one preferred slice of the multiple slices. In response to selection of one of the slices as an active slice for communications between the base station and the mobile station, reference signals are transmitted in the selected active slice using a corresponding selected precoder and/or codebook. The mobile station estimates and feeds back channel state information (CSI) based on those reference signals, and the CSI is then employed to determine communication parameters for communications between the base station and mobile station that are specific to the mobile station. | 10-17-2013 |
| 20130279466 | TECHNIQUE FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DOWNLINK REFERENCE SIGNALS - A technique for receiving and transmitting downlink reference signals is disclosed. When transmitting downlink data demodulation reference signals (DMRS) (or reference signals for downlink data demodulation) by using two or more layers, the DMRS of each layer may be multiplexed by using a code division multiplexing method and then transmitted. The DMRS for each of the two or more layers may be used for one user equipment or for two or more user equipments. And, downlink control signals for transmitting and receiving such DMRS may be configured to have the same format regardless of a single-user mode (or SU-MIMO mode) or a multi-user mode (or MU-MIMO mode), thereby being used. | 10-24-2013 |
| 20130279467 | METHOD OF PROTOCOL ABSTRACTION LEVEL (PAL) FREQUENCY SYNCHRONIZATION - Embodiments of wireless devices and methods to support a clock synchronization protocol that is provided independently and in parallel to multiple protocol abstraction level (PAL) and other upper layer entities and to multiple streams per each of the PAL and the upper layer entities. The frequency and time synchronization messages are delivered by MAC management action frames and can be aggregated in A-MPDU together with data, management and control MPDUs. | 10-24-2013 |
| 20130279468 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CHANNEL ESTIMATION - To facilitate sending a reference signal in a wireless communication environment, a transmitter sends a reference signal in a first time-frequency resource to a user equipment (UE); the transmitter sends data information in a first portion of a second time-frequency resource different from the first time-frequency resource to the UE; and the transmitter excludes data information from being sent in a second portion of the second time-frequency resource. The second portion of the second time-frequency resource is designated for use by another transmitter for sending another reference signal to the UE. | 10-24-2013 |
| 20130279469 | Method and System for Allocating Communication Resources - A method of allocating communication resources for a communication between a transmitter and a receiver in a communication system, the communication resources being divided in time periods and frequency sub-bands. The transmitter receives a channel quality measurement sent by the receiver. The transmitter performs allocation of a first part of the communication resources to the receiver according to the channel quality measurement if allocation of the first part is selected, or allocation of a second part of the communication resources to the receiver if allocation of the first part is not selected. The transmitter informs the receiver of allocated communication resources, and the allocated communication resources being designated for frequency localized channels or for frequency distributed channels. | 10-24-2013 |
| 20130286999 | BASE STATION AND METHOD FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION USING LOCALIZED AND DISTRIBUTED RESOURCE BLOCKS - Embodiments of a base station and method for resource allocation using localized and distributed resource blocks are generally described herein. The base station comprises processing circuitry to allocate localized resources to user stations based on receipt of channel quality information received from the user stations and to allocate distributed resource to user stations based on non-receipt of channel quality information. The base station also comprises physical layer circuitry to transmit control information on a physical channel to indicate the resources that are allocated to each scheduled user station. | 10-31-2013 |
| 20130287000 | TECHNIQUES FOR FORMATTING SIGNALS FOR TRANSMISSION USING A WIRELESS NETWORK - Techniques are described for forming signals for transmission to a receiver. Two transmitters can form resource blocks with different Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) demodulation reference signal (DMRS) patterns that are orthogonal over time and/or frequency to each other. The transmitters can simultaneously transmit the same resource block but with different DMRS patterns. If a receiver is mounted with two antennas, the receiver can utilize a MIMO receiver to differentiate resource blocks from two transmitters. | 10-31-2013 |
| 20130287001 | MODULAR BASE STATION - A base station module configured to be part of a group of base station modules comprising the base station module and other base station modules, the group of base station modules together forming a base station, and having antennas for receiving radio signals from mobile stations in a base station communication band, a communication interface for transferring data obtained via the received radio signals to the other base station modules and for receiving corresponding data from the other base station module, a data handling unit selects data for transfer to the other base station modules and an uplink data processing unit processes channels used by a subset of the mobile stations communicating with the base station, where the subset is assigned to the base station module. The base station module uses the data received from the other base station modules to influence processing in the uplink data processing unit. | 10-31-2013 |
| 20130294398 | Interference Suppression for Cellular Networks - A framework for enabling a user equipment (UE) to apply interference suppression processing during network conditions that are favorable to interference suppression or that are known is provided. The framework includes an interference suppression (IS) time and frequency (time/frequency) zone, which can be scheduled by a serving base station and signaled to the UE. In an embodiment, the serving base station coordinates with the interfering base station(s) to create a network condition favorable to interference suppression at the UE during the IS time/frequency zone. In another embodiment, the serving base station opportunistically schedules the IS time/frequency zone for the UE whenever it determines favorable transmission parameters being used or scheduled for use by the interfering base station(s). The UE applies interference suppression processing within the IS time/frequency zone, thereby improving receiver performance. Outside the time/frequency zone, the UE may disable interference suppression processing so as not to degrade receiver performance. | 11-07-2013 |
| 20130294399 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD FOR MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION (MTC) AND MTC APPARATUS - A data transmission method for Machine Type Communication (MTC) and a MTC apparatus are disclosed. The data transmission method for MTC includes: dividing each of a plurality of subframes configured with time resources and frequency resources into a first region for transmitting control information and a second region for transmitting data; and allocating resources for MTC to the second region of each subframe according to a predetermined hopping period and a predetermined hopping frequency interval. Accordingly, it is possible to increase the data transfer rate of a MTC apparatus. | 11-07-2013 |
| 20130294400 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRIGGERING AND TRANSMITTING UPLINK SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL - Embodiments of the present invention disclose methods and apparatuses for dynamically triggering an uplink sounding reference signal for a carrier aggregation system, methods and apparatus for transmitting an uplink sounding reference signal for a carrier aggregation system. One embodiment discloses a method for dynamically configuring an uplink sounding reference signal for a carrier aggregation system, wherein an uplink schedule in the system comprises an SRS request field. The method comprises: pre-assigning mapping relationships between different values of the SRS request in the uplink schedule and joint coding of a carrier aggregation parameter and at least one user-specific RSR parameters, the carrier aggregation parameter indicating one or more carrier components; determining the carrier aggregation parameter and the at least one user-specific SRS parameter; assigning values to the SRS request field in the uplink schedule based on the pre-assigned mapping relationships, the determined carrier aggregation parameter and the at least one user-specific SRS parameter; transmitting the uplink schedule. | 11-07-2013 |
| 20130294401 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MUTING POSITIONING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN HETEROGENEOUS COMMUNICATION ENVIRONMENT AND METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MEASURING POSITION USING SAME - The present invention relates to a method and a device for muting a positioning reference signal (PRS) in a wireless communication system, in particular, a heterogeneous communication system, and to a method for measuring the position of a user equipment using same. In the heterogeneous communication system having one or more macro cells and one or more non-macro cells located inside each of the macro cells, the non-macro cells do not transmit the PRS separately, and do not transmit data but execute muting in a time-frequency resource area where one or more specific macro cells from the macro cells transmit the PRS. The present invention can be used to minimize the influence of interference between base stations of different forms in the heterogeneous communication environment, and promote enhancement of accuracy in measuring the position of the user equipment. | 11-07-2013 |
| 20130294402 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING POSITIONING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN HETEROGENEOUS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and a device for transmitting/receiving a positioning reference signal (PRS) in a wireless communication system, in particular, a heterogeneous communication system. In the heterogeneous communication system having one or more macro cells and one or more non-macro cells located in each of the macro cells, the non-macro cells or the macro cells transmit the PRS by forming and transmitting respective PRS patterns in a time-frequency resource area that does not duplicate a time-frequency resource area where corresponding macro cells or corresponding non-macro cells transmit the PRS. The present invention can be used to minimize the influence of interference between base stations of different forms in the heterogeneous communication environment, and promote enhancement of accuracy in measuring the position of a user equipment. | 11-07-2013 |
| 20130301605 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR SEQUENTIAL/PARALLEL WIRELESS MESSAGES - Method, apparatus, and computer program product embodiments provide signaling mechanisms for wireless networks composed of a large number of stations. An example method embodiment comprises: receiving by a wireless client device, a first message from an access point device, the first message comprising information related to resource allocation that at least partly indicates a resource allocation in time-frequency space for the wireless client device; decoding by the wireless client device, the information related to resource allocation, using a connection identifier that identifies the wireless client device within a wireless network managed by the access point device, to obtain the resource allocation in time-frequency space; and transmitting by the wireless client device to the access point device, a second message using the resource allocation in time-frequency space. | 11-14-2013 |
| 20130301606 | LOAD AWARE RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - A technique for resource allocation in a wireless network (for example, an access point type wireless network), which supports concurrent communication on a band of channels, is provided. The technique includes accepting connectivity information for the network that supports concurrent communication on the band of channels. A conflict graph is generated from the connectivity information. The generated conflict graph models concurrent communication on the band of channels. A linear programming approach, which incorporates information form the conflict graph and rate requirements for nodes of the network, can be utilized to maximize throughput of the network. | 11-14-2013 |
| 20130308595 | REUSE OF LEGACY RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGY - The specification and drawings present a new method, apparatus and software related product (e.g., a computer readable memory) for using (or reusing) unused frequency resources/channels in a legacy radio access technology system (a first radio access technology system) such as GSM as additional/reused resources for a future/advanced radio access technology systems (a second radio access technology system) such as LTE wireless system. In one embodiment, the extension carrier may be used to simultaneously deploy/assign, e.g., LTE transmission in the same frequency band as the legacy radio access technology system such as GSM with LTE transmission occupying empty GSM time plus frequency slots. In a further embodiment, LTE system over-provisioning may be used so that individual GSM channel(s) can be deactivated and used by the LTE system. | 11-21-2013 |
| 20130308596 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMISSION OF PHYSICAL CHANNEL IN DwPTS - For use in a wireless network, a method for scheduling a Downlink Pilot Time Slot (DwPTS) subframe is provided. The method comprises expanding Physical Resource Blocks (PRBs) in a subframe prior to a DwPTS subframe to include resource elements (REs) of the DwPTS subframe, a number of OFDM symbols of the DwPTS subframe being less than or equal to a threshold OFDM symbol number. The method further comprises facilitating for a UE to demodulate REs in a DwPTS subframe based on DeModulation Reference Signals (DMRS) transmitted in a downlink subframe prior to the DwPTS subframe. | 11-21-2013 |
| 20130315198 | FEEDBACK TO ENHANCE RATE PREDICTION WITH BURSTY INTERFERENCE - When a UE does not completely decode a packet transmitted from a base station, the UE may send ACK/NACK to the base station, upon which the base station may retransmit the packet based on the ACK/NACK. However, the ACK/NACK fails to provide the base station with information needed by the UE for completely decoding the packet. Accordingly, a method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus receives a packet from a base station having a first MCS, determines information to provide to the base station, wherein the information comprises CQI relating to a channel condition and/or interference condition corresponding to time-frequency resources allocated for the received packet, and sends the information to the base station. Thereafter, the apparatus re-receives the packet from the base station, the re-received packet having a second MCS according to the information sent to the base station. | 11-28-2013 |
| 20130315199 | INTEGRATED CIRCUIT FOR CHANNEL ARRANGEMENT AND RADIO COMMUNICATION - Provided is a radio communication base station device which can prevent lowering of use efficiency of a channel communication resource for performing a frequency diversity transmission when simultaneously performing a frequency scheduling transmission and the frequency diversity transmission in a multicarrier communication. In the device, a modulation unit ( | 11-28-2013 |
| 20130315200 | PUNCTURING SIGNALING CHANNEL FOR A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A signaling channel that punctures traffic channels is used to send signaling, e.g., acknowledgments (ACKs). To send signaling, resources for the signaling channel are determined, e.g., based on a frequency hopping pattern. Signaling is spread with a spreading code (e.g., a Walsh code) to generate spread signaling, which is mapped to the resources for the signaling channel. Each resource may be partitioned into multiple clusters. A signaling message may be mapped to different clusters to achieve diversity. Traffic data may also be mapped to other resources for a traffic channel assigned for use. Traffic data mapped to the other resources for the signaling channel is punctured. The mapped signaling and traffic data are further processed (e.g., for OFDM or SC-FDMA) and transmitted. | 11-28-2013 |
| 20130336280 | Signaling of Precoding Vector Pattern in a Lean-Carrier System - In a system using spatial precoding, in the event that reliable channel state information is unavailable, a transmitting node uses an extended transmission mode, in which the precoders applied to data within each of several groups of time-frequency resources vary according to frequency. The extended transmission mode creates a frequency-selective variation in precoders, which may appear to be random, while using DMRS-based transmission. This variation is achieved by applying different precoders to the resource elements carrying data, using a pattern of precoder variation that is known to the receiving device. The precoding applied to DMRS within a given group of time-frequency resources is held constant—thus, the varying precoders within a given group of time-frequency resources are only applied to data elements, not to the DMRS resource elements. | 12-19-2013 |
| 20130336281 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR COORDINATING IN-DEVICE COEXISTENCE INTERFERENCE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - This specification provides an apparatus and method for coordinating IDC interference in a wireless communication system. The method includes performing triggering for requesting an eNB to coordinate interference generated in reception in a second frequency band of a second network system within UE due to transmission in a first frequency band of a first network system within the UE, sending HAI, comprising first assistance information that supports the eNB in coordinating the interference in a frequency domain based on an FDM scheme and second assistance information that supports the eNB in coordinating the interference in a time domain based on a TDM scheme, to the eNB, and receiving response information indicative of an acceptance or rejection of the coordination of the interference from the eNB as a response to the HAI. | 12-19-2013 |
| 20130336282 | TRANSMITTER APPARATUS, RECEIVER APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - A transmitter apparatus to transmit to a plurality of receiver apparatuses a data signal at the same timing and on the same frequency, includes a transmitter unit that transmits a demodulation reference signal addressed to a first receiver apparatus and a demodulation reference signal addressed to a second receiver apparatus different from the first receiver apparatus at the same timing and on the same frequency. | 12-19-2013 |
| 20130343338 | EFFICIENT ADAPTABLE WIRELESS NETWORK SYSTEM WITH AGILE BEAMFORMING - Beamforming for adapting wireless signaling beams in an adaptive and agile manner is contemplated. The beamforming may be characterized by adaptively constructing beam form parameters to provide wireless signaling in a manner that maximizes efficiency and bandwidth according to device positioning relative to a responding base station. | 12-26-2013 |
| 20130343339 | Communicating a Feedback Data Structure Containing Information Identifying Coding to be Applied on Wirelessly Communicated Signaling - To perform wireless communications in a closed loop multiple input, multiple output (MIMO) system, a feedback data structure is communicated over a wireless channel between a first wireless node and a second wireless node, where the feedback data structure contains indicators identifying coding to be applied by the second wireless node on signaling communicated between the second wireless node and the first wireless node, where the information in the feedback data structure is based on wireless channel conditions detected at the first wireless node. The indicators identify different codings to be used for different corresponding bands in the wireless channel. | 12-26-2013 |
| 20130343340 | METHOD FOR RECEIVING DOWNLINK SIGNAL AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SAME, AND DEVICE FOR RECEIVING SAME AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING SAME - The present invention relates to a method for a transmission device to transmit data and a reference signal for demodulation for the data, to a reception device. The transmission device of the present invention appropriately configures the reference signal for demodulation of the data being transmitted to the reception device by the transmission device, and transmits the reference signal to the reception device with the data. According to embodiments of the present invention, the demodulation performance for the data transmitted from the transmission device to the reception device is enhanced. | 12-26-2013 |
| 20130343341 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF REQUESTING CHANNEL ACCESS IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK - A method and apparatus of requesting a channel access in a wireless local area network is provided. A transmitter transmits a plurality of Request To Send (RTS) frames over a plurality of requesting channels and receives at least one Clear To Send (CTS) frame over at least one responding channel as a response for the plurality of RTS frames. Each of the plurality of RTS frames indicates a bandwidth for the plurality of requesting channels, and the at least one CTS frame indicates a bandwidth for the at least one responding channel. | 12-26-2013 |
| 20140003387 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TERMINAL TO TRANSMIT/RECEIVE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM HAVING CARRIER AGGREGATION TECHNIQUE APPLIED THERETO | 01-02-2014 |
| 20140023034 | Frame Based, On-Demand Spectrum Contention Protocol Vector Messaging - Systems and methods are disclosed by which base stations with overlapping service areas allocate frames within superframes of a channel in a cognitive radio communication network. The frames are assigned for sole use by a base station on a frame-by-frame basis using a Frame-Based, On-Demand Spectrum Contention process. The process resolves contentions for use of frames using equally probable random numbers. The results of the process are transmitted and received between base stations using vector messages. Applications of the methods and systems include Wireless Regional Area Networks (WRANs), including those using the standards of IEEE 802.22. | 01-23-2014 |
| 20140029567 | TRANSMITTING DATA WITHIN A MESH NETWORK - Systems and methods for communicating data within mesh networks are provided. According to one implementation, a data communication node comprises a radio frequency (RF) driver configured to transmit RF signals to and receive RF signals from a remote device via an antenna. The node further comprises a timing device configured to establish a plurality of sequential time periods having start times and end times in synchronization with corresponding time periods of the remote device. The node also includes a memory device configured to store a frequency channel table listing a predetermined sequence of channels, the table also being stored in the remote device. Furthermore, the node comprises a transmitting module configured to forward information related to a data packet to the RF driver for transmission over a channel of the predetermined sequence of channels to the remote device during a first of the plurality of sequential time periods. | 01-30-2014 |
| 20140029568 | MACHINE TO MACHINE (M2M) FRAME WITHIN A FRAME - A method for use in a wireless communications system includes transmitting M | 01-30-2014 |
| 20140029569 | Method for Allocating Multi-UEs' Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) Uplink Resources and eNB - The present invention is to provide a method for allocating multi-UEs' Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) uplink resources, and an eNB for allocating multi-UEs' SRS uplink resources with the method. The method may automatically and dynamically allocate multi-UEs' SRS resource in both the time domain resource and the frequency domain resource in accordance with system capacity attribute value and configured SRS transmission period. When multi-UEs' SRS are positioned in the same time domain resource and same frequency domain resource, it is also possible to further divide the multi-UEs' SRS automatically by a method of configuring cyclic shift. According to the method of the present invention, the eNB may allocate SRS resources for multi-UEs more flexibly and effectively, which reduces disturbance to multi-UEs' SRS, improves the decoding performance of physical layer, and thus improves the stability of a system. | 01-30-2014 |
| 20140036859 | Methods to Increase Sounding Capacity for LTE-Advanced Systems - This invention is a method of wireless communication between a base station and at least one user equipment. The base station signals a user equipment to produce a burst of a number of sounding reference signals having a predetermined burst duration. The user equipment sounds wireless channel to the base station via a burst of sounding reference signals having the predetermined burst duration. The base station schedules transmission of user equipment in time and frequency domain according to a CQI estimated from the received sounding reference signals. | 02-06-2014 |
| 20140036860 | DETERMINATION OF FREQUENCY OFFSET - A method in a sending system entity for estimating a frequency offset associated with a data transfer from a receiving system entity in a mobile communication network is disclosed. The method includes extracting user data associated with a predefined user from the transferred data and transforming the extracted user data into a time domain. The method also includes estimating a resource symbol phase offset, θ | 02-06-2014 |
| 20140036861 | HIGH-POWER BASE STATION AND LOW-POWER BASE STATION FOR USE IN HEREROGENEOUS NETWORK AND TRANSMISSION METHODS THEREOF - A high-power base station and a low-power base station for use in a heterogeneous network system and transmission methods thereof are provided. Interference caused by the high-power base station in control channels of the heterogeneous network system are avoided effectively based on one of the following strategies: (1) transmitting control information of the low-power base station by the high-power base station in the same control channel; (2) transmitting control information of the low-power base station by the low-power base station attached with a user end in a specific control channel which is pre-defined by the low-power base station; and (3) transmitting control information of the low-power base station by the low-power base station in a specific control channel which is determined based on an offset allocated by the heterogeneous network system. | 02-06-2014 |
| 20140036862 | METHOD AND NETWORK ENTITY FOR SCHEDULING RADIO RESOURCES IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A method and radio network entity for scheduling resources comprising: selecting the user for which the scheduling metric calculated based on CQI reports is a main maximum in a certain frequency subband and checking whether there is another as subband in which the selected user has a calculated scheduling metric value higher than the main maximum. If so, secondary maxima of scheduling metrics for said user and others in another different subband are searched and compared with the previous calculated maximum. According to the result of this comparison, each user is assigned to at least one frequency subband, up to K subbands which can be adjacent or not depending upon the configuration of the network entity in uplink and downlink (e.g., supporting LTE). Scheduling of both time and frequency resources is optimized and simultaneously the throughput of users in a cell is maximized. | 02-06-2014 |
| 20140036863 | Channel Switching Method in a Medical Body Area Network - The disclosure of the present invention provides a method for a Medical Body Area Network (MBAN) to control, through a master, the channel switching of an MBAN terminal that uses a channel of a first frequency band in an MBAN system. The method includes: receiving information related to the use of each channel of a second frequency band from an MBAN controller; and transmitting information on a channel of the second frequency band that the MBAN terminal is to switch on the basis of the received information related to the use of each channel of the second frequency band. The first frequency band and the second frequency band are distinguished from each other based on whether the MBAN terminal uses a corresponding frequency band first. | 02-06-2014 |
| 20140036864 | FREQUENCY HOPPING - A communications node includes data defining a division of a communications channel into a plurality of contiguous sub-bands each having N frequency resources, data defining an initial allocation of the frequency resources, a resource determination module operable to apply a frequency shift to the initially allocated frequency resources in accordance with a frequency hopping sequence to determine frequency resources to use for communicating information according to the following: | 02-06-2014 |
| 20140036865 | METHOD FOR DATA PACKET SCHEDULING IN A TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method scheduling data packets and control information in a telecommunication network for transmission in a group of OFDM symbols available in a transmission time interval. A set of the data packets to be scheduled is first selected by a scheduler, which then searches control solutions for scheduling control information associated to the set of data packets in a predetermined number of OFDM symbols of the OFDM symbol group. The scheduler searches data solutions for scheduling the selected data packets in other OFDM symbols available. The scheduler repeats searches of data and control solutions considering different sets of data packets and different numbers of OFDM symbols for scheduling control information. Finally, the scheduler schedules data packets and control information according to a scheduling solution, wherein control information is scheduled according to a control solution and data packets are scheduled according to a data solution associated to the control solution. | 02-06-2014 |
| 20140044089 | MULTI-USER MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT RADIO COMMUNICATIONS - A radio communications system conducts radio communications using basic physical channels. Each basic physical channel defines a time slot and a radio frequency for transmission. Radio communication is established between a radio base station and multiple UEs over the same basic physical channel. Three or four subchannels are provided in the same basic physical channel to simultaneously support three or four full rate UE communications, seven or eight half rate UE communications, or other equivalent combinations. A first baseband transmitter chain can map full rate data corresponding to first and second full rate UE communications (or equivalent) as adaptive quadrature phase shift keying, AQPSK, signals onto a first and a second of the three subchannels. A second baseband transmitter chain can map full rate data corresponding to a third and/or fourth full rate UE communication (or equivalent) as phase shifted signals onto a third of the three subchannels. | 02-13-2014 |
| 20140044090 | Communication Units, Integrated Circuits and Methods for Supporting a Virtual Carrier - A network element for controlling a usage of at least one resource is described. The network element comprises: a transmitter for transmitting a signal identifying at least one uplink resource to at least one wireless communication unit; a signal processor operably coupled to the transmitter for generating the signal; and a receiver for receiving a transmission from the at least one wireless communication unit on the identified at least one uplink resource. The signal processor is arranged to allocate the uplink resource for the at least one wireless communication unit in a first portion of a first sub-frame on a first frequency and a first portion of a second sub-frame on a second frequency wherein a time gap is allocated between an end of the first portion of the first sub-frame and a beginning of the first portion of a second sub-frame. | 02-13-2014 |
| 20140044091 | RECEIVER, TRANSMITTER AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - Provided are a receiver, a transmitter and a radio communication method capable of using non-orthogonal multiple access while suppressing cost increase and processing delay. A mobile station | 02-13-2014 |
| 20140044092 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OR NEGATIVE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT INDICATION INFORMATION - The present invention discloses a method and device for transmitting ACK/NACK indication information. A network-side device configures at least two carriers for a UE; transmits PDCCH information to the UE; selects one of at least two timing relationships as a first timing relationship; determines a corresponding third uplink subframe and first carrier; indicate related information corresponding to the third uplink subframe and the first carrier to the UE; in the third uplink subframe of the first carrier, determines a first channel resource, and indicates the first channel resource to the UE; and receives an ACK/NACK fed back by the UE on the allocated resource. | 02-13-2014 |
| 20140044093 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SENDING SCHEDULING INFORMATION FOR BROADCAST AND MULTICAST SERVICES IN A CELLULAR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for supporting broadcast, multicast, and unicast services in a cellular system are described. A Node B may multiplex data for broadcast and multicast services and data for unicast services on radio resources available for transmission. The Node B may periodically send scheduling information used to determine the radio resources carrying the broadcast and multicast services. In one design, the Node B may time division multiplex the data for the broadcast and multicast services and the data for the unicast services. The scheduling information may convey time unit(s) used for each broadcast or multicast service. In another design, the Node B may map the data for the broadcast and multicast services to time frequency blocks. The scheduling information may (i) convey the time frequency block(s) used for each broadcast or multicast service or (ii) point to control information conveying the time frequency block(s) used for each service. | 02-13-2014 |
| 20140044094 | Multiplexing and Transmission of Multiple Data Streams in a Wireless Multi-Carrier Communication System - Techniques for multiplexing and transmitting multiple data streams are described. Transmission of the multiple data streams occurs in “super-frames”. Each super-frame has a predetermined time duration and is further divided into multiple (e.g., four) frames. Each data block for each data stream is outer encoded to generate a corresponding code block. Each code block is partitioned into multiple subblocks, and each data packet in each code block is inner encoded and modulated to generate modulation symbols for the packet. The multiple subblocks for each code block are transmitted in the multiple frames of the same super-frame, one subblock per frame. Each data stream is allocated a number of transmission units in each super-frame and is assigned specific transmission units to achieve efficient packing. A wireless device can select and receive individual data streams. | 02-13-2014 |
| 20140050194 | MULTIPLE TIMING ADVANCE GROUPS (TAGS) FOR UL CARRIER AGGREGATION (CA) - Techniques are provided for assigning aggregated component carriers. For example, a method may include receiving from a user equipment (UE) a set of rules associated with timing advance groups (TAGs) comprising allowable combinations of frequency bands. The method may include determining frequencies of aggregated component carriers. The method may include assigning the aggregated component carriers to at least one timing advance group based on the allowable combinations of frequency bands and the determined frequencies of the aggregated component carriers. | 02-20-2014 |
| 20140050195 | System and Method for Resource Block-Specific Control Signaling - A system and method is disclosed for resource block-specific control signaling in a communication system. Communication data is transmitted using a transmission channel comprising a plurality of resource blocks defined by allocating time-frequency slots in a transmission resource. Resource block control information is transmitted in a “feed-forward” manner to a user end (UE) or group of UEs using channels physically mapped into scheduled resource blocks (RBs) for that user or group of users. Embodiments of the invention provide an RB-specific control channel that comprises RB control elements that are embedded within scheduled resource blocks. The invention, therefore, reduces the amount of control information that must be transmitted by common or shared control channels. | 02-20-2014 |
| 20140056274 | CAPACITY INCREASING DEVICES AND METHODS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - The present patent application improves DARP by allowing multiple users on one time slot (MUROS). It comprises means and instructions for sharing signals on a single channel, comprising setting up a new connection, allocating a new time slot if there is an unused time slot on a channel frequency, selecting an used time slot for the new connection to share with an existing connection if there is not an unused time slot on the channel frequency, and selecting a different training sequence code for the new connection if the used time slot on the channel frequency has been selected for the new connection to share with an existing connection. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also claimed and described. | 02-27-2014 |
| 20140056275 | ADJUSTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION REPORTS TO IMPROVE MULTI-RADIO COEXISTENCE - In a multi-radio user equipment (UE) various techniques may be used to buffer communications for a first radio access technology (RAT). A low channel quality for a second RAT is reported. An indication to halt downlink communications of the second RAT based on the reported low channel quality is received. The buffered communications by the first RAT when the second RAT downlink communications are halted are transmitted. An indication to the second RAT is sent to resume normal channel quality reporting. | 02-27-2014 |
| 20140056276 | TIME-FREQUENCY SCHEDULING TO IMPROVE MULTI-RADIO COEXISTENCE - A user equipment (UE) uses information regarding dynamic resource allocation in a mobile wireless service (MWS) radio access technology (RAT) to improve MWS and wireless connectivity network (WCN) RAT coexistence. The UE may receive an indication of time and frequency resources of future activity of the MWS RAT. The UE may schedule communications of the WCN RAT based at least in part on the indication of the time and frequency resources of the future activity. | 02-27-2014 |
| 20140056277 | COEXISTENCE MANAGEMENT USING A-PRIORI TIME DOMAIN INFORMATION - A user equipment (UE) uses information regarding the timing of scheduling mobile wireless services (MWS) RAT communications to improve MWS and wireless network connectivity (WCN) radio access technology coexistence. To allow sufficient time for an uplink grant to be received by the UE in advance of the scheduled uplink time, an uplink grant may be sent in advance of the scheduled uplink time. In some instances, the UE may receive an indication of scheduled uplink time of the MWS RAT via a physical layer communication. The UE may schedule communications of the WCN RAT based at least in part on the indication of future activity. | 02-27-2014 |
| 20140056278 | PHYSICAL LAYER OPERATION FOR MULTI-LAYER OPERATION IN A WIRELESS SYSTEM - Methods and systems are disclosed for providing physical layer resources to a plurality of medium access control (MAC) instances that are associated with different serving sites that are independently scheduled. For example, a WTRU may utilize a first physical layer configuration for transmitting to a first serving site associated with a first MAC instance. The WTRU may utilize a second physical layer configuration for transmitting to a second serving site associated with a second MAC instance. The WTRU may prevent conflicts between transmission requests from the first MAC instance and transmission requests from the second MAC instance. For example, preventing the conflicts may include utilizing one or more of time segregation or frequency segregation for transmissions associated with the first MAC instance and transmissions associated with the second MAC instance. | 02-27-2014 |
| 20140056279 | MAPPING AN ENHANCED PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL - Technology for mapping an enhanced physical downlink control channel to physical resource blocks in a radio frame is disclosed. One method comprises mapping modulated symbols in the ePDCCH to at least one control channel element. The at least one control channel element may be mapped to resource elements located in a plurality of distributed physical resource blocks in a subframe, wherein each resource block is in a distributed resource block group and is separated by at least one additional resource block in the subframe. The mapping may also be to resource elements distributed in a single resource block in the subframe, wherein the control channel element is mapped to be distributed in frequency and time relative to other mapped resource elements in the single resource block and the single resource block belongs to a localized resource block group. | 02-27-2014 |
| 20140056280 | COMMUNICATION METHOD FOR CONTROL CHANNEL AND APPARATUS - The present invention provides a communication method for a control channel and an apparatus, where the control channel includes at least one timeslot, and the method includes: obtaining, according to a first data symbol sequence to be transmitted in a timeslot and coefficients a(i) and d(i), a second data symbol sequence and a third data symbol sequence, where, in a(i)+d(i), at least one pair of a(u)+d(u) and a(v)+d(v) have unequal moduli; and using the same extension sequence [w(0), w(1), . . . , w(N−1)] to process the second data symbol sequence and the third data symbol sequence, mapping the processed data respectively onto the same time-frequency resources corresponding to a first antenna array and a second antenna array, and transmitting the data, where i, u, and v are integers, 0≦i≦M−1, and u≠v. | 02-27-2014 |
| 20140056281 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING AND PROCESSING SEQUENCES INCOMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for allocating and processing sequences in a communication system is disclosed. The method includes: dividing sequences in a sequence group into multiple sub-groups, each sub-group corresponding to its own mode of occupying time frequency resources; selecting sequences from a candidate sequence collection corresponding to each sub-group to form the sequences in the sub-group by: the sequences in a sub-group i in a sequence group k being composed of n sequences in the candidate sequence collection, the n sequences making a |r | 02-27-2014 |
| 20140056282 | INTERFERENCE COORDINATION METHOD, BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present invention provide an interference coordination method, a base station, and a communication system. The method includes: acquiring first user channel state information on a first time-frequency resource on which interference coordination is to be performed; acquiring second user channel state information on the first time-frequency resource; pairing a first user and a second user according to the first user channel state information and the second user channel state information to obtain transmit power and a precoding matrix that are corresponding to the second user; and transmitting data to the second user on the first time-frequency resource according to the transmit power and the precoding matrix, but not transmitting data to the first user on the first time-frequency resource. | 02-27-2014 |
| 20140056283 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND PROGRAM - Provided is a wireless communication device which includes a notification information transmitting unit for transmitting, via a wireless communication network, notification information of the wireless communication device, a notification information receiving unit for receiving notification information transmitted from another device, a frequency switching unit for successively switching, at random cycles, a frequency at which the notification information is transmitted or a frequency at which the notification information is received, and a transmission processing unit for performing a data transmission process after transmitting or receiving an acknowledgement to the notification information to/from such other device. | 02-27-2014 |
| 20140064238 | FLEXIBLE LOW COMPLEXITY REFERENCE SIGNAL FILTERING FOR LTE RECEIVERS - A method and system generates channel response estimates by performing time direction filtering of first channel estimates obtained from frequency direction filtering. A baseband integrated circuit (BBIC) receives information signals comprising reference signals, control signals provided by physical control channels, and data signals provided by physical data channels. Using a latency requirement of a physical channel, symbol selection logic selects valid reference signal symbol positions corresponding to first channel estimates from among frequency filtered received reference signals. A coefficient set selection logic selects a set of filter coefficients from among multiple sets of pre-optimized coefficients, utilizing at least one of (a) the latency requirement, (b) a channel condition, and (c) the selected reference signal symbol positions. A time direction filter uses the selected filter coefficients to filter the first channel estimates in order to generate a channel response estimate for a resource element of the physical channel. | 03-06-2014 |
| 20140064239 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING PILOT TONE IN ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEXING ACCESS SYSTEM, AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ESTIMATING CHANNEL USING IT - The present invention relates to a pilot tone generating method and apparatus of an orthogonal frequency division multiple access system and method, and a channel estimation method and apparatus using the same. The channel estimation apparatus includes a pilot tone extracting unit for extracting a pilot tone, which is inserted within a frame with data tone, masked with an orthogonal code; a pilot tone unmasking unit for unmasking of the pilot tone extracted from the pilot tone extracting unit by using an orthogonal code information; and a channel estimation operating unit for estimating a channel by calculating an average of the pilot tones which is unmasked in the unmasking unit. | 03-06-2014 |
| 20140064240 | Channel Configuration in a Wireless Network - A base station transmits a message comprising configuration parameters of first radio resources of a control channel. The first radio resources comprise one or more sets of resource blocks in a subset of subframes in a plurality of subframes. The base station transmits scheduling information on the control channel for a packet transmitted on an uplink data channel. The base station transmits a positive or negative acknowledgement on second radio resources of a feedback channel for the received packet. The second radio resources start from the first OFDM symbol of a second subframe. | 03-06-2014 |
| 20140064241 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND A COMMUNICATION METHOD - Provided is a radio communication device which can reduce ISI caused by destruction of an orthogonal DFT matrix even when an SC-FDMA signal is divided into a plurality of clusters and the clusters are respectively mapped to discontinuous frequency bands. The radio communication device includes a DFT unit ( | 03-06-2014 |
| 20140064242 | MULTIPLEXING CONTROL AND DATA INFORMATION FROM A USER EQUIPMENT IN MIMO TRANSMISSION MODE - A method and apparatus are provided for multiplexing Uplink Control Information (UCI) with data information in a Physical Uplink Shared CHannel (PUSCH) transmitted over multiple spatial layers where aspects of the UCI multiplexing include the determination of the number of coded UCI symbols in each spatial layer when the data information is conveyed using multiple Transport Blocks (TBs), the determination of the number of coded UCI symbols in each spatial layer when the PUSCH conveys a single TB retransmission for a Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ) process while the initial TB transmission for the same HARQ process was in a PUSCH conveying multiple TBs, and the determination of the modulation scheme for the coded UCI symbols. | 03-06-2014 |
| 20140064243 | Method and Systems for OFDM Using Code Division Multiplexing - In some embodiments of the invention, OFDM symbols are transmitted as a plurality of clusters. A cluster includes a plurality of OFDM sub-carriers in frequency, over a plurality of OFDM symbol durations in time. Each cluster includes data as well as pilot information as a reference signal for channel estimation. In some embodiments, a plurality of clusters collectively occupy the available sub-carrier set in the frequency domain that is used for transmission. In some embodiments of the invention data and/or pilots are spread within each cluster using code division multiplexing (CDM). In some embodiments pilots and data are separated by distributing data on a particular number of the plurality of OFDM symbol durations and pilots on a remainder of the OFDM symbol durations. CDM spreading can be performed in time and/or frequency directions. | 03-06-2014 |
| 20140064244 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention is designed to provide a base station apparatus, a mobile terminal apparatus, a communication system and a communication method that cope with the shortage of downlink control channel capacity. For a mobile terminal apparatus that receives downlink signals using a resource region for downlink control signals and a resource region for downlink data signals, a base station apparatus is configured to set a plurality of virtual to resources for downlink control signals in a plurality of physical resources that are arranged in a frequency direction in the resource region for downlink data signals, and allocate the downlink control signals, in a distributed manner, between virtual resources of a relatively low frequency band side and virtual resources of a relatively high frequency band side in a plurality of virtual resources. | 03-06-2014 |
| 20140071934 | Aggregation of Resources in Enhanced Control Channels - The set of resource aggregation levels available for forming an enhanced control channel message may vary from one subframe to another, based on the level of puncturing in the transmitted subframes. An example method begins with determining ( | 03-13-2014 |
| 20140071935 | MULTIPLEXING RESOURCE ELEMENT GROUPS FOR CONTROL CHANNEL ELEMENTS OF CONTROL CHANNELS - Methods and apparatus are described for forming Control Channel Elements (CCEs) from Resource Element Groups (REGs) that are located in one or more Physical Resource Block (PRB) pairs from a set of PRB pairs, for determining a first symbol in a Transmission Time Interval (TTI) for a Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH), and for determining whether the PDSCH includes all PRB pairs indicated by a respective PDCCH scheduling the PDSCH. | 03-13-2014 |
| 20140071936 | METHOD OF SCRAMBLING SIGNALS, TRANSMISSION POINT DEVICE AND USER EQUIPMENT USING THE METHOD - Method of scrambling signals, transmission point device and user equipment using the method are provided. The method is for scrambling signals assigned on predetermined radio resources of at least one layer of resource blocks with the same time and frequency resources, and comprises the steps of: sending an ID table to a user equipment through higher layer signaling, the ID table being a subset of the whole ID space and containing available IDs for the user equipment; notifying the user equipment an ID in the ID table to be used through physical layer signaling or UE specific higher layer signaling; generating a random seed based on the notified ID; initializing a scrambling sequence by the random seed; and scrambling the signals with the initialized scrambling sequence. The method of the disclosure, by combining physical layer signaling and higher layer signaling, may notify the used group ID and the blind detection space to a UE, the blind detection for the UE is enabled and the signaling overhead is reduced. | 03-13-2014 |
| 20140071937 | METHOD, SYSTEM, ACCESS POINT AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR ENHANCING THE USABLE BANDWIDTH BETWEEN OF A TELECOMUNICATIONS NETWORK AND A USER EQUIPMENT - A method for enhancing usable bandwidth between an access point of a radio access network of a telecommunications network and a User Equipment of a subscriber of the telecommunications network, in which the User Equipment and the access point are configured to mutually communicate based on a standardized mobile communication technology using carrier aggregation of at least a first communication carrier having a first carrier frequency and a second communication carrier having a second carrier frequency. The first carrier frequency is a standardized and licensed frequency and is related to the standardized mobile communication technology. An antenna device of the access point transmits and/or receives radio frequency signals to and/or from the User Equipment. | 03-13-2014 |
| 20140079016 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING CHANNEL AGGREGATION AND MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL RETRANSMISSION - A method and apparatus are described for performing channel aggregation to communicate over a non-contiguous spectrum, such as television white space (TVWS), using a plurality of aggregated channels including a primary channel and at least one non-primary channel (e.g., a secondary channel, a tertiary channel or a quaternary channel). Carrier sense multiple access (CSMA) may be performed on the primary channel to obtain access to the primary channel. After waiting an arbitration interframe space (AIFS) and potentially performing backoff on the primary channel, the aggregated channels may be used for transmission. A buffer controller may be used to create, for each of a plurality of access classes (ACs), a logic buffer for each of the channels. A frame controller may be used to provide the buffer controller with aggregated medium access control (MAC) protocol data unit (A-MPDU) frame information, and control aggregation and fragmentation processes. | 03-20-2014 |
| 20140079017 | System and Method for Uplink Timing Synchronization in Conjunction with Discontinuous Reception - A system and method are disclosed for providing uplink timing synchronization during DRX operation in a wireless communication system. | 03-20-2014 |
| 20140079018 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING DATA IN A MULTI ANTENNA WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for a transmitter to transmitter data to a receiver in a multi wireless communication system. In more detail, the method include: mapping a transmission resource, which is allocated for the data, into the data the in order of a space domain, a frequency domain, and a time domain; and transmitting the data to the receiver by using the mapped transmission resource. The transmission resource includes a plurality of space resources. Each of the plurality of space resources includes a plurality of resource allocation units, which are defined by a specific time resource and a specific frequency resource. The mapping of the transmission resource includes mapping the plurality of complex symbols into the remaining space resources in the order of a frequency resource and a time resource if there is no resource allocation unit allocated to a specific space resource. | 03-20-2014 |
| 20140086198 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN HETEROGENEOUS LTE NETWORKS VIA CSMA-BASED ALGORITHMS - In one embodiment, the method includes determining feasibility for a potential transmission based on a current schedule of active transmissions. The current schedule of active transmissions includes active transmissions over multiple carriers and at multiple transmission rates. The potential transmission is at a start time on a radio frequency carrier at a data transmission rate by a user terminal. A transmission duration is determined if the potential transmission is determined to be feasible. A message is sent to the user terminal. if the potential transmission is determined to be feasible. The message may direct the user terminal to receive the potential transmission on the radio frequency carrier at the data transmission rate at the start time. The current schedule is updated according to the feasibility determination. | 03-27-2014 |
| 20140086199 | FREQUENCY TRACKING LOOPS IN WIRELESS NETWORK - To correct for frequency shift errors, one or more frequency tracking loops may be implemented on a broadcast channel and/or dedicated channel to correct for frequency errors. A coarse loop, fine loop, or combination thereof may be used to allow accurate correction for even large frequency errors. | 03-27-2014 |
| 20140086200 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUB-CHANNEL SELECTIVE ACCESS IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for performing sub-channel selective access in a wireless LAN system are disclosed. A method for performing sub-channel selective access by a station (STA) in a wireless LAN (WLAN) system includes: receiving a predetermined frame from an access point (AP); selecting at least one sub-channel when the predetermined frame includes channel list information for the sub-channel selective access, bandwidth information for the sub-channel selective access, and time information for the sub-channel selective access; and operating on the selected at least one sub-channel. | 03-27-2014 |
| 20140086201 | USER TERMINAL, RADIO BASE STATION, DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL RECEIVING METHOD AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention is designed such that it is possible to optimize the effect of improving the efficiency of use of radio resources even when the number of user terminals to be multiplexed over the same radio resources is further increased. A user terminal performs downlink communication with a radio base station using a PDCCH resource region and a PDSCH resource region. The user terminal detects the starting position of the radio resources where the PDSCH and the PDCCH are frequency-division-multiplexed in the PDSCH resource region in the time direction, and receives the PDCCH that is frequency-division-multiplexed over the radio resources starting from the detected starting position. | 03-27-2014 |
| 20140086202 | RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS, USER TERMINAL APPARATUS, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - To provide a radio base station apparatus that enables the effect of improving usage efficiency of radio resources to be exerted sufficiently also in the case where the number of user terminals multiplexed into the same radio resources further increases, the radio base station apparatus performs communications using a first resource region for a downlink control channel subjected to time division, and a second resource region for a downlink data channel, and is characterized by being provided with generation sections ( | 03-27-2014 |
| 20140086203 | Methods and Arrangements for Transmitting and Receiving Sub-Frame Specific Power Offset Information - In one embodiment, a method in a network node is provided. The network node is configured to use a first power level for transmitting data in subframes of a first type, and to use a second power level for transmitting data in subframes of a second type. The method comprises signaling ( | 03-27-2014 |
| 20140086204 | SCHEDULING METHOD IN A SHORT DISTANCE WIRELESS PERSONAL AREA NETWORK - The present invention relates to a method of allocating a transmission band to a terminal in a Wireless Personal Area Network (WPAN). The method includes: determining an allocation period of a transmission band on the basis of characteristic information that a terminal has; transmitting a transmission band request to a WPAN coordinator; and receiving information relating to the transmission band allocation from the WPAN coordinator. The transmission band request includes the allocation period of the transmission band determined by the terminal; and the transmission band allocation is determined based on the transmission band allocation period determined by the terminal. | 03-27-2014 |
| 20140086205 | BASE STATION AND METHOD OF ALLOCATING RADIO RESOURCE - A radio resource allocating section sets a transmission frequency bandwidth of a known signal transmitted from each communication terminal communicating with a communication section to the smallest one of a plurality of bandwidths. The radio resource allocating section allocates, to a communication terminal which transmits the known signal in an uplink communication period included in a unit period, a downlink radio resource including a frequency band included in the transmission frequency band of the known signal in a frequency direction and including a plurality of downlink communication periods included in the unit period in a time direction as a use downlink radio resource. | 03-27-2014 |
| 20140086206 | BASE STATION - A scheduling executing section calculates a predicted value of a transmission gain at a time when controlling transmission directivity in a plurality of antennas based on a known signal to be received in a frequency band of a use downlink radio resource and performing downlink communication with a communication terminal, and determines a communication terminal to which the use downlink radio resource is allocated based on the predicted value. | 03-27-2014 |
| 20140092861 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS BASED ON IDENTIFYING LOWER POWER NODES IN HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK DEPLOYMENTS - In a heterogeneous network deployment that includes one or more macro base stations and one or more low power nodes, a technique can be provided to encode network operational information using phase differences in synchronization signals transmitted by a network node. The synchronization signals may be one of the first signals that a user equipment (UE) attempts to locate when attempting to join a wireless network. The phase-encoded network operational information indicates to the UE where to locate a geometry indicator transmission from a low power node that is a part of the network, but is not the node that transmits the synchronization signals. The geometry indicator transmission may include identity information for the transmitting node and may be transmitted at a pre-determined nominal transmit power. | 04-03-2014 |
| 20140092862 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING REFERENCE SIGNALS IN A DOWNLINK MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT SYSTEM - In a system having a plurality of cells participating in a Coordinated Multi-Point (CoMP) operation, a method for transmitting Reference Signals (RSs) to User Equipment (UE) includes generating, by Base Station (BS) included in each of the plurality of cells, a subframe including RSs for a UE located in the each of the plurality of cells, and transmitting the generated subframe to the UE by the BS. The RSs include RSs for channel measurement, and RSs for data demodulation, the plurality of cells are grouped according to frequency shift values applied to the RSs for channel measurement and RS allocation patterns are determined for two cells among the plurality of cells according to a predetermined rule. | 04-03-2014 |
| 20140092863 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SCHEDULING A WIRELESS PERSONAL AREA NETWORK - The present specification sets forth a method for a device to transmit data in a wireless personal area network (WPAN), comprising the steps of: transmitting a transmission-band request message for transceiving non-contention data between a first coordinator and a second coordinator, the second coordinator operating in a different frequency channel from the first coordinator; switching an operating channel to the different frequency channel; receiving transmission-band allocation information corresponding to the transmission-band request message from the second coordinator through the switched different frequency channel; and transceiving data to/from the second coordinator according to the transmission-band allocation information. | 04-03-2014 |
| 20140098781 | Method, Apparatus and System for Uplink Radio Resource Allocation in an LTE Communication System - The present technology provides a method, apparatus and system for facilitating uplink communication from a user equipment (UE) to a base station in an LTE communication system. One or more frequency subcarriers within a predetermined LTE resource block are selected, covering less than the entire frequency range of the LTE resource block. The selected one or more frequency subcarriers are then used for communication from the UE to the base station. | 04-10-2014 |
| 20140098782 | ENHANCEMENT FOR LTE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method and system for transmitting data from a UE in an OFDM system such as LTE. Information symbols are spread using a spreading code assigned to the UE and orthogonal to spreading codes of other UEs. The assigned spreading code has a spreading factor which is variable and dynamically selected based on one or more system performance criteria. The spread information symbols are transmitted in one or more LTE resource blocks. Spreading may be performed in the time domain, over a plurality of LTE time slots and/or resource elements. | 04-10-2014 |
| 20140098783 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HANDLING INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE - The present invention discloses a method including: obtaining downtilt coordination information of a local cell and downtilt coordination information of a neighbor cell; and setting, according to the downtilt coordination information of the local cell and the downtilt coordination information of the neighbor cell, a downtilt of a time-frequency resource block on an antenna of the local cell with respect to a to-be-coordinated user equipment. The downtilt coordination information of the local cell and that of the neighbor cell are referenced to for setting the downtilt of the time-frequency resource block on the antenna of the local cell with respect to the to-be-coordinated user equipment, which avoids interference on user equipments within a service range of the neighbor cell while ensuring signal received power and SINR experience for user equipments within a service range of the local cell. | 04-10-2014 |
| 20140098784 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Orthogonality between signals is maintained in direct communication between a mobile station UE# | 04-10-2014 |
| 20140098785 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR AN EXTENDED BANDWIDTH CARRIER - Apparatuses and methods allow for uplink selection using an extended bandwidth carrier. A user equipment (UE) comprises: a transceiver configured to receive control signaling on an extended bandwidth carrier, the extended bandwidth carrier having a first control region disposed within a legacy bandwidth, and a second control region including additional resource blocks disposed outside of the legacy bandwidth, wherein the transceiver can receive the control signaling in either or both of the first control region and the second control region. | 04-10-2014 |
| 20140105172 | Method and System for Time Based WLAN Scanning - Certain aspects of a method and system for time based wireless local area network (WLAN) scanning may include controlling scanning of a plurality of wireless access points in one or more WLANs by a WLAN station based on one or more factors comprising power consumed by the WLAN station based on the scanning, and/or a priority level of one or more media packets to be handled by the WLAN station. The information may be acquired for one or more of the plurality of wireless access points in one or more WLANs during the controlled scanning. | 04-17-2014 |
| 20140105173 | REFERENCE SYMBOL DISTRIBUTION METHOD AND APPARATUS - At least some reference symbols dedicated to a particular communication device are transmitted in resource blocks allocated to other devices. This way, reference symbol assignments are not unduly restricted by other constraints placed on the boundary elements of a resource block. According to an embodiment, data and reference signals are transmitted by transmitting a resource block allocated to a first communication device. The resource block includes a plurality of resource elements, each resource element corresponding to a modulation symbol. At least one reference symbol associated with the resource block and dedicated to the first communication device is transmitted in a resource block allocated to a second communication device. On the receive side, the communication device can perform channel estimation based on reference symbols dedicated to the device that are transmitted in resource blocks allocated to the device and in resource block(s) allocated to other communication device(s). | 04-17-2014 |
| 20140112302 | METHOD OF DYNAMIC ALLOCATION OF SHARED RESOURCES IN A TIME-FREQUENCY PLAN AND ASSOCIATED DEVICE - A method is provided of dynamic allocation of shared resources in a communication network, consisting in defining, in a time-frequency plan, a superframe of a given duration ΔT and a given spectral width Δf, made up of one or more frames, each defining a regular time-frequency grid, of which one square, referred to as a time-frequency unit, constitutes the smallest time and frequency interval allocable to a user of said network within said frame, said method consisting in reserving, on each carrier frequency of a frame, at least one block of a number K, greater than or equal to 1, of time-frequency units which can be dynamically allocated to a user for communication or for synchronization. | 04-24-2014 |
| 20140112303 | METHOD FOR ARRANGING TRANSMISSIONS ON A DOWNLINK CARRIER - A method is provided for arranging transmissions on a downlink carrier c, spanning a frequency range Fc, in a mobile radio communications system, wherein a bandwidth of Fc belongs to a set of predefined channel bandwidths in the communications system, and wherein the carrier c comprises a reference signal defined in the communications system. A configurable frequency range FRS comprising a set of time-frequency resources for comprising the reference signal of the carrier c is provided. Information associated with the configuration of said frequency range FRS is signaled to a receiver in the communications system, such that c can be deployed over a frequency range F smaller than Fc when the frequency range FRS is configured within F and any other transmissions on the carrier c are arranged to be within F. | 04-24-2014 |
| 20140112304 | RADIO RESOURCE MANAGEMENT APPARATUS - In a method for managing cyclic shift codes used for reporting the CQI, when a new communication occurs between a base station and a mobile station, a cyclic shift code is allocated to the CQI report from the mobile station in accordance with a predetermined order of precedence. When the communication has ended or been disconnected, the cyclic shift code is released. In the allocating step, a cyclic shift code is allocated to the CQI report from the mobile station for the newly occurring communication, the allocated cyclic shift code having a precedence ranking that is lower than a precedence ranking of the allocated cyclic shift code allocated latest for the CQI report from another mobile station, being not used for CQI reports from other mobile stations, and having a highest precedence ranking in the predetermined order of precedence. | 04-24-2014 |
| 20140119330 | Resource Element Mapping for Wireless Transmissions - Wireless transmissions between a base station and a user equipment device may be performed using resource mapping rules. The resource mapping rules may be generated based on resource block descriptions. The resource block descriptions may be determined by matching symbols included in a resource block to a predefined set of symbol types. The symbol types may be determined based on transmission characteristics. | 05-01-2014 |
| 20140119331 | UPLINK COVERAGE ENHANCEMENTS - Aspects of the present disclosure provided techniques for enhancing uplink coverage. A method for wireless communications by a wireless device is provided. The method generally includes obtaining a payload of data to be transmitted to a base station, selecting at least one uplink control channel and a number of transmission time intervals (TTIs), and conveying the data in the at least one uplink control channel over the number of TTIs, wherein different portions of the data are conveyed in different TTIs. | 05-01-2014 |
| 20140119332 | INTERFERENCE CONTROL METHOD IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - A method for an eNB to control inter-cell interference in a wireless communication system includes receiving information on a plurality of time-domain interference patterns corresponding to sub-frequency-domain interference control information on a plurality of sub-frequency domains constituting a system frequency domain, the plurality of time-domain interference control patterns indicating interference control for subframes of the plurality of sub-frequency domains, and transmitting, to a UE, scheduling information about the UE based on information on at least one of the plurality of time-domain interference control patterns, wherein each of the plurality of time-domain interference control patterns is configured to have more subframes for which transmission power restriction is set (referred to as “transmission power-restricted subframes” hereinafter) as an inter-cell interference level indicated by the sub-frequency-domain interference control information increases. | 05-01-2014 |
| 20140119333 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS FOR HANDLING A SCHEDULING OF A NARROWBAND TRANSMISSION IN A CELLULAR NETWORK - A method in a base station for handling a scheduling of a narrowband transmission from a user equipment in a cell served by the base station is provided. The base station and the user equipment are comprised in a cellular network. A time resource available for the scheduling is divided into available subframes. A frequency resource available for scheduling in each respective subframe is divided into available resource blocks. The base station selects a subframe among the subframes available for scheduling. Narrowband transmissions are to be prioritized for scheduling to the selected subframe. The base station schedules the transmission to a subset of the available resource blocks in the selected subframe when an indication that the transmission from the user equipment is a narrowband transmission is obtained. | 05-01-2014 |
| 20140119334 | Wireless Device Performance in Heterogeneous Networks - The present invention relates to a method in a wireless device for improving wireless device performance, and to corresponding methods in a radio network node and to the corresponding nodes. The method comprises identifying ( | 05-01-2014 |
| 20140119335 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK CONTROL SIGNALING, METHOD FOR SEARCHING DOWNLINK CONTROL SIGNALING AND APPARATUS USED FOR THE SAME - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method for transmitting downlink control signaling, a method for searching downlink control signaling and an apparatus used for the same. The method for transmitting includes: transmitting downlink control information (DCI) in a common search space of a control region of a wireless communications system, the DCI indicating a search space of a UE-specific physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) located in a data region of the wireless communications system, the DCI further including a predetermined identifier for identifying the DCI. With the methods and apparatuses of the embodiments of the present invention, the search space of the PDCCH may be dynamically adjusted, thereby saving signaling overhead, and avoiding inconsistence of the search space of the base station and that of the UE. | 05-01-2014 |
| 20140119336 | METHODS AND RELATED DEVICES FOR SENDING AND RECEIVING UPLINK CONTROL SIGNALING - Embodiments of the present invention disclose methods and related devices for sending and receiving uplink control signaling. On a terminal side, the terminal performs data processing and resource mapping separately for the uplink control signaling and uplink data that are scheduled by a base station, so as to obtain a frequency domain signal, where the performing resource mapping separately refers to mapping the data-processed uplink control signaling and uplink data to different resource block groups in a system bandwidth separately; and the terminal performs frequency-to-time conversion for the obtained frequency domain signal to obtain a time domain signal, and then sends the signal to the base station. | 05-01-2014 |
| 20140126530 | WIRELESS DEVICE, A NETWORK NODE AND METHODS THEREIN - A wireless device and a method therein. The method comprises obtaining first and second sets of uplink power control parameters. The first set of uplink power control parameters is associated with a first set of time and/or frequency resources and the second set of uplink power control parameters is associated with a second set of time and/or frequency resources. The method further comprises configuring transmissions of a first type of signals using the first set of uplink power control parameters when the transmissions are comprised in the first set of time and/or frequency resources, and configuring transmissions of the first type of signals using the second set of uplink power control parameters when transmissions are comprised in the second set of time and/or frequency resources. | 05-08-2014 |
| 20140126531 | METHOD OF USER EQUIPMENT SEARCHING FOR CONTROL INFORMATION IN MULTI-NODE SYSTEM AND APPARATUS USING THE SAME - There are provided a method of user equipment searching for control information and an apparatus using the same. The method includes receiving information about the position of an Enhanced-Physical Control Format Indication Channel (E-PCFICH) from a base station, receiving an E-PCFICH based on the information about the position of the E-PCFICH, obtaining information about the frequency band of an Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel (E-PDCCH) region through the E-PCFICH, and searching the E-PDCCH region for an E-PDCCH for the user equipment, wherein the E-PCFICH is transmitted in an OFDM symbol between a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH), transmitted in the first N (N is one of natural numbers 1 to 4) Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbols of a subframe in the time domain, and the E-PDCCH region. | 05-08-2014 |
| 20140133453 | Resource Allocation for Minimum Satisfaction Guarantees in Multi-Service and Multi-Antenna Networks - Radio resource allocation techniques for MIMO systems are disclosed, wherein SDMA groups that should be multiplexed on each frequency chunk in order to maximize the total downlink data rate are selected, while guaranteeing that a specified minimum number of flows from each service have their instantaneous QoS demands fulfilled. The disclosed techniques include an unconstrained maximization procedure, in which resources are initially allocated to data flows for each of several data services, followed by a reallocation procedure in which resources are reallocated to satisfy minimum satisfaction constraints for each data service. | 05-15-2014 |
| 20140140317 | Interference Suppression and Alignment for Cellular Networks - An interference suppression (IS) time/frequency zone for improved interference suppression at the user equipment (UE) is provided. The IS time/frequency zone can be scheduled and set up using existing signaling of the Almost Blank Subframe (ABS) framework. This includes using the existing signaling of the ABS framework to schedule the IS time/frequency zone, coordinate transmission parameters among base stations for the IS time/frequency zone, and signal the IS time/frequency zone to the UE. In another aspect, interfering base stations align respective reference signals during the IS time/frequency zone, which allows the UE to measure the channels from its serving base station and/or the interfering base stations(s). With channel state information knowledge at the UE, interference alignment can be achieved at the UE during the IS time/frequency zone. | 05-22-2014 |
| 20140140318 | MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS CAPABILITY NOTIFICATION METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - An object of the invention is to provide a mobile station apparatus, a base station apparatus, a communication system, a mobile station apparatus capability notification method, and an integrated circuit, which enable uplink transmission timing support information of the mobile station apparatus to be effectively notified to the base station apparatus. The mobile station apparatus that is connected to the base station apparatus by aggregating a plurality of cells of which frequencies are different from each other transmits capability information in which information related to an uplink transmission timing supported by the mobile station apparatus is associated with the plurality of frequencies supported by the mobile station apparatus, to the base station apparatus. | 05-22-2014 |
| 20140140319 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, FIRST NETWORK NODE AND SECOND NETWORK NODE THEREOF - The invention relates to a method (MET | 05-22-2014 |
| 20140140320 | FIXED MULTIPLE ACCESS WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Disclosed is a user terminal for wireless communication with a remote access point, the user terminal comprising: a mapping module adapted to map one or more input data bits to an uplink symbol; a delay module adapted to apply a delay to the uplink symbol; a transmit module adapted to modulate the delayed symbol into a frequency channel; and a directional antenna oriented along a dominant path to the access point, the antenna being adapted to transmit the modulated symbol to the access point, wherein the delay is chosen such that the transmitted symbol arrives at the access point simultaneously with a further symbol modulated into the frequency channel and transmitted by a further user terminal. | 05-22-2014 |
| 20140153537 | METHOD OF ALLOCATING RADIO RESOURCES IN MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEM - A method of allocating radio resources in a multi-carrier system is disclosed, by which a signaling message can be efficiently transmitted according to necessity of a user equipment. In a user equipment of a mobile communication system transceiving data using a plurality of subcarriers, the present invention includes the steps of if the signaling message to be transmitted is generated in the user equipment, generating a preamble sequence according to a user equipment identifier to identify the user equipment, transmitting a preamble signal including the preamble sequence and the signaling message to a base station, and receiving an acknowledgement signal for the preamble signal generated according to the user equipment identifier. | 06-05-2014 |
| 20140153538 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVING PROXIMITY SERVICE DISCOVERY IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatuses are disclosed to allocating and handling peer discovery resources. One method includes a wireless network allocating multiple sets of peer discovery resources, wherein different sets of peer discovery resources are used by user equipments (UEs) to transmit/receive peer discovery signals for different uses. Another method includes UE receiving a configuration of peer discovery resources from a system information message of a cell, wherein the configuration contains multiple sets of peer discovery resources and different sets of peer discovery resources are used by the UE to receive peer discovery signals for different uses. The method further includes the UE determining which set of peer discovery resources to receive peer discovery signals. The method also includes the UE receiving the peer discovery signals at a set of peer discovery resources determined by the UE. | 06-05-2014 |
| 20140153539 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SETTING A CONTROL CHANNEL AND A DATA CHANNEL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for configuring a starting position of a control channel in a wireless communication system, and a terminal using the same. The method includes receiving duration information about a physical downlink control channel from the first orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol of a downlink subframe; and configuring a first OFDM symbol after OFDM symbols indicated by the duration information, as a starting point of an enhanced-physical downlink control channel. The downlink subframe includes a plurality of subcarriers in a frequency domain and 12 or 14 OFDM symbols in a time domain. The PDCCH includes the first N (N is a natural number of from 1 to 4) number of OFDM symbols of the downlink subframe. The duration information indicates the N number of OFDM symbols. The E-PDCCH comprises the starting point to the last OFDM symbol of the downlink subframe. | 06-05-2014 |
| 20140161095 | TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION TIMING FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM EMBEDDED IN A CELLULAR SYSTEM - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus determines at least one time-frequency resource among resources of a cellular communication system to be used for device-to-device (D2D) communication, identifies a propagated start point of a first portion of the at least one time-frequency resource, and begins transmission of the D2D signal from a transmission start point. The transmission start point is based on the propagated start point and a cellular communication system downlink timing offset to the propagated start point. The apparatus also identifies a propagated end point of a last portion of the at least one time-frequency resource and ends transmission of the D2D signal at a transmission end point. The transmission end point is based on the propagated end point and a cellular communication system downlink timing advance to the propagated end point. | 06-12-2014 |
| 20140161096 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communication device includes a wireless communication module and an allocator. The wireless communication module wirelessly communicates with a plurality of other wireless communication devices. The allocator allocates time resources and frequency resources to a plurality of traffics which periodically occur between the wireless communication device and the plurality of other wireless communication devices in descending order of resource utilizations. The resource utilization of a given traffic corresponds to a time rate at which the given traffic uses a frequency resource allocated thereto. The allocator allocates the frequency resource, which is arranged at a position closer to an end than a center frequency, to a traffic which is the highest in resource utilization. | 06-12-2014 |
| 20140161097 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless communication system, method and apparatus cooperate to use a wireless coordination signal from a control station in a first frequency band to establish direct links in a second frequency band between different terminals. Once established, the direct links in the second frequency band operate without further needing intervention by the control station. The first frequency band is 1 GHz or higher, and the second frequency band is at a higher frequency than the first frequency band. | 06-12-2014 |
| 20140161098 | ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY FRAME STRUCTURE WITH BACKWARD COMPATIBILITY - An advanced technology frame structure is described herein. The advanced technology frame structure can enhance a first technology frame structure in dimensions of time, frequency, or a combination of time and frequency. A second technology frame structure time division multiplexes second technology subframes with the first technology downlink and uplink subframes. The first technology downlink subframe can be divided into a first technology downlink subframe and one or more second technology downlink subframes. Similarly, the first technology uplink subframe can be divided into a first uplink subframe and one or more second technology uplink subframes. These principles can be expanded upon and can be applied in many communication systems. | 06-12-2014 |
| 20140161099 | Base Station, Mobile Station and Mobile Communication Method - A WiMAX compatible base station (BS) includes: an allocator unit ( | 06-12-2014 |
| 20140169325 | CARRIER DEPLOYMENT METHOD FOR REDUCED BANDWIDTH MTC DEVICES - A method and apparatus can be configured to perform the steps of overlapping a first carrier band with a second carrier band. The method may further include allocating at least one time-frequency resource of the first carrier band to a first channel. The method may further include allocating at least one time-frequency resource of the second carrier band to a second channel. The first carrier band and the second carrier band share at least one time-frequency resource within the overlapping portion between the first carrier band and the second carrier band. The shared at least one time-frequency resource is allocated to at least one of the first and second channels. | 06-19-2014 |
| 20140169326 | Synchronization - Measures for synchronization and channel estimation in local area communication scenarios. Such measures may for example comprise generating a synchronization reference sequence for synchronization of two communication endpoints and for estimation of characteristics of a communication channel, determining a maximum repetition interval of the synchronization reference sequence based on constancy of the characteristics of the communication channel, and transmitting the synchronization reference sequence with a repetition interval equal to or less than the maximum repetition interval. | 06-19-2014 |
| 20140169327 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING SYNCHRONIZATION SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for transmitting data in a wireless communication system are provided. A base station transmits to a terminal a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) through a macro node, and transmits a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) through at least one radio remote head (RRH) having a cell identity (ID) that is identical to the macro node, so as not to overlap in with the PDCCH in a time domain. A time gap can be set between a last orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol to which the PDCCH is allocated and a first OFDM symbol to which the PDSCH is allocated. | 06-19-2014 |
| 20140169328 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, TERMINAL APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A base station is configured to communicate with a terminal using a resource element configured of an area in the frequency direction and an area in the temporal direction, and a resource block pair configured of a predetermined number of the resource elements. The base station includes: a second control channel generating unit configured to generate a second control channel which can be mapped to a second control channel area which is an area different from a first control channel area where a first control channel can be mapped, and which is set to the terminal from the base station in units of the resource block pair. A resource element group which is a group of the predetermined resource elements in the resource block pair of the second control channel area is configured, and the second control channel is mapped to a plurality of the resource element groups. | 06-19-2014 |
| 20140177587 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SYSTEM INFORMATION VIA A BROADCAST CHANNEL (BCH) AND A DOWNLINK SHARED CHANNEL (DL_SCH) - A device and method for receiving, by a mobile terminal, system information from a base station. The method includes: receiving a block of first system information from the base station via a broadcast channel configured to broadcast only system information; and receiving a plurality of blocks of second system information from the base station via a downlink shared channel configured to carry system information and other data, one of the plurality of blocks of second system information including scheduling information | 06-26-2014 |
| 20140177588 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING SYNCHRONIZATION SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for transmitting a synchronization signal in a wireless communication system are provided. A base station transmits a primary synchronization signal (PSS) and a secondary synchronization signal (SSS) to a terminal through a macro node, and transmits a third synchronization signal (TSS) to the terminal through at least one radio remote head (RHH) having a cell identity (ID) that is identical to the macro node. The terminal performs synchronization based on at least one of the PSS, the SSS, and the TSS. | 06-26-2014 |
| 20140185580 | INTEGRATED WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK FOR SPECTRUM SHARING - A wireless communication system includes a database that holds spectral usage and availability information, an access point that operates to provide wireless services from a plurality of service operators and a gateway that receives a wireless spectrum allocation request from a service operator, determines spectrum availability by consulting the database, responds to the service operator with a grant or a denial based on the determined spectrum availability, and controls the access point to provide wireless service according to the response to the service operator. | 07-03-2014 |
| 20140192767 | System and Method for Small Traffic Transmissions - A grant-free transmission mode may be used to communicate small traffic transmissions to reduce overhead and latency. The grant-free transmission mode may be used in downlink and uplink data channels of a wireless network. In the downlink channel, a base station transmits packets to a group of UEs in a search space without communicating any transmission code assignments to the UEs. The UEs receive the downlink packets using blind detection. In the uplink channel, UEs transmit packets in an access space using assigned access codes which are either independently derived by the UEs or otherwise communicated by the base station using a slow-signaling channel. Hence, the grant-free transmission mode allows mobile devices to make small traffic transmissions without waiting for uplink grant requests. | 07-10-2014 |
| 20140192768 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNAL USING MULTIPLE ANTENNAS - Disclosed is a method for transmitting radio frequency signals. In the method according to the present invention, a plurality of antenna groups may be arranged for achieving array gain and multiplexing gain at the same time, and the plurality of antenna groups are located far from each other so that they have no correlation, and antennas of the same group are located adjacent to each other so that they have correlation. Accordingly, system capacity as well as capacity of data channel and control channel may be significantly increased through mitigation of inter-cell interference and enhancement of cell edge performance. | 07-10-2014 |
| 20140192769 | JOINT SCHEDULING METHOD AND APPARATUS - Embodiments of the present invention provide a joint scheduling method and apparatus. The method of the present invention is as follows: judging whether a CoMP user equipment exists in user equipments that wait to be scheduled in a sector that participates in joint scheduling; scheduling, if a CoMP user equipment exists in user equipments that wait to be scheduled, the CoMP user equipment that waits to be scheduled and assigning CoMP frequency band resources to the scheduled CoMP user equipment according to a size of frequency band resources required by the scheduled CoMP user equipment, where the CoMP frequency band resources are partial frequency band resources allocated from frequency band resources of the sector that participates in joint scheduling and are preferentially used by the CoMP user equipment. Embodiments of the present invention mainly apply to a joint scheduling process in a wireless communications system. | 07-10-2014 |
| 20140192770 | Methods and Nodes in a Wireless Communication System - Methods and nodes, for communication of a receiver-specific control channel signal within a wireless communication system, to be received by a receiver, wherein receiver-specific downlink control channel signals are scheduled for transmission over sets of Physical Resource Block pairs. | 07-10-2014 |
| 20140198763 | Method and Apparatus for Reference Signal Transmission and Reception - In one aspect, the teachings herein disclose methods and apparatuses for improved reference signal reception in a wireless device configured for operation in a wireless communication network. In one embodiment, the network provides assistance information that indicates a received timing or frequency offset of a second reference signal relative to a first reference signal that is transmitted from a first antenna port. The second reference signal is transmitted by the wireless communication network from a second antenna port that is quasi co-located with the first antenna port with respect to timing, frequency and/or delay spread, and the wireless device is configured to use the assistance information to configure its receiver timing and/or frequency offset for reception of the second reference signal. Such operation reduces the “search” space in time and/or frequency needed at the wireless device, thereby improving and simplifying reception of the second reference signal. | 07-17-2014 |
| 20140198764 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR GENERATING A DISCOVERY SIGNAL IN A DEVICE-TO-DEVICE OR NETWORK COMMUNICATION - The techniques introduced here provide for device discovery of a greater number of mobile devices in a mobile network by increasing the multiplexing capacity of the system. The techniques may be applied to device-to-device communication networks and small cells using low power nodes (e.g., pico and femto eNodeB in a | 07-17-2014 |
| 20140198765 | Method and Apparatus for Multi-Radio Coexistence on Adjacent Frequency Bands - Various methods for controlling an aggressor user equipment (UE) can use two transmission power control loops to mitigate UE-to-UE adjacent carrier frequency band interference to a geographically proximal victim UE. The aggressor UE can select between different transmission power parameters based on two (or more) power values. The usage of any particular power value depends on the time period of the transmission. For example, if a proximal victim UE is scheduled to receive when the aggressor UE is scheduled to transmit, a lower power value may be selected as instructed by a co-scheduler or determined by the aggressor UE. The aggressor UE can also send dual power headroom reports to its serving base station based on the two power values. | 07-17-2014 |
| 20140198766 | Methods and Nodes for Coordinating Uplink Transmissions in a Wireless Communication Network - Methods and nodes for coordinating uplink transmissions in a victim cell and in an aggressor cell. The uplink transmissions in the aggressor cell potentially cause interference at a victim radio node receiving or measuring uplink signals transmitted in the victim cell. A coordinating node obtains ( | 07-17-2014 |
| 20140204898 | Fast Device Discovery for Device to Device Communication - A fast device discovery protocol with a high success rate for device-to-device (D2D) communication in LTE-A networks is proposed. With the proposed protocol, device discovery is done by monitoring a randomly transmitted beacon from other devices within a pre-defined period. In one embodiment, an eNB receives scheduling requests from D2D UEs and in response allocates a distributed uplink resource for random access of beacon transmission by the D2D UEs. The distributed resource is dynamically allocated based on the number of requesting D2D UEs, a discovery period, and a target discovery probability to minimize the required resource. | 07-24-2014 |
| 20140204899 | HYBRID ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS WTRU AND METHOD - A hybrid orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) and method are disclosed. A WTRU includes a transmitter and a receiver. The receiver processes received data to recover data mapped to the subcarriers using OFDMA. The receiver recovers first input data by separating user data from multi-user spread data and recovers second input data from non-spread data. | 07-24-2014 |
| 20140204900 | RADIO SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD, RADIO SIGNAL TRANSMITTING DEVICE, RADIO SIGNAL RECEIVING DEVICE, RADIO BASE STATION DEVICE AND RADIO TERMINAL DEVICE - When a plurality of radio signals having different sub frame lengths are transmitted on the same radio carrier, a radio signal of a short sub frame length is arranged inside a carrier band, and a radio signal of a sub frame length longer than the sub frame length of the short sub frame length signal is arranged outside the carrier band. | 07-24-2014 |
| 20140211750 | Paging Procedures Using an Enhanced Control Channel - Methods are disclosed for supporting transmission of broadcast messages using multiple types of control channels. An example method begins with receiving ( | 07-31-2014 |
| 20140211751 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AN ENHANCED CONTROL SIGNALING, BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT - A method for transmitting an enhanced control signaling, a base station and user equipment (UE) are applicable to a coordinated multipoint transmission mode. The method including: transmitting, by a pico base station, an enhanced physical control format indication signaling (E-PCFICH) to UE configured with the mode, the E-PCFICH including control signaling length, wherein the control signaling length is of a pico cell, or a maximum value of control signaling lengths of a macro cell and a pico cell. With the embodiments of the invention, the E-PCFICH including control signaling length is adopted in a pico cell, so that the UE can determine a starting position of the data area PDSCH of the pico cell according to the control signaling length, thereby solving the problem that the data area of the pico cell cannot be accurately determined under the CoMP mode, and ensuring that the UE correctly receives data. | 07-31-2014 |
| 20140211752 | GENERATING SYNCHRONIZATION SIGNALS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - The present disclosure relates to a method for facilitating synchronization in a wireless communication system. A number sequence of length L is defined. The number sequence is mapped on a first set of discrete Fourier frequency coefficients. A second set of discrete Fourier frequency coefficients is generated by frequency shifting the first set of discrete Fourier frequency coefficients. The second set of discrete Fourier frequency coefficients is transformed into a time domain signal. | 07-31-2014 |
| 20140211753 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSRECEIVING SYNCHRONIZATION SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - One embodiment of the present invention relates to a method for a terminal acquiring synchronization in a wireless communication system, comprising the steps of: receiving a first signal from on a first carrier; receiving a second signal, which is positioned on a resource element having a predetermined pattern, from at least one subframe from subframes excluding the subframe that receives the first signal; and acquiring synchronization with respect to the first carrier by using the first signal and the second signal. | 07-31-2014 |
| 20140211754 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING A DEDICATED REFERENCE SIGNAL - Methods and apparatuses are provided for generating a Reference Signal (RS) in a communication system. At least one Physical Resource Block (PRB) is allocated for a User Equipment (UE). An RS sequence corresponding to an antenna port for the UE is mapped on the at least one PRB for the UE. The RS sequence corresponding to the antenna port for the UE is based on an initial sequence derived by an initialization value based on a Cell IDentifier (ID) and an index of the at least one PRB for the UE. The antenna port includes three RE groups in a PRB pair. One RE group includes two RE pairs. One RE pair includes two consecutive | 07-31-2014 |
| 20140219237 | Method and Apparatus for Establishing a Time-Frequency Reference Signal Pattern Configuration in a Carrier Extension or Carrier Segment - Methods, apparatus and computer program products are provided for establishing a time-frequency reference signal pattern configuration in a carrier extension or a carrier segment, such as for cell-specific reference signals (CRS) and/or demodulation reference signals (DM RS). One method includes receiving information regarding a time-frequency reference signal pattern configuration in a carrier extension or carrier segment. The time-frequency reference signal pattern configuration defines a subframe to include a reference signal based upon a time density parameter and defines a resource element to be utilized within the subframe based upon a frequency density parameter. This method also includes receiving reference signals pursuant to the time-frequency reference signal pattern configuration such that reference signals have a coherence time T | 08-07-2014 |
| 20140219238 | METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION AND METHOD AND BASE STATION FOR RECEIVING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION - Disclosed herein is a method for, at a user equipment (UE) capable of being served by a plurality of base stations, transmitting channel state information to at least one of the base stations in a wireless communication system. The method includes receiving resource allocation information on allocation of time-frequency resources used to transmit supplemental channel state information for a neighboring base station from a serving base station of the UE, and transmitting supplemental channel state information for the neighboring base station to the serving base station, using part of time-frequency resources allocated for transmission of channel state information for the serving base station, based on the resource allocation information. | 08-07-2014 |
| 20140219239 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MULTI-CARRIER PACKET COMMUNICATION WITH REDUCED OVERHEAD - A method and system for minimizing the control overhead in a multi-carrier wireless communication network that utilizes a time-frequency resource is disclosed. In some embodiments, one or more zones in the time-frequency resource are designated for particular applications, such as a zone dedicated for voice-over-IP (VoIP) applications. By grouping applications of a similar type together within a zone, a reduction in the number of bits necessary for mapping a packet stream to a portion of the time-frequency resource can be achieved. In some embodiments, modular coding schemes associated with the packet streams may be selected that further reduce the amount of necessary control information. In some embodiments, packets may be classified for transmission in accordance with application type, QoS parameters, and other properties. In some embodiments, improved control messages may be constructed to facilitate the control process and minimize associated overhead. | 08-07-2014 |
| 20140219240 | Method and System for Combining OFDM and Transformed OFDM - Methods and systems are provided that enable an OFDM transmitter to be used for transmitting conventional OFDM or a form of transformed OFDM. A technique is provided for transforming a coded and modulated sequence of samples prior to an IFFT that enables the transformed sequence of samples to be transmitted using conventional OFDM or transformed OFDM. The selection of a transform function for transforming the coded and modulated sequence of samples may be based on optimizing the transform function for particular operating conditions between the transmitter and receiver. In some embodiments of the invention OFDM and time transformed OFDM are multiplexed in time and/or frequency in a transmission frame. In some embodiments of the invention a pilot pattern is provided in which the pilot are sent using OFDM and data is sent using OFDM and/or transformed OFDM. | 08-07-2014 |
| 20140233526 | MULTI-BAND TRANSMISSION SYSTEM - Signals transmitted via a plurality of frequency bands by a transmitter using respective sets of one or more transmit chains are received at a receiver device. The signals are processed at the receiver using a plurality of receive chains including using a set of first receive chains associated with a first frequency band, and using a set of one or more second receive chains associated with the second frequency band. A number of receive chains in the first set of receive chains is different than a number of transmit chains used by the transmitter device to transmit via the first frequency band. A number of receive chains in the second set of receive chains is different than a number of transmit chains used by the transmitter device to transmit via the second frequency band. MIMO processing is performed on outputs of the set of first receive chains. | 08-21-2014 |
| 20140233527 | WIRELESS SOUND TRANSMISSION SYSTEM AND METHOD - A method for providing sound to at least one user, in which audio signals are captured and transformed into audio data that is transmitted to at least one receiver unit; audio signals are generated from the received audio data and the hearing of the user(s) stimulated thereby; wherein the audio data is transmitted as audio data packets in separate slots of a TDMA frame structure, wherein the transmission unit and the receiver unit(s) are synchronized to form a wireless network, wherein each TDMA frame structure has at least one listening slot during which the synchronized network members do not transmit data and at least one network members listens, and wherein control data is transmitted from an external control device according to a sequence pattern selected according to the duration and periodicity of the listening slot(s) to be received by the at least one synchronized network member during said listening slot(s). | 08-21-2014 |
| 20140233528 | UPLINK CHANNEL FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - A transmission procedure for use in a communication system including a base station and one or more terminals. The base station transmits a signal to a terminal, and provides the terminal with possible characteristics of a further signal for transmission from the terminal to the base station, the possible characteristics including at least one of: one or more locations for transmission of the further signal in the time domain; and one or more locations for the transmission of the further signal in the frequency domain; and wherein transmission of the further signal from the terminal, with one or more characteristics selected by the terminal from the possible characteristics, indicates further information relating to the terminal. | 08-21-2014 |
| 20140241308 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Methods and systems for allocating resources in a wireless network are described. In one implementation, a wireless network is utilized by at least a first radio and a second radio. The wireless network includes at least a first channel and a second channel. The first channel is partitioned into control slots and data slots and the second channel is partitioned into at least data slots. The method includes transmitting, using the first radio, in a first control slot of the first channel, a first control signal comprising information for data slot negotiation. The method additionally includes concurrently transmitting or receiving, using the first radio, at least one of a first data signal or a second control signal on the second channel. | 08-28-2014 |
| 20140241309 | COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND BIT-LOADING METHOD USED IN A COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A communications system comprises a transmitter, receiver and channel. The transmitter transmits multiple copies of each data bit in a multi-dimension modulation scheme matrix, the dimensions being selected from frequency, time and code. Each dimension is divided into sub-groups. A bit-loading method is used such that copies of each data bit (b | 08-28-2014 |
| 20140241310 | METHOD FOR RECEIVING AND SENDING CONTROL CHANNEL, USER EQUIPMENT AND BASE STATION - The present invention discloses methods for receiving and sending a control channel, a user equipment, and a base station. The method for receiving a control channel includes: obtaining time-frequency resource information and first information of the control channel; determining a search space of the control channel according to the time-frequency resource information and the first information; and receiving the control channel in the search space. By using the methods, the user equipment and the base station according to embodiments of the present invention, the search space of the control channel can be determined according to the time-frequency resource information and the first information of the control channel, so that receiving and sending of the control channel can be implemented and a capacity of the control channel can be expanded, thereby improving system scheduling efficiency and flexibility and further improving user experience. | 08-28-2014 |
| 20140241311 | METHOD FOR TRANSMIT DIVERSITY OF HARQ-ACK INFORMATION FEEDBACK - The present invention relates to a method for transmit diversity of HARQ-ACK information feedback in a wireless communication system, said system being adapted to employ transmit diversity and non-transmit diversity transmissions of HARQ-ACK information feedback, said method comprising: assigning uplink control channel resources and modulation symbols to HARQ-ACK states for at least two antenna ports such that said HARQ-ACK states are abled to be transmitted when associated uplink control channel resources are implicitly reserved, wherein at least one of said uplink control channel resources is assigned to more than one of said at least two antenna ports, and wherein uplink control channel resources and modulation symbols assigned to HARQ-ACK states for one of said at least two antenna ports is the same as when non-transmit diversity of HARQ-ACK information feedback is employed; and transmitting HARQ-ACK states assigned according to said assignment step on said at least two antenna ports. | 08-28-2014 |
| 20140241312 | SCHEDULING AND COORDINATION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Scheduling and adjustment of multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) streams sent by a network component based on channel quality and assistance data received from another network component is disclosed. Sending multiple MIMO OFDM streams to a user equipment (UE) from at least two network components is also provided. | 08-28-2014 |
| 20140241313 | TRANSMITTING CONSTELLATION SYMBOLS IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method is provided for transmitting constellation symbols in a communication system. A set of orthogonal time-frequency mapping patterns (TFPs) is generated from a TFP. And a TFP from the set of orthogonal TFPs is selected for transmitting a block of constellation symbols. | 08-28-2014 |
| 20140241314 | Spatio-Temporal Processing for Communication - A space-time signal processing system with advantageously reduced complexity. The system may take advantage of multiple transmitter antenna elements and/or multiple receiver antenna elements, or multiple polarizations of a single transmitter antenna element and/or single receiver antenna element. The system is not restricted to wireless contexts and may exploit any channel having multiple inputs or multiple outputs and certain other characteristics. Multi-path effects in a transmission medium cause a multiplicative increase in capacity. | 08-28-2014 |
| 20140247803 | Block-Based Time-Frequency Interleaving and De-Interleaving - Block-based interleaving to process a block of sub-carriers as a two-dimensional array defined by a frequency dimension and a time dimension. For each symbol of the array a cell is selected at each frequency index of the array in a diagonal wrap-around fashion. The array may be traversed with a modulo-based index computed as a function of an incrementing frequency index, a symbol index, and a modulus defined by a depth of the array. Cells may be selected as indicated by the frequency and time indices, and/or as indicated by a bit-reversed representation of the frequency index and/or the time index. A block interleaver may be configured to time interleave without impacting frequency, or interleave in time and frequency. Frequency interleaving may performed with the bit-reversed representation of the frequency index. | 09-04-2014 |
| 20140247804 | MOBILE AD-HOC NETWORK - A mobile communication system which consists of a plurality of MANETs and nodes, which comprises a transceiver at each node. Each transceiver is a combination of a hopping transmitter operating according to a predetermined hopping sequence and rate and a wideband reference receiver, that can simultaneously receive at once, the whole operating band assigned to the system. Each transceiver further includes a circuitry for reallocating simultaneously receiving channels, dynamically spread over a wideband frequency range and circuitry for determining transmission hopping patterns to use the least possible number of frequencies according to the active population status of nodes that belong to the plurality of MANETs. This circuitry is also used for adapting the transmission scheme of the alien transceivers by finding time slots, in which a counterpart receiver at each remaining active node is not transmitting and a frequency channel, in which no other active node, neighboring the counterpart receiver transmits, while determining proper transmission frequency for each transmitting node. | 09-04-2014 |
| 20140247805 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR SUBFRAME CONFIGURATION AND GENERATION IN A MULTI-CARRIER COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatus for subframe configuration and generation in a multi-cell multi-carrier system. A frame for radio transmission in the system consists of multiple subframes, and each subframe consists of multiple Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbols. Training symbols, frequency-domain data scrambling, size of Fast-Fourier Transform (FFT), or length of cyclic prefix can be configured differently for each subframe to facilitate different applications, such as unicasting or broadcasting. | 09-04-2014 |
| 20140254544 | System and Method for Uplink Grant-Free Transmission Scheme - A method embodiment includes implementing, by a base station (BS), a grant-free uplink transmission scheme. The grant-free uplink transmission scheme defines a first contention transmission unit (CTU) access region in a time-frequency domain, defines a plurality of CTUs, defines a default CTU mapping scheme by mapping at least some of the plurality of CTUs to the first CTU access region, and defines a default user equipment (UE) mapping scheme by defining rules for mapping a plurality of UEs to the plurality of CTUs. | 09-11-2014 |
| 20140254545 | Methods and systems for resource allocation - Various methods and systems are provided for allocating time-frequency resources for downlink (DL) and uplink (UL) communications between base stations and mobile stations. Different forms of resource allocation messages including combinations of bitmaps and bitfields provide additional information about the resources and/or how they are assigned. In some implementations the resource allocation messages enable reduced overhead, which may ultimately improve transmission rates and/or the quality of transmissions. | 09-11-2014 |
| 20140269604 | INTER-VEHICLE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND INTER-VEHICLE COMMUNICATION DEVICE - An inter-vehicle communication device that is connected to a wide-area communication terminal determines a dedicated short-range communication resource assignment by using a wide-area communication resource assignment that is assigned to the wide-area communication terminal. Since a plurality of terminals are not assigned to the same resource block in the wide-area communication resource assignment, the dedicated short-range communication resource assignment determined by using the wide-area wireless communication resource assignment can also prevent a plurality of terminals from being assigned to the same time slot. The wide-area communication resource assignment is essentially necessary for the communication between a base station communication device and the terminals. Since the wide-area communication resource assignment which is necessary is used to determine the dedicated short-range communication resource assignment, a limit to the amount of downlink data can be reduced. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140269605 | SIMULTANEOUSLY ACCESSING SHARED RESOURCES - In some implementations, a method in a wireless network includes allocating a radio resource to a plurality of transmitters. The radio resource is configured for simultaneously transmitting and receiving user data with varying transmission delays. User data bursts are received, from the plurality of transmitters, with varying transmission delays transmitted over the allocated radio resource with varying resource identities. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140269606 | CREATING LIBRARY OF INTERFERERS - A system includes a method for detecting a signal interference in a communication signal of a wireless communication system. An identified source of the signal interference is determined according to an interference profile of a plurality of interference profiles associated with an interference profile library having information that approximates characteristics of the signal interference. The signal interference of the communication signal is mitigated according to an interference parameter associated with the identified source by filtering the communication signal according to the interference parameter. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140269607 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND NOISE-CANCELLATION METHOD - The present invention provides an electronic device including a coupler, a noise-estimation apparatus and an assembly unit. The coupler receives a baseband signal. The noise-estimation apparatus receives the baseband signal and subtracts a predetermined synchronization preamble from the baseband signal to obtain a noise-estimation signal, and the predetermined synchronization preamble is a transmission signal that conforms to the standards of 802.11bg and/or IEEE 802.11n. The assembly unit receives the baseband signal and subtracts a noise-estimation signal from the baseband signal to obtain an output signal. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140269608 | OFDM TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS - Disclosed are an OFDM transmission method and apparatus. In the present invention, channel bonding information includes at least one of information indicating whether or not a channel through which the transport frame is transmitted is a bonded channel, information indicating how many channels form the bonded channel, and information about a transmission frequency of each of the bonded channels. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140269609 | OFDMA WITH ADAPTIVE SUBCARRIER-CLUSTER CONFIGURATION AND SELECTIVE LOADING - A method and apparatus for allocating subcarriers in an orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) system is described. In one embodiment, the method comprises allocating at least one diversity cluster of subcarriers to a first subscriber and allocating at least one coherence cluster to a second subscriber. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140286301 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION IN A MESH NETWORK USING FREQUENCY SCHEDULE - A method and apparatus for communication in a wireless sensor network. In one embodiment, one or more routers in a network may be available for communication with one or more star nodes at a randomized time and/or frequency. A connectivity assessment, which may be performed at several different frequencies and/or times, may be performed to evaluate the quality of communications between devices in the network. Primary and secondary communication relationships may be formed between devices to provide for system redundancy. One or more proxies may be maintained where each proxy includes a status of one or more devices in the network, e.g., one or more star nodes or routers. Proxies may be used to handle information requests and/or status change requests, e.g., a proxy may be requested to change a communication relationship between devices in the network and may generate command signals to cause the corresponding devices to make the change. | 09-25-2014 |
| 20140286302 | COVERAGE BOOSTING TRANSMISSION METHOD FOR LTE TECHNOLOGY - Embodiments for boosting coverage of wireless signals are generally described herein. A wireless communication device for boosting coverage of wireless signals may include a processor arranged to configure resource blocks for a sub-frame for transmitting data in a communication session, wherein the sub-frame includes at least one slot formed by a matrix of sub-carriers in the frequency domain and symbols in the time domain and a transceiver, coupled to the processor, the transceiver being arranged to establish communication with entities in a network, the transceiver being further arranged to, under direction of the processor, map modulated symbols to at least a partial resource block to form a coverage boosting resource unit, the coverage boosting resource unit spreading at least one data bit over at least the partial resource block. | 09-25-2014 |
| 20140286303 | Methods and Systems for Channelization - Methods and systems are described that are suitable for channelization, in particular, but not limited to, the IEEE 80216.m telecommunications standard. For a time-frequency resource, physical sub-carriers for each of one or more zones in the time-frequency resource are assigned to one or more zones having a respective type of transmission. At least one zone is allocated for a type of transmission using localized sub-carriers. The physical sub-carriers assigned to each zone are permuted to map to logical sub-carriers. Groups of resource blocks are formed, in which each resource block includes at least one logical sub-carrier for each of the one or more zones. The information defining the groups of resource blocks for each of the one or more zones can then be transmitted to a user. The information may be in the form of a zone configuration index. | 09-25-2014 |
| 20140286304 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION-REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present invention relate to a wireless communication system, and more particularly, to a technology for allocating a Channel State Information-Reference Signal (CSI-RS) in a wireless communication system. Embodiments of the present invention provides an apparatus and method for allocating CSI-RSs to resource areas, in which, under the condition of a subframe in which the CP is an extended CP, and the duplex scheme is TDD, if CSI-RSs for maximum 8 antenna ports are allocated, the CSI-RSs are allocated to the 8th and 9th symbols (symbol No. l=7 and 8), wherein each CSI-RS for every two antenna ports is allocated to the same RE while being discriminated from each other by an orthogonal code and neighbor CSI-RS allocated REs in the frequency axis are spaced by an interval of three REs. | 09-25-2014 |
| 20140293954 | Method for Determining Cell Identification Information - A method includes receiving a signal including a two-dimensional signal pattern in a time-frequency representation, the two-dimensional signal pattern including reference signals at first predetermined positions in the two-dimensional signal pattern. The method further includes determining a frequency-time transformation based on the reference signals to obtain a time-domain signal. The method further includes determining a first cell identification information based on a threshold criterion with respect to the time-domain signal. | 10-02-2014 |
| 20140293955 | PREDICTIVE SPECTRAL ALLOCATION IN MOBILE NETWORKS - Technologies are generally described for discerning patterns in the “goodness” or “badness” of time-frequency slots to allow predictive allocation of spectral resources that may be appropriate for a wireless user. According to some examples, information on device location, time slots, sub-carrier(s) allotted for each time slot, and quality indicators may be received from mobile devices. The time slots may be grouped by location to form analysis intervals. A time-frequency vector may then be identified for each analysis interval and a unit of geographic grid. A “goodness” indicator may be computed for each time-frequency vector. Clusters of time-frequency vectors may be categorized for each analysis interval and associated unit of geographic grid such that mobile devices can be assigned “good” clusters through sub-carrier allocation. | 10-02-2014 |
| 20140293956 | SYMBOL MAPPING METHOD FOR REPETITION CHANNEL CODING - A symbol mapping method for repetition coding is disclosed. The symbol mapping method comprises performing repetition coding on codeword to output repeated codeword symbols, and mapping the repeated codeword symbols with subcarriers located in different localized resource blocks. According to the embodiments of the present invention, it is possible to obtain maximum reliability in a receiving side by mapping codeword bits with subcarriers to reduce the number of bits having low reliability when a transmitting side uses repetition coding. Also, it is possible to improve decoding throughput and obtain channel diversity. | 10-02-2014 |
| 20140293957 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING CONTROL CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method and an apparatus for allocating a control channel in a wireless communication system. A base station allocates an enhanced physical downlink control channel (e-PDCCH) to a localized region within a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) region, allocates the e-PDCCH to a distributed region within the PDSCH region, and transmits a scheduling assignment via the allocated e-PDCCH. | 10-02-2014 |
| 20140301352 | ENHANCED PHYSICAL HARQ INDICATOR CHANNEL STRUCTURE - Various communication systems may benefit from techniques and systems for acknowledgment. For example, acknowledgements of enhanced physical downlink control channel uplink grants with enhanced physical hybrid automatic repeat request indicator channel may benefit long term evolution communication systems. A method can include preparing an enhanced physical hybrid automatic repeat request indicator channel for transmission, as a response to an uplink enhanced physical downlink control channel grant. The method can also include transmitting the enhanced physical hybrid automatic repeat request indicator channel in semi-static time and frequency resources reserved for enhanced physical downlink control channel. A predetermined number of enhanced control channel elements to be distributed over a certain number of physical resource block pairs can be configured for the transmission of the enhanced physical hybrid automatic repeat request indicator channel. | 10-09-2014 |
| 20140301353 | Broadcast of Information for New Carrier Type - Base station and UE and methods therein for broadcast in a wireless communication network. The method in the base station comprises determining ( | 10-09-2014 |
| 20140301354 | VIRTUAL CARRIER SENSING MECHANISM FOR LONG TERM EVOLUTION (LTE) - Embodiments for providing virtual carrier sensing for LTE are generally described herein. In some embodiments, a first evolved Node B (eNB) sends a notification of subsequent DL transmission to a first UE in a downlink. In the uplink, the first UE sends a confirmation of the received DL notification. A second eNB overhears the confirmation, decodes it and extracts the information of the DL resources that the first eNB is planning to use. If the second eNB is not already transmitting in the indicated DL resources, the second eNB marks the indicated DL resources as busy and refrains from transmitting in those resources. The second eNB may then reschedule its transmission using alternative resources so that interference from the second eNB1 may be avoided. | 10-09-2014 |
| 20140301355 | Signalling Mechanism for Multi-Tiered Intra-Band Carrier Aggregation - Methods of performing intra-band carrier aggregation in a multi-tiered wireless network include determining a capability of a user equipment unit located within an overlapping coverage area of first and second radio network nodes to simultaneously receive data on a first component carrier and on a second component carrier from the first and second network nodes, and simultaneously transmitting data to the user equipment unit using the first and second component carriers from different radio network nodes in response to determining that the user equipment unit is capable of simultaneously receiving data on the first component carrier and on the second component carrier from different radio network nodes. | 10-09-2014 |
| 20140301356 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD, BASE STATION, AND USER EQUIPMENT - Embodiments of the present invention provide a data transmission method, a base station, and a user equipment. The data transmission method includes: determining, by a base station, a modulation and coding level and a time-frequency resource, and determining, in a first or second modulation and transport block size index table, a TBS index and a modulation mode, where a second TBS index is not smaller than a first TBS index; and sending service data and a system scheduling control signal to a user equipment by adopting the selected TBS. In this way, the base station can select a larger TBS to achieve a higher coding rate and increase a system throughput. | 10-09-2014 |
| 20140301357 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING A PLURALITY OF DATA SYMBOLS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - According to one embodiment, a method for transmitting an uplink signal includes transmitting the uplink signal including a block of data symbols. The block of data symbols are mapped to at least two sets of subcarrier blocks. Each data symbol of the block of data symbols is mapped to one of subcarriers of the at least two sets of subcarrier blocks. The at least two sets of subcarrier blocks are not contiguous in frequency. The block of data symbols are mapped in sequence starting with a first data symbol to the at least two sets of subcarrier blocks and in increasing order of subcarrier index. | 10-09-2014 |
| 20140301358 | Code Generating Apparatus, Reference Signal Generating Apparatus, and Methods Thereof - A code generating apparatus, demodulation reference signal generating apparatus, and methods thereof. The demodulation reference signal generator includes generating a non-correlation sequence for RS of a first resource block; spreading spectrums of elements in the non-correlation sequence for RS to be mapped to a first frequency resource of the first resource block, by using a first group of codes; second spreading spectrums of elements in the non-correlation sequence for RS to be mapped to a second frequency resource of the first resource block, by using a second group of Codes; the first and second frequency resources are adjacent frequency resources in frequency resource elements used for RS transmission in the first resource block, and the first and second groups of Codes are mirrors in column to each other; and mapping the spectrum-spread elements to the first and second frequency resources, respectively. | 10-09-2014 |
| 20140301359 | METHOD FOR SETTING STARTING POSITION OF DATA CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE USING METHOD - Provided are a method for setting a starting position in a time domain of a data channel in a wireless communication system and a device using the method therof. The method comprises the steps of: receiving position information notifying the position at which data channels start in a plurality of subframes; receiving a control channel in a first downlink subframe; and receiving at least one data channel scheduled by the control channel in the plurality of the downlink subframes, wherein the position at which the data channel starts in the plurality of the downlink subframes is determined on the basis of the position information. | 10-09-2014 |
| 20140307702 | Massive MIMO (M-MIMO) Support for Heterogeneous Networks (HETNETS) - Systems and methods for enabling a wireless backhaul network between access points (APs) in a wireless network are provided. In an embodiment, the wireless backhaul network is enabled using a Massive Multiple Input Multiple Output (MIMO) radio access technology (RAT). In another embodiment, the wireless backhaul network is established using the same RAT as used by the APs to serve user devices, and can utilize the same time and frequency resources used for user communication. | 10-16-2014 |
| 20140307703 | PRECODER RESOURCE BUNDLING INFORMATION FOR INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION IN LTE - Methods, systems, and devices are described for interference cancellation/interference suppression (IC/IS) of neighbor cell transmissions. A UE may receive a downlink transmission from a base station and also receive interfering signals from one or more neighboring base stations. The UE may be configured to perform IC/IS operations on the interfering signals. In order to enhance IC/IS operations, the UE may evaluate whether resource bundling is used for the interfering signals. The UE may modify IC/IS operations for one or more subframes responsive to the evaluation. Modifying IC/IS operations may include, for example, using information related to the bundling at the neighboring base station(s) to cancel the interfering signals from the base station(s). | 10-16-2014 |
| 20140307704 | DYNAMIC EIRP CONSTRAINT FOR A CELLULAR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING A LARGE NUMBER OF BASE STATION ANTENNAS - The present disclosure is directed to a system and method for determining an EIRP constraint for a data stream based on the direction that a beam carrying the data stream is to be radiated by an array of antennas rather than using a fixed EIRP constraint for all such beams. The system and method can use the direction the beam is to be radiated to determine a distance between the array of antennas and the closest point (or location) in which a human being can potentially be impacted by the radiated beam. For larger distances, the EIRP constraint can be adjusted upward, allowing for higher transmit power levels. Conversely, for comparatively smaller distances, the EIRP constraint can be adjusted downward, allowing for lower transmit power levels. | 10-16-2014 |
| 20140307705 | DEVICE BEACON FOR COMMUNICATION MANAGEMENT FOR PEER TO PEER COMMUNICATIONS - A wireless communication device transmits a device beacon in accordance with a system timing of a wireless wide area network (WWAN). For one example, the beacon is transmitted relative to WWAN uplink channels of the time-frequency space of the uplink WWAN channel assignment. In response to the reception of the device beacon by another wireless communication device, a peer to peer communication session is established. | 10-16-2014 |
| 20140314044 | Device and Method for Discovery Channel Hopping Scheme - A device and method generates a hopping scheme for mobile stations of a wireless network. The method includes receiving a number of channels N of the wireless network. The method includes generating a shuffling matrix as a function of the number of channels N, each row of the shuffling matrix being indicative of a respective one of the mobile stations, each column of the shuffling matrix being indicative of a respective broadcast time of a discovery signal in a hopping scheme. The method includes generating the hopping scheme for the mobile stations in the channels as a function of the shuffling matrix. The hopping scheme maximizes an interval between two consecutive broadcast times that any two of the mobile stations are assigned to transmit discovery signals on adjacent channels. | 10-23-2014 |
| 20140321419 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES FOR COMMUNICATION BETWEEN BASE STATIONS - A method and an apparatus for allocating resources for communication between BSs are provided. The method includes when a new BS is added to a network, determining neighboring BSs of the new BS based on position information of the new BS and position information of existing BSs in the network, determining whether to use a second resource allocation scheme based on a first resource allocation scheme currently applied to the existing BSs in the network and a number of resource configurations used by the neighboring BSs, when it is determined to use the second resource allocation scheme, determining resource allocations for communication between the new BS and the neighboring BSs by using the second resource allocation scheme, and when it is determined to not use the second resource allocation scheme, determining resource allocations for communication between the new BS and the neighboring BSs by using the first resource allocation scheme. | 10-30-2014 |
| 20140321420 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION DEVICE, AND BASE STATION DEVICE - A base station device includes: a control information generating section which generates control information specific to mobile station devices; a control information count indicator generating section which generates a control information count indicator indicating the number of pieces of generated control information of each mobile station device; and a transmitting section which transmits the control information count indicator and the control information. The mobile station device includes: a receiving section which receives a control information count indicator and control information transmitted from the base station device within a mobile station-specific search space selected based on a mobile station ID of the mobile station device; a control information count indicator detecting section which detects the control information indicator; and a control channel decoding section which decodes the control channel in response to the number of pieces of detected control information. | 10-30-2014 |
| 20140321421 | GENERATING AND TRANSMITTING DEMODULATION REFERENCE SIGNALS - The present disclosure provides a solution which solves the problem of demodulation reference signal (DMRS) ambiguity by introducing separate, i.e. different DMRSs. This is especially the case for systems employing dynamic allocation of control and data signals to different PRBs. | 10-30-2014 |
| 20140321422 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING A SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An embodiment of the present invention relates to a method in which a base station transmits a signal in a wireless communication system, comprising: a step of generating a reception acknowledgement response to the uplink data received from a terminal; and a step of mapping the reception acknowledgement response to a downlink time-frequency resource and transmitting the mapped result. The downlink time-frequency resource is located on a resource region excluding the control region indicated by a physical control format indicator channel, and associated with the index of the resource block with which the uplink data is transmitted. | 10-30-2014 |
| 20140321423 | DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION MANAGEMENT USING MACROCELL COMMUNICATION RESOURCES - Macrocell communication resources are assigned for device-to-device (D2D) communication between two wireless communication user equipment (UE) devices. A scheduler in a communication system schedules (assigns) scheduled downlink communication resources for downlink transmission of signals from a base station, schedules (assigns) scheduled uplink communication resources for uplink communication from wireless communication (UE) devices to base stations, and schedules (assigns) (D2D) communication resources for (D2D) communication between wireless communication (UE) devices. The (D2D) communication resources are selected from either defined downlink communication resources or defined uplink communication resources that are defined by communication specification. The base station sends communication resource allocation (CRA) information to at least one of the wireless communication (UE) devices where the communication resource allocation information identifies the (D2D) communication resources for use by the wireless communication (UE) devices to communicate through a device-to-device (D2D) communication link. | 10-30-2014 |
| 20140321424 | METHOD FOR RECEIVING DOWNLINK DATA AND WIRELESS DEVICE USING SAME - The present invention relates to a method for receiving downlink data and a wireless device using same. The wireless device determines a subframe reception timing difference between a first serving cell and a second serving cell, receives a downlink grant through a downlink control channel of the first serving cell, and receives a downlink transmission block through a downlink shared channel of the second serving cell as instructed by the downlink grant. When the subframe reception timing difference is a predetermined value, at least one orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol from among a plurality of OFDM symbols is neglected in a subframe where the downlink shared channel is received. | 10-30-2014 |
| 20140328313 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR FREQUENCY MULTIPLEXED COMMUNICATION IN DENSE WIRELESS ENVIRONMENTS - Systems, methods, and devices for high-efficiency wireless frequency division multiplexing are provided. A method includes determining, at an access point, a performance characteristic for each wireless device in a set of wireless devices associated with the access point. The method further includes categorizing each wireless device in the set into at least a first and second subset of wireless devices based on the performance characteristic. The method further includes receiving communications from the first subset of wireless devices on a first set of wireless frequencies. The method further includes receiving communications from the second subset of wireless devices on a second set of wireless frequencies, the second set of wireless frequencies being a subset of the first. The first set of wireless devices have a higher performance characteristic than the second set of wireless devices. | 11-06-2014 |
| 20140328314 | Power Decision Pilot for Wireless Communication - Techniques for transmitting power decision pilots are described. A transmitter (e.g., a base station or a UE) may transmit a power decision pilot to indicate a transmit power level that it will use on subsequent time-frequency resources. In one design, the transmitter may determine a set of time-frequency resources to use for transmitting the power decision pilot, determine the transmit power level for the power decision pilot based on the transmit power level to use for data transmission, and transmit the power decision pilot on the set of time-frequency resources to indicate the transmit power level to use for data transmission on the subsequent time-frequency resources. A receiver (e.g., a UE or a base station) may receive power decision pilots from a set of transmitters and may estimate channel quality that the receiver can expect on the subsequent time-frequency resources based on the power decision pilots. | 11-06-2014 |
| 20140328315 | CONTROL AND DATA CHANNEL RADIO RESOURCE CONFIGURATION - A base station transmits on a first control channel first scheduling information for a control message. First radio resources of the first control channel start from the first symbol of each subframe in a plurality of subframes. The base station transmits the control message configuring second radio resources of a second control channel. The second radio resources comprise resource blocks in a subset of subframes in the plurality of subframes. The control message indicates the subset of subframes and a starting symbol of the second control channel. The base station transmits second scheduling information on the second control channel. | 11-06-2014 |
| 20140328316 | Rate Capping with Multiple Carrier Aggregation Schedulers - Requests for carrier aggregation scheduling for a user equipment are received from a first cell used for carrier aggregation and n second cells. The requests include a first scheduling decision of the first cell and n second scheduling decisions of the n second cells. It is checked whether or not the requests exceed limits of the user equipment, and the n second scheduling decisions are modified according to predefined rules such that the requests do not exceed the limits. Limits of the user equipment are increased by a margin, the increased limits are split onto active cells of the first and n second cells according to a predefined rule, and the margin is controlled dependent on whether the increased and split limits are exceeded or not by the requests. If they are exceeded, the n second scheduling decisions may be modified. | 11-06-2014 |
| 20140334435 | Systems and Methods for Scalable Device-to-Device Discovery via Device Grouping - System and method embodiments are provided to select and organize devices in a wireless network for allowing efficient transmission of discovery signals. In an embodiment, a network controller for grouping devices for device-to-device (D2D) discovery allocates a plurality of transmission opportunities for D2D discovery in a wireless network. Each one of the transmission opportunities defines at least one of a time slot and a frequency for transmitting a discovery subframe for D2D discovery. The network controller further groups, via signaling, a plurality of devices in the wireless network into a plurality of groups, wherein the devices in each group are in close proximity to each other. The network controller then assigns a corresponding transmission opportunity of the allocated transmission opportunities to each group. | 11-13-2014 |
| 20140334436 | Control Channel Transmission and Reception Method and System - In an embodiment method, a first central controller of a wireless system selects a first common reference signal (“CRS”) pattern for muting on a first type of control channel by the first central controller, wherein the first type of control channel is formed with resource elements (“REs”), and selects a second CRS pattern for muting on a first data channel by the first central controller, where the first CRS pattern and the second CRS pattern are separately configured. The central controller identifies a set of subframes including the first type of control channel, where the set of subframes has REs that overlap the first CRS pattern for muting, and mutes the overlapping REs in the first type of control channel when the set of subframes are not multicast broadcast single frequency network subframes, and frequency-division multiplexes the first type of control channel with the first data channel. | 11-13-2014 |
| 20140334437 | Mapping User Data onto a Time-Frequency Resource Grid in a Coordinated Multi-Point Wireless Communication System - Methods and apparatus are disclosed for receiving user data in a wireless communication system that employs coordinated multi-point transmission of the user data from a first cell serving a wireless terminal and a second cell site neighboring the first cell site. In an exemplary system, the first cell site maps control signals and user data to a time-frequency resources according to a first mapping pattern, while the second cell site maps control data and traffic data to the time-frequency resources according to a second mapping pattern. An exemplary method comprises extracting user data, according to the first mapping pattern, from time-frequency resources of a first transmission for the wireless terminal transmitted from the first cell site; detecting a control element transmitted by one of the first and second cell sites, the control element indicating that user data associated with the control element is mapped to the time-frequency resources according to the second mapping pattern; and, responsive to said detecting, extracting user data according to the second mapping pattern from time-frequency resources of a second transmission for the wireless terminal transmitted from the second cell site. | 11-13-2014 |
| 20140341174 | CELLULAR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM COMPUTATION OF RSRP IN THE PRESENCE OF LARGE FREQUENCY ERRORS - A Reference Signal Received Power (RSRP) value is produced from a received Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexed (OFDM) signal that comprises a plurality of reference symbols located at known sub-carrier frequencies and times within the received OFDM signal. RSRP value production involves, for each hypothesized error state selected from a plurality of different hypothesized error states, ascertaining a corresponding hypothesized RSRP value, and then using the hypothesized RSRP values as a basis for determining a value for use as the produced RSRP value (e.g., by selecting a maximum one of the hypothesized RSRP values as the produced RSRP value). In this technology, each of the hypothesized error states is a hypothesized frequency error paired with a hypothesized timing error and the corresponding hypothesized RSRP value is produced by adjusting one or more measured channel estimates as a function of the hypothesized error state. | 11-20-2014 |
| 20140341175 | ALLOCATING RESOURCES AND TRANSMITTING DATA IN MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEMS COMPRISING MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION APPLICATIONS - A method of communicating data in a wireless telecommunications system between plural base stations and plural terminal devices using plural Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplex, OFDM, sub-carriers spanning a first frequency bandwidth. The method includes: communicating data between a first base station and a first terminal device using a first OFDM sub-carrier group distributed across the first frequency bandwidth, communicating data between a second base station, geographically separated from the first base station, and a second terminal device using a second OFDM sub-carrier group distributed across a second frequency bandwidth, the second frequency bandwidth being smaller than and within the first frequency bandwidth; and communicating control-plane data between the first base station and the first terminal device using a combination of the first and second groups of the OFDM sub-carriers. Guard regions may be provided in the frequency domain between frequencies of transmissions associated with the first and second base stations. | 11-20-2014 |
| 20140341176 | Method and Related Communication Device for Device Discovery in Device to Device Communication - A method of device discovery in device to device (D | 11-20-2014 |
| 20140341177 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR SCHEDULING OFDM FRAMES - System and methods for scheduling OFDM frames are provided. Each packet is assigned to a frame bucket, this amounting to a temporary decision of when to transmit the packet. Each packet is marked with one or more metrics. The metrics are used to sort packets and make scheduling decisions. Packets are analyzed to determine their suitability for MIMO transmission. | 11-20-2014 |
| 20140341178 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND RESOURCE ASSIGNING METHOD BETWEEN A PLURALITY OF TERMINALS IN INFRASTRUCTURE NETWORK - A communication method between a plurality of terminals and a resource allocation method in an infrastructure network are disclosed. A terminal according to an embodiment communicates with at least one other terminal using a particular frequency band in a third time section distinguished from a first time section for reception of a downlink data and a second time section for transmission of an uplink data, thereby providing a technology of generating a small-scale network partly with respect to a particular region in a network with an extensive coverage of an infrastructure network. | 11-20-2014 |
| 20140341179 | BASE STATION DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE, FREQUENCY BAND ALLOCATION METHOD, AND PROGRAM - The present invention makes it possible to minimize a decrease in the efficiency of frequency band utilization even if a constraint is placed on the number of points when performing an orthogonal transform. A base station device includes an allocation determination unit configured to allocate a frequency band of subcarriers to each of a plurality of communication devices that applies an orthogonal transform to a signal to be transmitted and transmits the signal by arranging the signal on the subcarriers, a communication device selection unit configured to select, from among the plurality of communication devices, a communication device for which the number of subcarriers included in the frequency band allocated to the communication device by the allocation determination unit is not a prescribed number, and a frequency band adjustment unit configured to perform a change that changes a frequency band allocated to the selected communication device, from the frequency band allocated by the allocation determination unit. The frequency band adjustment unit performs the change in such a way that the number of subcarriers included in a frequency band obtained as a result of the change becomes the prescribed number. | 11-20-2014 |
| 20140341180 | DEMODULATION REFERENCE SIGNAL PROCESSING METHOD, BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT - The embodiments of the present invention provide a demodulation reference signal processing method, a base station and a user equipment. A processing method includes: generating, by a base station, a DMRS corresponding to an E-PDCCH by using information that is available before a UE receives the E-PDCCH sent by the base station; and mapping, by the base station, the DMRS onto a time-and-frequency resource corresponding to a downlink control channel region and used for transmitting a reference signal, and sending the DMRS to the UE. In the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention, the base station and the UE no longer use an SCID for generating the DMRS, which solves the problem that the UE cannot obtain the SCID before receiving the E-PDCCH and cannot generate the DMRS, and further, cannot demodulate the E-PDCCH, and enables demodulation of the E-PDCCH. | 11-20-2014 |
| 20140348122 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING DATA - The present invention discloses a method and a device for transmitting data. The method includes: sending, by a base station, a time-frequency resource on which a communication equipment sends any one preamble to the base station on a physical random access channel and corresponding relationship between a physical random access feedback channel and a physical random access channel to a user equipment on a downlink resource through system broadcast; sending, by the communication equipment, any one preamble to the base station on the time-frequency resource, receiving random access feedback information sent by the base station, performing synchronization with the base station through a TA carried in the random access feedback information, sending an RRC connection request message to the base station on the time-frequency resource biased with a preset time, receiving an RRC establishment message sent by the base station, and then establishing an RRC connection with the base station. | 11-27-2014 |
| 20140348123 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL SIGNALING - The present invention provides a method and a device for transmitting control signaling. The method includes: determining a first resource set and a second resource set, where the first resource set and the second resource set are two resource sets in each TTI that do not overlap; and transmitting control signaling in the first resource set and the second resource set respectively, where, in the first resource set, control signaling allocated to each UE can occupy all reserved bandwidth, and in the second resource set, control signaling allocated to each UE can occupy a part of all reserved bandwidth. Embodiments of the present invention can reduce complexity of blind detection of a UE. | 11-27-2014 |
| 20140348124 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a wireless communication system, an APM provides sequential numbers to channels formed by dividing a specific frequency band, selects the channels in bit-reversed order of the numbers to divide the channels in frequency groups, creates a small hopping table for each frequency group, and generates a hopping table using the plurality of small hopping tables, and an AP performs channel access to a STA by frequency hopping with reference to the hopping table. | 11-27-2014 |
| 20140348125 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR INFORMATION TRANSMISSION - Embodiments of this application relate to the field of wireless communications and particularly to a method of and system and apparatus for transmitting information so as to transmit DCI over E-PDCCHs. A method according to an embodiment of the invention includes: the network side selecting candidate E-PDCCHs for carrying DCI from a set of candidate E-PDCCHs, wherein the set of candidate E-PDCCHs includes E-PDCCHs occupying a plurality of time-frequency resources consecutive in frequency domain and E-PDCCHs occupying a plurality of time-frequency resources inconsecutive in frequency domain; and the network side transmitting the DCI over the selected candidate E-PDCCHs. With the method according to the embodiment of the invention, DCI can be transmitted over E-PDCCHs to thereby enable effectively the E-PDCCHs to occupy both the resources consecutive in frequency domain and the resources inconsecutive in frequency domain and improve the transmission efficiency and the system performance. | 11-27-2014 |
| 20140348126 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DETERMINING REFERENCE SIGNAL ANTENNA PORT FOR DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method of transmitting a downlink control channel including one or more control channel elements to a terminal by a base station in a wireless communication system. In particular, the method includes: allocating an antenna port of a demodulation-reference signal (DM-RS) to the one or more control channel elements that configure the downlink control channel; and transmitting the downlink control channel to the terminal by using the DM-RS of the allocated antenna port, wherein the antenna port of the DM-RS is determined on the basis of the number of control channel elements per resource block. | 11-27-2014 |
| 20140355556 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR CLEAR CHANNEL ASSESSMENT - One aspect disclosed is a method in a wireless communications system including a first primary channel having a first frequency spectrum bandwidth and a second primary channel having a second frequency spectrum bandwidth, wherein the second frequency spectrum bandwidth includes the first frequency spectrum bandwidth. The method includes performing a first and a second back-off procedure at least partially in parallel, the first back-off procedure based on whether the first primary channel is idle, and the second back-off procedure based on whether the second primary channel is idle, and transmitting a wireless message based on whether the first or the second back-off procedure completes first. | 12-04-2014 |
| 20140355557 | Ratio Resource Sharing and Contention Scheme for Device-to-Device Communication in White Space Spectrum Bands - The present invention discloses a method, an apparatus and a computer program for resource contention in device-to-device communication links. The method partitions the time-frequency radio resource grid with a resource block set forming the resource unit in the grid, for all available, used and unusable frequency bands around a given virtual central frequency. Each resource block set is partitioned into a common control channel and a data channel. With a given procedure of control data transmission between transmitting and receiving user terminals, the resources are competed and shared. Frequency shifting with short distance frequency change or frequency transference with a larger frequency hopping into a free radio resource is available. The competition procedure is done in order to fairly share the frequency bands as a function of time between different device-to-device communication links in a localized manner. | 12-04-2014 |
| 20140355558 | METHOD AND BASE STATION FOR DETERMINING SIZE OF TRANSMISSION BLOCKS IN SUBFRAME - A method and a base station for determining a size of transmission blocks in a sub-frame. The method comprises: acquiring a physical resource block allocation number N′ | 12-04-2014 |
| 20140355559 | CONTROL CHANNEL RESOURCE TRANSMISSION METHOD, BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT - Embodiments of the present invention provide a control channel resource transmission method, a base station and a user equipment which can ensure balance between performance of E-CCEs on a resource set, and further ensure scheduling and receiving performance of the E-CCEs. A control channel resource transmission method includes: mapping, by a base station, more than one enhanced control channel element E-CCE onto a resource set, where each E-CCE is mapped onto a corresponding first resource subset and a corresponding second resource subset respectively, so that each E-CCE occupies a resource of the same size or a difference between sizes of resources occupied by the E-CCEs is less than a preset threshold, where the E-CCEs are carried on the resource set for transmission; and transmitting the resource set that carries the E-CCEs to a user equipment; and demodulating, by the user equipment, the resource set and performing receiving. | 12-04-2014 |
| 20140355560 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING RANDOM ACCESS PREAMBLE - Base Station (BS) and User Equipment (UE) apparatuses for configuring a Random Access CHannel (RACH), and methods thereof, are provided. The method for a BS to configure a RACH includes generating configuration information on RACH resources, transmitting the configuration information on the RACH resources to a UE, receiving a random access preamble multiplexed on a plurality of continuous RACH resources from the UE, extracting the random access preamble multiplexed on the plurality of continuous RACH resources, and detecting the extracted random access preamble. The method for a UE to configure a RACH includes receiving configuration information on RACH resources from a BS, selecting occupied RACH resources among a plurality of continuous RACH resources, generating a random access preamble, multiplexing the generated random access preamble on the selected RACH resources, and transmitting the random access preamble on the selected RACH resources to the BS. | 12-04-2014 |
| 20140355561 | RECEIVING APPARATUS, RECEIVING METHOD AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - A radio communication apparatus is disclosed that enables the influence of the feedback information on the channel capacity to be kept to the minimum without reducing the transmission efficiency of information by transmission of pilot symbol. In the apparatus, a delay dispersion measuring section generates a delay profile using the received signal, and measures delay dispersion indicative of dispersion of delayed versions. A moving speed estimating section estimates moving speed of a mobile station apparatus that transmits a pilot symbol based on the variation in reception power of the pilot symbol. An other-cell interference measuring section measures other-cell interference caused by signals transmitted in cells except the cell to which the apparatus belongs. Corresponding to the delay dispersion, moving speed and other-cell interference, a pilot pattern information generating section selects a pilot pattern such that placement of pilot symbol is optimal in a frame, and generates the pilot pattern information. | 12-04-2014 |
| 20140362820 | INTERFERENCE SUPPRESSION METHOD AND APPARATUS - Embodiments of the present invention provide an interference suppression method and apparatus, which can eliminate interference of a digital circuit with an analog circuit. The method includes: receiving a system clock, where a current frequency of the system clock is a first frequency; and converting the system clock into an optimal clock of a current sensitive frequency band, where the optimal clock and high-order harmonics of the optimal clock do not fall within a receive band of the sensitive frequency band, where the optimal clock is selected, with reference to the sensitive frequency band, from the system clock and at least one planned clock which is determined according to the first frequency, a frequency of the at least one planned clock is a second frequency, and a frequency increment of the second frequency relative to the first frequency is less than or equal to a preset threshold. | 12-11-2014 |
| 20140362821 | Channelization Procedure for Implementing Persistent ACK/NACKK and Scheduling Request - In one exemplary embodiment, a method includes: configuring a common resource space having a plurality of time-frequency resources and code resources, where the common resource space includes a first portion for a first type of signaling and a second portion for a second type of signaling, where the first type of signaling includes at least one of persistent acknowledgement signaling and scheduling request signaling, where the second type of signaling includes dynamic acknowledgement signaling; and allocating, based on the configured common resource space, resources of the common resource space for the at least one of persistent acknowledgement signaling and scheduling request signaling. | 12-11-2014 |
| 20140369310 | Allocation of Periodically Distributed Frames of Wireless Communication - Methods of allocating a plurality of periodically distributed frames of communication between a first wireless transceiver and a second wireless transceiver are disclosed. One method includes detecting periodic data for transmission between the wireless base station and the wireless mobile unit. A transmission map that maps frequency and time slots is generated for transmission of the data packets. Allocation information is included within less than all of a plurality of transmission maps of the plurality of periodically distributed frames, The allocation information designates frequency and time slots in which data packets identified as a periodic data type are transmitted to the second wireless transceiver for the plurality of periodically distributed frames. | 12-18-2014 |
| 20140369311 | Method, Terminal And Base Station For Multi-User Interference Suppression - Embodiments of the present invention provide a multi-user interference suppression method, terminal and base station. The method includes performing layer mapping on and precoding service data of each of paired users to obtain precoded output data, mapping the precoded output data and a common pilot sequence to a port of an antenna array for sending to each user by using the antenna array. Correspondingly, the embodiments of the present invention further provide a data receiving method, base station and terminal. By using a common pilot sequence based on the paired users, the same pilot sequence is used for each user in the paired users of a cell or a collaborative area, which is different from the technical solution in the prior art where a user-specific pilot is used and pilots of different users are orthogonal. | 12-18-2014 |
| 20140376509 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM WITH A NARROWER SUBORDINATE CARRIER - Wirelessly communicating with a first type of terminal device and a second type of terminal device is disclosed. The first type of terminal device may have a host carrier having radio resource segments distributed in time. Each radio resource segment may provide radio resources across a first frequency band. A second type of terminal device may also communicate, within a second frequency band, using a subordinate carrier comprising resources that are a subset of the host carrier radio resource segments. The second frequency band may be narrower than and contained within the first frequency band. | 12-25-2014 |
| 20150009947 | TRACKING RADAR FREQUENCY ENABLING MORE CHANNELS - In an example embodiment, a channel that includes a plurality of sub-channels is sampled to detect pulses indicative of a presence of a radar signal. A frequency for the radar signal is determined. If the frequency of the radar signal maps to a selected subset of the plurality of sub-channels, the selected subset of the plurality of sub-channels are determined to be unavailable due to radar, while the remaining sub-channels remain available for use. The selected subset of the plurality of sub-channels determined to be unavailable due to radar may be selectively returned for use after the radar signal is no longer detected for a predetermined selected time period. | 01-08-2015 |
| 20150009948 | DEMODULATION REFERENCE SIGNALS (DMRS)FOR SIDE INFORMATION FOR INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION - Embodiments for providing demodulation reference signals to provide side information for interference cancellation are generally described herein. In some embodiments, a sub-frame is prepared comprising two slots and configuring a physical resource block (PRB) for each slot, wherein each PRB comprises twelve Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) subcarriers transmitting for a duration of 7 OFDM symbols per slot. In resource elements on each of three of twelve OFDM subcarriers, two pairs of demodulation reference signals (DMRS) are allocated to form three DMRS sets. Symbols are mapped with a first modulation for the two pairs of demodulation reference signals to three of the twelve OFDM subcarriers for transmission. A second modulation is added to a first of the three DMRS sets and a third modulation is added to a second of the three DMRS sets to indicate side information regarding an interfering signal for use in mitigating the interfering signal. | 01-08-2015 |
| 20150009949 | SYNCHRONIZING PEER-TO-PEER OPERATION FOR OUTSIDE NETWORK COVERAGE AND PARTIAL NETWORK COVERAGE USING LTE AIR INTERFACE - A user equipment (UE) enables synchronous peer-to-peer communication between devices for out of network coverage and partial network coverage scenarios. The UE performs a synchronization procedure and selects a spectrum resource within an uplink (UL) spectrum for device-to-device (D2D) communication. The UE, representing a synchronization source, generates timing information and synchronization signals for synchronizing a group of wireless communication devices (peer UEs) with the UE in a local synchronization area. The UE transmits, in selected or pre-allocated time or frequency resources, a synchronization signal including the timing information in order to synchronize devices in the local synchronization area. | 01-08-2015 |
| 20150009950 | EXTENSION OF RADIO LINK CONTROL TRANSMIT WINDOW - The disclosure relates to a method in a base station subsystem, BSS, for transmission of radio link control, RLC, blocks in an extended sequence number space, SNS, and extended transmit window size on multiple downlink carriers. An RLC/Medium Access Control, MAC, header having a fixed number of bits comprises multiple control fields. A number of bits of the RLC/MAC header comprise a block sequence number, BSN, space, the BSN space includes at least one BSN field, each BSN field including a respective BSN. The method includes selecting one or more spare bits in the RLC/MAC header. Each RLC block is indexed with a BSN selected from a range of block indices representing an extended sequence number space and extended transmit window size, where the BSN is included in a BSN field of an expanded BSN space including the selected one or more spare bits. | 01-08-2015 |
| 20150009951 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR SOUNDING CHANNEL OPERATION IN MILLIMETER WAVE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method includes configuring a first sounding channel to be an uplink sounding slot. The uplink sounding slot has at least one OFDM symbol in an uplink sub-frame in order to carry UL-SRSs corresponding to at least one transmit beam of a first set of transmit beams in a first sounding channel set of sub-bands. The first sounding channel set of sub-bands includes sub-bands that cover a first data bandwidth. The method includes transmitting, to an MS, a first UL sounding configuration message that sets a sounding sub-band bitmap value to a maximum specifiable value and indicates UL-SRS placement in the first sounding channel set of sub-bands. The method includes, receiving through the first sounding channel set of sub-bands from the MS, the UL-SRSs corresponding to at least the one transmit beam of the first set of transmit beams for channel estimation over the first data bandwidth. | 01-08-2015 |
| 20150009952 | Systems and Methods for Transmitting Data Information Messages on a Downlink of a Wireless Communication System - Embodiments are provide for communicating data or other non-control information messages within a downlink control channel directly, rather than in a data channel or broadcast channel. Thereby, radio resource utilization can be substantially improved in the cellular system, such as in the case of transmitting smaller data packets. In an embodiment, a transmitter arranges a set of time-frequency radio resources, associated with a downlink control channel, for transmitting information other than control information sent on the downlink control channel. The transmitter then sends, on the set of time-frequency radio resources, a data information message comprising the information other than the control information. The information other than the control information comprises one of user-specific data information and broadcast data information. A receiver then receives on the downlink control channel, control information and the data information message. | 01-08-2015 |
| 20150009953 | METHOD FOR SCHEDULING CONTROL INFORMATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR RECEIVING THE SCHEDULED CONTROL INFORMATION - Disclosed are a method for scheduling control information and a method for receiving the scheduled control information in a mobile communication system. The method performed in a base station may comprise performing scheduling on a plurality of transmission time intervals (TTIs) including a first TTI to a Nth TTI which are temporally continuous, wherein N is a natural number larger than 1; and transmitting scheduling information obtained from the scheduling to a first terminal. Thus, power consumption of the terminal can be reduced, and overall system capacity can be increased. | 01-08-2015 |
| 20150009954 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNAL IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed is a method for transmitting signal in a communication system. A method for transmitting signal comprises generating a short training field (STF) comprising a cyclic prefix (CP) and an effective symbol period including four RP regions; generating a long training field (LTF) comprising a cyclic prefix (CP) and an effective symbol period including two RP regions; generating a frame comprising the STF and the LTF; and transmitting the frame. Thus, efficiency of the communication system may be enhanced by using the method. | 01-08-2015 |
| 20150009955 | FRACTIONAL FREQUENCY REUSE DEPLOYMENT METHOD FOR WIRELESS SYSTEM - In a wireless communications system each base stations communicates with respective subscriber devices within a geographical area of a wireless cell served by a respective base station. The geographical area of the wireless cell comprises a geographical central area and a geographical edge area. More than a third of all transmission resources available to the serving base station are available for communicating with the subscriber devices located within the geographical edge area of the wireless cell. At least one of the transmission resources available for communicating with each of the subscriber devices currently located within the geographical edge area of the wireless cell is other than any of the transmission resources available for communicating with subscriber devices currently located within geographical edge areas of wireless cells having a geographical edge area that is adjacent to the edge area of the wireless cell at which the subscriber device is located. | 01-08-2015 |
| 20150016408 | METHOD FOR TRANSRECEIVING SIGNALS AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method for receiving data on user equipment supporting a plurality of types of carriers in the wireless communication system, and to the apparatus for same, the method comprising the steps of: receiving a transmission mode-common (TM-common) downlink control information (DCI) format including downlink scheduling information; and receiving the data through a resource indicated by the downlink scheduling information, wherein the data is modulated by using a user equipment-specific (UE-specific) reference signal when the data is received through a first type of carrier, and the data is modulated through a first cell-common reference signal when the data is received through second type of carrier. | 01-15-2015 |
| 20150016409 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION RESOURCE ALLOCATION - A system and method for communication resource allocation, a resource including a time slot and at least one associated channel, said channel including at least one transmit and/or receive frequency usable during said time slot, in a mobile meshed network including a first set of radio transceivers communicating with one another via radio links, at least one group, comprising a second set of at least one radio transceiver of said first set, said second set including a master transceiver in a master/subordinate relationship with all the radio transceivers of the second set, a central radio transceiver of the network belonging to said first set. Said system is characterized in that it comprises first means for determining said group(s), second means for allocating all or some of said resources through assignment of a resource to a single group which is able to use said resource for one or more communications between radio transceivers of said group; or through allocation of a resource to a single first group which is able to use said resource for communication between radio transceivers of said first group and radio transceivers belonging to one or more neighboring destination groups, if none of the other resources sharing the same time slot with said resource is determined as belonging to one of said destination groups or to a different second group for links to one of said destination groups of the first group, except if the first group and the second group have no transceiver having a common radio neighbor in the destination groups. Finally, said system comprises third means for allocating, for all or some of the groups, all or some of the resources allocated to said group, to one of the radio transceivers in the group. | 01-15-2015 |
| 20150016410 | DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PERFORMING SAME - Provided is a method for performing device-to-device communication between a first user equipment (UE) and a second UE in a wireless communication system, the method comprising: receiving reception scheduling information for D2D communication from a base station in a first frequency band, receiving data for D2D communication from the second UE in a second frequency band based on the reception scheduling information and transmitting feedback information to the base station in response to reception of the data for D2D communication in the second frequency band, wherein the reception scheduling information is received in a subframe different from a subframe including transmission scheduling information associated with the reception scheduling information, and wherein the reception scheduling information indicates resources on which the first UE receives the data from the second UE and the transmission scheduling information indicates resources on which the second UE transmits the data to the first UE. | 01-15-2015 |
| 20150016411 | System and Method for Inter-Cell Interference Coordination - A system and method for inter-cell interference coordination is provided. A method for controller operation includes receiving interferer information from a device served by the controller, scheduling a cell edge device based on the received interferer information, and reporting usage information of the subset of resources to neighboring controllers. The cell edge device operates in a periphery of a coverage area of the controller, and the cell edge device is scheduled to a subset of resources. The method also includes from each neighboring controller, receiving neighboring usage information of a neighboring subset of resources reserved for cell edge devices served by the neighboring controller. The method further includes scheduling a cell center device based on the received usage information from the neighboring controllers, and transmitting to scheduled devices over their respective scheduled resources. Cell center device is scheduled to resources not in the subset of resources. | 01-15-2015 |
| 20150023313 | Exclusive and Overlapping Transmission Unit Allocation and Use in a Network - One embodiment allocates and uses exclusive and overlapping transmission units in a network. One embodiment includes sending information, from a first network node in a network, during an exclusive transmission unit, wherein the exclusive transmission unit includes one or more wireless time slot-frequency pairings assigned to the first network node to send info nation without another assigned network transmission unit providing overlapping time slot-frequency interference from another network node communicating in the network. One embodiment includes sending information, from the first network node, during an overlapping transmission unit, wherein the overlapping transmission unit includes one or more wireless time slot-frequency pairings assigned to the first network node to send information, with the overlapping transmission unit overlapping in time slot-frequency with one or more other assigned network transmission units that will cause interference if simultaneously used. | 01-22-2015 |
| 20150023314 | Reassignment of Unused Portions of a Transmission Unit in a Network - One embodiment includes signaling, by a first network node to a transmission unit owner node, identifying one or more remaining wireless time slot-frequency pairings of a current transmission unit assigned to the first network node that will not be used by the first network node during the current transmission unit. The transmission unit owner node reassigns one or more of the remaining wireless time slot-frequency pairings to a second network node in the network to use during the current transmission unit. One embodiment includes communicating information between a first network node and a second network node using a particular time slot-frequency pairing, including a particular frame time from the second network node to the first network node, a particular acknowledgement time from the first network node to the second network node, and a particular acknowledgment of the acknowledgment time from the second network node to the first network node. | 01-22-2015 |
| 20150023315 | LTE CHANNEL ACCESS OVER UNLICENSED BANDS - Methods, systems, and devices are described for wireless communications. In one method, a clear channel assessment (CCA) may be performed at a base station to determine availability of an unlicensed spectrum. A first waveform may be transmitted to a set of user equipments (UEs) over the unlicensed spectrum when available. The first waveform may indicate a first time period and a second time period during which the base station has channel access over the unlicensed spectrum. A second waveform may be received from one or more UEs responsive to the first waveform. Each second waveform may be received over the unlicensed spectrum during the first time period and may indicate that the respective UE has channel access over the unlicensed spectrum to receive data from the base station during the second time period. | 01-22-2015 |
| 20150023316 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNALS OF USER EQUIPMENT (UE) CONFIGURED TO PERFORM D2D COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting a signal by a first user equipment (UE) configured to perform device-to-device (D2D) communication in a wireless communication system includes transmitting a signal on a subframe for D2D communication to a second UE configured to perform D2D communication, wherein at least one OFDM symbol from among OFDM symbols contained in the subframe includes a repetition signal. | 01-22-2015 |
| 20150023317 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD, BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND TERMINAL APPARATUS - Frequency utilization efficiency is increased while inter-cell interference is controlled. | 01-22-2015 |
| 20150029995 | INTERFERENCE MITIGATION IN HETEROGENEOUS WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A method in a wireless terminal transceiver includes receiving a sequence of frames from a first base station, wherein each frame in the sequence contains a first set of time-frequency resources which may be used for scheduling data and a second set of time-frequency resources not used for scheduling data. The transceiver also receives a message from the first base station identifying a third set of time-frequency resources that is a subset of the first set of time-frequency resources, and estimates the channel state based on the transmission received in the third set of time-frequency resources. | 01-29-2015 |
| 20150029996 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL MULTIPLEXING - Enhanced physical downlink control channel are multiplexed with physical downlink data channel in frequency division multiplexing (FDM), or in frequency division multiplexing (FDM)+time division multiplexing (TDM). FDM mode applies to users that have only UL grants in that subframe. UL grants of different users are cross-interleaved and transmitted over the entire physical resource blocks (both slots) in FDM. Frequency resources for cross-interleaved UL grants are distributed. TDM+FDM applies to users that have both DL and UL grants, or have only DL grant in that subframe. DL/UL grant (maybe mixed) is transmitted only in the first slot of physical resource blocks in TDM+FDM, where the second slots in those resource blocks can be used for those users' downlink data transmission. | 01-29-2015 |
| 20150029997 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING CODE SEQUENCE IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting a signal by a transmitting side device, the method including combining a first sequence and a second sequence to generate a third sequence in a frequency domain. The second sequence is obtained by cyclic shifting the first sequence. The method further includes transforming the third sequence into a time domain signal; and transmitting the time domain signal to a receiving side device. The third sequence includes information to identify a cell and is periodically transmitted. | 01-29-2015 |
| 20150036649 | SYSTEM, METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TIME-SLOTTED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION UTILIZING DUAL FREQUENCIES - A wireless network system utilizing dual frequencies comprises an access point having a first communication module, wherein the first communication module transmits downlink data and receives uplink data wirelessly in a first frequency; a plurality of routers, each having a second communication module, wherein the second communication module receives the downlink data from the access point and transmits the uplink data to the access point wirelessly in the first frequency and transmits the downlink data and receives the uplink data wirelessly in a second frequency; and a plurality of end devices, each having a third communication module, wherein the third communication module receives the downlink data from one of the plurality of routers and transmits the uplink data to the same one of the plurality of routers wirelessly in the second frequency. | 02-05-2015 |
| 20150036650 | CHANNEL ESTIMATION METHOD FOR OVERCOMING CHANNEL DISCONTINUITY BETWEEN SUBBANDS OF AN ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEXING (OFDM) SYSTEM - A method of processing signals. The method includes receiving a communication signal in a time domain, converting the communication signal to a frequency domain, providing resource blocks based on the communication signal in the frequency domain, the resource blocks including a first resource block and a second resource block, selecting pilot signals from the first resource block and pilot signals from the second resource block, determining a first set of phase and amplitude differences among the pilot signals, determining a second set of phase and amplitude differences among the pilot signals, determining a third set of phase and amplitude differences between the pilot signals and the pilot signals, generating a first waveform using at least the first and third set of phase and amplitude differences, applying a smoothing filter against the first waveform to generate a second waveform, and converting the third waveform from the frequency domain to the time domain. | 02-05-2015 |
| 20150036651 | RADIO COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, BASE STATION APPARATUS, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention is designed to provide a radio communication terminal, a base station apparatus, a radio communication system and a radio communication method which can reduce the cost to be required for an MTC terminal when the LTE system is employed in the network domain of a machine communication system. A radio communication terminal according to the present invention is a radio communication terminal that performs machine communication via a base station apparatus of a radio communication system that is operated such that a frequency becomes the first band at a maximum, depending on the performance which a communication device supports, and has a receiving section that has receiving performance to be able to support the first band, and that decodes the entire band of the first band at least with respect to a time domain where a downlink control channel is allocated, and a transmission section that has transmission performance to be able to support a second band having a narrower bandwidth than the first band, and that allocates an uplink control channel and an uplink data channel to the second band. | 02-05-2015 |
| 20150036652 | METHOD FOR RECEIVING OR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK SIGNALS AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - Disclosed is a method for receiving downlink signals in a wireless communication system, the method comprising: receiving downlink signal from a base station and detecting the downlink signal, wherein the detecting the downlink signal includes, if the number of resource elements (REs) to which channel state information-reference signal (CSI-RS) in a downlink subframe is mapped is smaller than the number of the enhanced control channel elements (eCCEs) for an enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH) in the downlink subframe, assuming REs, the number of which corresponds to a difference value between the number of eCCEs and the number of REs, which are included in the EPDCCH, as a zero-power CSI-RS, wherein the REs assumed as the zero-power CSI-RS is included in an eCCE that does not comprise the REs to which the CSI-RS is mapped. | 02-05-2015 |
| 20150036653 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA - A method and apparatus of transmitting and receiving data is provided. A user equipment receives physical downlink shared channel data on a PDSCH in a second subframe from a second serving cell to the user equipment. The second serving cell is activated by the first serving cell, and the second serving cell does not map the PDSCH data to a second RE corresponding to a first resource element of the first subframe mapped with the CRS. The CRS is generated from a pseudo random sequence that is initiated by a cell identifier of the first serving cell and the PDSCH is indicated by an enhanced physical downlink shared channel of the second subframe, and the second RE of the second subframe and the first RE of the first subframe overlap in a time domain and in a frequency domain. | 02-05-2015 |
| 20150036654 | BASE STATION, TERMINAL APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD AND RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - To adaptively interleave in accordance with communication channel conditions. Provided is a base station performing radio communication with a terminal apparatus on a communication channel formed by integrating a plurality of component carriers, including a quality acquisition unit that acquires channel quality of the communication channel for each of the component carriers and an interleaver that interleaves data signals transmitted on the communication channel in accordance with at least one of the channel quality acquired by the quality acquisition unit and available situations of communication resources for each of the component carriers. | 02-05-2015 |
| 20150036655 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FAST ASSISTIVE TRANSMISSION OPERATION - A method for use in a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) for receiving data over physical downlink shared channels from different cells, monitoring physical downlink control channels of a first cell for downlink control information associated with the WTRU, and recovering data from the physical downlink control channel in response to the downlink control information. | 02-05-2015 |
| 20150043519 | INTERLEAVING LOW TRANSMISSION POWER AND MEDIUM TRANSMISSION POWER CHANNELS IN COMPUTER NETWORKS - In a multiple interface, low power and lossy network comprising a plurality of nodes, a low transmission power and medium transmission power topology are defined for the network and a channel-hopping schedule is defined for the devices operating in each topology. A sender determines that data is capable of being transmitted via a link on the low transmission power topology. The sender determines the transmission parameters for the transmission of the data over the link on the low transmission power topology and determines a low transmission power channel for transmission of the data. The sender transmits the determined channel and the transmission parameters to the receiver. The sender transmits the data via the determined channel in the low transmission power topology. | 02-12-2015 |
| 20150043520 | Methods and Apparatuses for Provision of Reference Signal Design for Downlink Tracking in Occupied Shared Band - A method, apparatus and computer program product are provided for generating Reference Signals utilized in downlink tracking of an unlicensed band. A method and apparatus may determine whether carriers of an unlicensed band secondary component carrier are available for usage to provide a signal(s), enabling timing and frequency tracking of downlink carriers responsive to discontinuous transmission via a medium(s) of the unlicensed band utilized to provide content to devices. The method and apparatus may also select the signal based on a band of the carriers and a detection indicating whether communication terminals of a coexisting system are using a carrier of the band. The method and apparatus may provide the signal to a device(s) via a carrier responsive to determining that the carrier is available or via an occupied carrier utilized by the coexisting system enabling the device to continue tracking of timing and frequency information of the downlink carriers. | 02-12-2015 |
| 20150043521 | METHOD FOR MAPPING HYBRID ARQ INDICATOR CHANNEL - The present invention relates to a method for mapping a hybrid ARQ indicator channel, which is transmitted to a downlink in a wireless communication system, to a frequency and a time resource. | 02-12-2015 |
| 20150043522 | ENHANCED MU-MIMO NETWORK ASSISTED INTERFERENCE SUPPRESSION - An interference suppression (IS) time/frequency zone for improved interference suppression is provided. The IS time/frequency zone can be scheduled and set up using existing signaling of the Almost Blank Subframe (ABS) framework. This includes using the existing signaling of the ABS framework to schedule the IS time/frequency zone, coordinate transmission parameters among base stations for the IS time/frequency zone, and signal the IS time/frequency zone to the UT. In another aspect, interfering base stations align respective reference signals during the IS time/frequency zone, which allows the UT to measure the channels from its serving base station and/or the interfering base stations(s). With channel state information knowledge at the UT, interference suppression can be achieved. | 02-12-2015 |
| 20150043523 | TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION OF COMMON CHANNEL IN AN UNLICENSED OR SHARED SPECTRUM - Methods, systems, and apparatuses are described for wireless communications, in which transmission of common information to two or more receivers over unlicensed spectrum may be provided. The common information may be transmitted over a number (e.g., a set) of different carrier frequencies of the unlicensed spectrum. A staggering pattern may be employed to transmit all or a part of the common information across each of the carrier frequencies in the set of carrier frequencies. The detection of the information on one of the carrier frequencies may provide information that may be used to derive the staggering pattern. The duration of the common information transmission on each of the carrier frequencies may be selected such that a clear channel assessment (CCA) to determine availability of the unlicensed spectrum is not required. | 02-12-2015 |
| 20150043524 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AN UPLINK SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - A method of receiving a sounding reference signal (SRS). The method includes transmitting, to a user equipment, a radio resource control (RRC) message transmitting, to the user equipment, a medium access control (MAC) message, the MAC message including a bitmap for indicating at least one second CC to be activated and the at least one second CC being activated based on the bitmap; transmitting, to the user equipment, a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) including a carrier indicator field (CIF) and an SRS field via the first CC, the CIF indicating a CC of the at least one second CC and the SRS field indicating whether the user equipment has to transmit the SRS via the CC indicated by the CIF; and receiving, from the user equipment, the SRS on an uplink subframe via the CC indicated by the CIF, when the SRS field is enabled. | 02-12-2015 |
| 20150043525 | USER PAIRING METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR REALIZING USER SCHEDULING - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a user pairing method, a device and a system for realizing user scheduling. The method comprises: determining a first user of a time-frequency resource according to a preset resource allocation criterion; searching a preset pairing table according to a downlink channel state quantization code of the first user; and obtaining a paired downlink channel state quantization code which is paired with the downlink channel state quantization code of the first user, wherein the preset pairing table includes a pairing relationship among the downlink channel state quantization codes obtained by pre-calculating; identifying a paired user of the first user from users to be paired, wherein a downlink channel state quantization code of the paired user is the same as the paired downlink channel state quantization code. Through adopting of the present invention, complexity of real-time calculation of pairing during user scheduling can be lowered. | 02-12-2015 |
| 20150043526 | Data Transmission Method, Base Station, and User Equipment - A data transmission method, a base station, and a user equipment. The data transmission method includes determining, by a base station, a modulation and coding scheme level and the number of physical resource block pairs, selecting one transport block size (TBS) table from a first TBS table and a second TBS table, and determining a corresponding TBS, so that a coding rate can be increased when the base station transmits service data to the UE according to a TBS in the selected second TBS table. | 02-12-2015 |
| 20150043527 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING CHANNEL SHARING AMONG WHITE SPACE NETWORKS - A method and an apparatus for providing channel sharing are disclosed. For example, the method receives a request for a white space channel assignment, and identifies one or more white space channels in accordance with the request. The method sends a response to the request comprising a white space channel assignment, wherein the white space channel assignment assigns one of the identified one or more white space channels. | 02-12-2015 |
| 20150049731 | Method for Coding OFDMA Data without Pilot Symbols - A wireless network includes a set of nodes. Each node includes a transmitter and a receiver. A block of data bits is converted to a block of data symbols. The block of data symbols is partitioning timewise into groups of data symbols. A set of subcarriers is assigned to each group of data symbols, and each group of data symbols is spread to a chip sequence using a coding block of spreading sequences, wherein the spreading sequences are based on types of the groups of data symbols. Then, after the spreading, the chips are transmitted as orthogonal frequency-division multiplexing (OFDM) data symbols on the assigned subcarriers. | 02-19-2015 |
| 20150049732 | SIGNALING AND CHANNEL DESIGNS FOR D2D COMMUNICATIONS - Described are methods and devices for enabling D2D communications with signal structures that require minimal changes to the current LTE architecture. In the embodiments described, the eNB grants resources to UEs for D2D communication and either initiates or permits a pair of UEs to establish a D2D link. Certain embodiments are designed to minimize changes to the current LTE control signaling structure by having the control signaling always come from the eNB as in a normal cellular link so that the transmitting UE transmits over a data channel (e.g., PUSCH/PDSCH) that the receiving UE is able to decode. | 02-19-2015 |
| 20150049733 | Control Signaling Transmission and Demodulation Method, System and Terminal - The present document discloses control signaling transmission and demodulation method, system and terminal. The control signaling transmission method includes: a base station transmitting control signaling using different transmission technologies on available transmission resources in the second control signaling transmission area in the same RB. With present document, by configuring a pilot frequency port and dividing the transmission resources in the second control signaling transmission area in the RB, the control signaling of a plurality of UEs using different transmission technologies can be transmitted on the available transmission resources in the same RB, thus fully utilizing the transmission resources in the RB, improving resource utilization rate, enhancing control signaling capacity, and supporting the control signaling of more users. | 02-19-2015 |
| 20150055616 | TRANSMISSION METHOD AND TRANSMISSION DEVICE - A wireless device generates a synchronization signal for maintaining synchronization and transmits the synchronization signal in a subframe containing a plurality of orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols. The first OFDM symbol in the subframe is divided into a first part and a second part, the last OFDM symbol in the subframe is divided into a first part and a second part, and the synchronization signal is transmitted in the second part of the first OFDM symbol and the first part of the last OFDM symbol. | 02-26-2015 |
| 20150055617 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - Provided is a radio communication base station device which can suppress a use amount of an SRS communication resource. In this device, a correlation rule setting unit ( | 02-26-2015 |
| 20150055618 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND FREQUENCY HOPPING METHOD - Disclosed are a wireless communication apparatus and frequency hopping method which minimize the change in the instantaneous power distribution characteristics of the time waveform of transmission signals when a plurality of channels are multiplexed by frequency division. At a terminal ( | 02-26-2015 |
| 20150055619 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SIGNAL TRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method and an apparatus for signal transmission in a wireless communication system. The apparatus comprises: an information processor for generating a first information sequence based on a first transmission symbol and a first resource index, and a second information sequence based on a second transmission symbol and a second resource index; a reference signal generator for generating a different reference signal depending upon whether a first resource block indicated by the first resource index and a second resource block indicated by the second resource index are the same; and an antenna for transmitting a signal generated based on the first information sequence, the second information sequence, and the reference signal sequence. | 02-26-2015 |
| 20150063291 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR MULTI-USER UPLINK - Methods and apparatus for multiple user uplink are provided. In one aspect, a method for wireless communication includes generating a first wireless message granting permission for a first station to transmit during a transmission opportunity, generating a second wireless message granting permission for a second station to transmit during the transmission opportunity; and transmitting the first wireless message to the first station at least partially concurrently with transmission of the second wireless message to the second station. | 03-05-2015 |
| 20150063292 | TRANSMISSION APPARATUS AND RADIO RESOURCE ASSIGNMENT METHOD - A transmission apparatus is provided with radio resource assignment means that assigns radio resources to each physical channel according to a type of the physical channel; and transmission means that transmits information to be transmitted by each physical channel using the assigned radio resources. | 03-05-2015 |
| 20150063293 | REFERENCE SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD FOR DOWNLINK MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT SYSTEM - A reference signal transmission method in a downlink MIMO system is disclosed. The downlink MIMO system supports a first UE supporting N transmission antennas among a total of M transmission antennas (where M>N) and a second UE supporting the M transmission antennas. The method includes transmitting, by a base station (BS), subframe-associated information which designates a first subframe in which data for the first UE and the second UE is transmitted and a second subframe in which data only for the second UE can be transmitted within a radio frame having a plurality of subframes, and transmitting the first subframe and the second subframe. Reference signals corresponding to antenna ports ‘0’ to ‘N−1’ of the N antennas are mapped to the first subframe, and reference signals corresponding to antenna ports ‘0’ to ‘M−1’ of the M antennas are mapped to the second subframe. | 03-05-2015 |
| 20150063294 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING REFERENCE SIGNALS IN A DOWNLINK MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT SYSTEM - A method for transmitting, by a base station, configuration information for a reference signal for channel measurement. The method according to one embodiment includes transmitting, to a user equipment, first resource information for indicating a first pattern, first subframe information for indicating a first subframe, second resource information for indicating a second pattern, and second subframe information for indicating a second subframe. The first subframe information includes information indicating a first periodic interval, and the second subframe information indicates information indicating a second periodic interval. Each of the first and second subframes is comprised of two slots—slot 0 and slot 1, and each of the first and second reference signal time-frequency resources is within two OFDM symbols other than OFDM symbols 0, 1, 2, and 3 of the slot 0 and other than OFDM symbols 0, 1, and 3 of the slot 1. | 03-05-2015 |
| 20150071242 | System and Method for Channel Estimation for Generalized Frequency Division Multiplexing (GFDM) - Embodiments are provided for pre-cancelling signal interference in Generalized Frequency Division Multiplexing (GFDM). Signal interference is pre-cancelled, at a transmitter, so that clean pilots are observed at a receiver and hence used for channel estimation. Using a Pilot-Interference Cancellation (Pilot-IC) method, interference is pre-cancelled at only pilot symbols. Alternatively, interference is simultaneously pre-cancelled at all symbols using a Transmitter IC (Tx-IC) method. The embodiments also include scattering the pilots over frequency and time resources to estimate channels which are frequency selective and time-variant. The channel estimates at the receiver are then used for single-tap channel equalization at time-frequency grid data points, where no assumption of time-invariant channels is required. | 03-12-2015 |
| 20150071243 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING WIRELESS SWITCHING - A wireless communication system includes an infrastructure device for transmitting and receiving communications to and from a plurality of wireless user terminals. Each wireless user terminal includes a receiver and a controller that receives a plurality of orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) signals on a first carrier frequency of a downlink. Each of the plurality of OFDM signals includes carrier frequency assignment information indicating a carrier frequency to transmit uplink data and spatial pattern information indicating a spatial pattern. In response to the carrier frequency assignment information of each of the plurality of OFDM signals, a transmitter and the controller of the wireless user terminal transmit a plurality of uplink signals. Each of the plurality of uplink signals are transmitted on the indicated carrier frequency and using the indicated spatial pattern. | 03-12-2015 |
| 20150071244 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SYSTEM INFORMATION VIA A BROADCAST CHANNEL (BCH) AND A DOWNLINK SHARED CHANNEL (DL_SCH) - A method for receiving system information via a broadcast control channel (BCCH) to which a broadcast channel (BCH) and a downlink shared channel (DL_SCH) are mapped, the method including receiving, by a user equipment (UE), a block of first system information from a base station via the BCH, and receiving, by the UE, a first block of second system information from the base station via the DL_SCH. The first block of second system information is scheduled with a fixed time offset. The method further includes receiving, by the UE, a plurality of second blocks of second system information from the base station via the DL_SCH. | 03-12-2015 |
| 20150071245 | BASE STATION AND MOBILE STATION - In the present invention, a wireless transmission system includes a plurality of mobile stations in a cell area, and a base station. The base station divides each of an uplink frame and a downlink frame into a plurality of blocks, assigns a specific one of the plurality of blocks to each of the plurality of the mobile stations, assigns a specific frequency channel to the mobile station, and notifies the specific block and the specific frequency channel to the mobile station. The length of each of the plurality of blocks is optional, and a sum of the lengths of the plurality of blocks is equal to the length of the frame. | 03-12-2015 |
| 20150071246 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING ACKNOWLEDGMENT SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of receiving an acknowledgement (ACK) signal from at least one access terminal (AT) in a wireless communication system is disclosed. More specifically, the method includes transmitting at least one packet via a packet data channel from an access network (AN), receiving at least one ACK signal from the at least one AT using same channelization resources, wherein each AT is assigned a code specific to each AT, and identifying the ACK signal corresponding to the transmitted packet from the received at least one ACK signal. | 03-12-2015 |
| 20150078325 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, LOCAL AREA BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention is designed to provide a communication system, a local area base station apparatus, a mobile terminal apparatus and a communication method that can provide highly efficient local area radio access. In a communication system in which a mobile terminal apparatus performs radio communication with a wide area base station apparatus that covers a wide area, using a first carrier frequency, and performs radio communication with a local area base station apparatus that covers a local area, using a second carrier frequency, the wide area base station apparatus allocates different frequencies between the uplink and the downlink in the first carrier frequency and communicates with the mobile terminal apparatus, and the local area base station apparatus dynamically switches between the uplink and the downlink in the second carrier frequency on a per time basis based on the communication environment, and communicates with the mobile terminal apparatus. | 03-19-2015 |
| 20150078326 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING ENHANCED CONTROL CHANNEL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting a downlink control channel in a wireless communication system, and an apparatus therefor. Specifically, the method for transmitting an enhanced a physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH) from a serving cell comprises the steps of: forming a plurality of enhanced resource element groups (EREGs) by dividing available resource elements, comprised in one physical resource block (PRB) pair, into a predetermined number; forming an enhanced control channel element (ECCE), which is a resource allocation unit for the EPDCCH, by selecting one or more EREGs from among the plurality of EREGs; and transmitting the EPDCCH by means of the transmission resource allocated, for each ECCE, for the EPDCCH, wherein one or more EREGs forming the ECCE is selected on the basis of a cell identifier of the serving cell and/or an index of the one PRB pair. | 03-19-2015 |
| 20150078327 | MOBILITY-BASED RADIO RESOURCE ASSIGNMENT METHODS, SYSTEMS AND DEVICES - Mobility-based radio resource assignment methods, systems and devices can assign user equipment to different nonoverlapping groups of radio resources depending on mobility of the user equipment. The groups of radio resources are nonoverlapping in time, frequency and/or code. For example, the groups of radio resources can include different pilot symbol densities, link adaptation and/or scheduling algorithms. The radio resources may be Long Term Evolution (LTE) radio resources. | 03-19-2015 |
| 20150078328 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING REFERENCE SIGNAL SEQUENCE - The present invention provides a method and device for transmitting a reference signal sequence. The method includes: determining a position of an eCCE or an eREG mapped to an ePDCCH in a resource block pair; determining, according to corresponding relationship between the position of the eCCE or the eREG in the resource block pair and the antenna port of the reference signal; and transmitting a reference sequence over the antenna port of the reference signal, herein, the corresponding relationship between the position of the eCCE or the eREG in the resource block pair and the antenna port of the reference signal includes that the positions of at least two eCCEs or at least two eREGs correspond to one of the antenna ports of the reference signal. | 03-19-2015 |
| 20150078329 | Method, Network Device, and Base Station for Paging Narrowband Terminal - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a method for paging a narrowband terminal. The method includes: determining that a paging message for paging a narrowband terminal needs to be sent; sending a paging message including narrowband terminal information to a base station, so that the base station obtains a radio capability of the narrowband terminal according to the narrowband terminal information and transmits the paging message according to the radio capability of the narrowband terminal. | 03-19-2015 |
| 20150078330 | BASE STATION, TERMINAL, BAND ALLOCATION METHOD, AND DOWNLINK DATA COMMUNICATION METHOD - Provided are a base station, a terminal, a band allocation method, and a downlink data communication method in which a mapping method for synchronization signals and report signals is implemented with high resource usage efficiency when a first system in which an independent single communication is allocated to a unit band co-exists with a second system in which a plurality of unit bands can be allocated to a single communication. In a base station, an OFDM signal generation unit maps primary synchronization channel (P-SCH), secondary synchronization channel (S-SCH), primary broadcast channel (P-BCH), and dynamic broadcast channel (D-BCH), which can be decoded by both an LTE terminal and an LTE+ terminal, to some of a plurality of unit bands. The OFDM signal generation unit also maps D-BCH+, which can be decoded only by an LTE+ terminal, to all of the plurality of unit bands to produce a multiplexed transmission signal. | 03-19-2015 |
| 20150078331 | TERMINAL APPARATUS AND CONTROL CHANNEL DETECTING METHOD - A radio communication base station device which can reduce the number of judgment times for a control signal in a mobile station, thereby suppressing power consumption by the mobile station. The radio communication base station device ( | 03-19-2015 |
| 20150085817 | METHOD FOR ACHIEVING RENDEZVOUS FOR COGNITIVE RADIO NETWORKS - A method for achieving rendezvous in a multiple access network having two or more access channels includes the steps of generating channel access sequences in rounds for each user of the multiple access network, wherein each round includes at least one jump-pattern and at least one stay-pattern, performing the at least one jump-pattern alternated by the at least one stay-pattern in each round, and whereupon the at least one jump-pattern alternated by the stay-pattern in each round are performed, continuously generate at least one channel access sequence rounds and perform the jump-pattern of the channel access sequence rounds until a user in the network achieves rendezvous with its intended neighbour user or users. | 03-26-2015 |
| 20150085818 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD FOR D2D COMMUNICATIONS, BASE STATION USING THE SAME, AND USER EQUIPMENT USING THE SAME - A resource allocation method for device to device (D2D) communications and a base station using the same are provided. In the method, resource patterns are assigned, wherein each of the resource patterns comprises resource groups comprising the resource block(s). Frequency index and time index of each resource group in a time-frequency domain of resource pattern are determined, and there exists at least one of the resource patterns such that the time index of a first resource group and the time index of a second group are different. The resource groups of each resource pattern to the UEs are respectively assigned according to the frequency index and the time index of each of the resource groups in the time-frequency domain of each resource pattern. | 03-26-2015 |
| 20150085819 | RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - To provide a radio base station apparatus and radio communication method capable of performing radio communications using downlink reference signal structures suitable for antenna virtualization, a radio base station apparatus ( | 03-26-2015 |
| 20150085820 | Scattered Pilot Pattern And Channel Estimation Method For MIMO-OFDM Systems - Methods and apparatus are provided for inserting data symbols and pilot symbols in an OFDM (orthogonal frequency division multiplexing) transmission resource utilizing frequency hopping patterns for the data symbols and/or the pilot symbols. Data symbols and pilot symbols are allocated for down link (base station to mobile station) and up link (mobile station to bases station) transmission resources in a two-dimensional time-frequency pattern. For each antenna of a MIMO-OFDM (multiple input multiple output OFDM) communication system, pilot symbols are inserted in a scattered pattern in time-frequency and data symbols are inserted in an identical frequency-hopping pattern in time-frequency as that of other antennas. | 03-26-2015 |
| 20150085821 | Methods and Systems for OFDM using Code Division Multiplexing - In some embodiments of the invention, OFDM symbols are transmitted as a plurality of clusters. A cluster includes a plurality of OFDM sub-carriers in frequency, over a plurality of OFDM symbol durations in time. Each cluster includes data as well as pilot information as a reference signal for channel estimation. In some embodiments, a plurality of clusters collectively occupy the available sub-carrier set in the frequency domain that is used for transmission. In some embodiments of the invention data and/or pilots are spread within each cluster using code division multiplexing (CDM). In some embodiments pilots and data are separated by distributing data on a particular number of the plurality of OFDM symbol durations and pilots on a remainder of the OFDM symbol durations. CDM spreading can be performed in time and/or frequency directions. | 03-26-2015 |
| 20150085822 | TRANSMISSION METHOD AND DEVICE FOR A DOWNLINK REFERENCE SIGNAL - The present invention relates a method in which a base station transmits a downlink signal by using a plurality of layers comprises the steps of: multiplexing and transmitting dedicated reference signals for the plurality of layers on the basis of a reference signal pattern, wherein 24 resource element positions comprised in the reference signal pattern are set as 6 groups, the 6 groups are set as 2 high-level groups, the reference signal for the plurality of layer is split and placed in the 2 high-level groups, and the reference signal for 2 or more layers placed in the same group is subjected to code-division multiplexing. | 03-26-2015 |
| 20150092736 | Multi-Interface WLAN Device with Time Arbitration Messaging - A wireless local area network (WLAN) method and device to provide dual band (DB) operation of the WLAN device, the DB operation including communication in a first frequency band with a first device and communication in a second frequency band with a second device, the WLAN device including first network interface circuitry to support communication in the first frequency band with the first device, second network interface circuitry to support communication in the second frequency band with the second device, and a processor to generate at least one action frame that includes information regarding a duration of time during which the WLAN device will be unavailable for communication, and to enable transmission of the at least one action frame to the first device or to the second device. | 04-02-2015 |
| 20150092737 | MULTI-INTERFACE WLAN DEVICE HAVING REAL AND VIRTUAL DUAL BAND OPERATION - A wireless local area network (WLAN) method and device including at least one antenna to enable simultaneous dual band (SDB) operation of the WLAN device, the SDB operation including communication in a first frequency band with a first device and communication in a second frequency band with a second device, first network interface circuitry to support communication in the first frequency band with the first device, second network interface circuitry to support communication in the second frequency band with the second device, and a processor to generate an information element including information regarding the SDB operation of the WLAN device, and to enable transmission of the information element to the first device or to the second device. | 04-02-2015 |
| 20150092738 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR USER EQUIPMENT ASSISTED TIME AND FREQUENCY SYNCHRONIZATION OF SMALL CELLS - Aspects of the present disclosure provide a user equipment (UE) assisted synchronization method in which a small cell can request and obtain time and frequency offset information from one or more UEs currently associated with the small cell, and the small cell can discipline its clock drift accordingly. | 04-02-2015 |
| 20150092739 | Method of Mapping Physical Resource to Logical Resource in Wireless Communication System - A method of mapping a physical resource to a logical resource in a wireless communication system is described. The method includes dividing a physical frequency band into at least one frequency partition. Each frequency partition is divided into a localized region and a distributed region in a frequency domain. The method further includes mapping the at least one frequency partition into at least one logical resource unit. The localized region is directly mapped into the logical resource unit and the distributed region is mapped into the logical resource unit after rearranging subcarriers within the distributed region. | 04-02-2015 |
| 20150092740 | Method, Terminal, and Base Station for Retransmitting Message - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a method for retransmitting a message, mainly including notifying, by a terminal, a base station that the terminal is a narrowband terminal when sending a random access preamble to the base station; and when the base station subsequently detects that an error occurs to a message 3 sent by the terminal, instructing, by the base station, through a message 3 retransmission indicator, the terminal to retransmit the message 3, or retransmitting, by the terminal, the message 3 to the base station in a manner for actively retransmitting the message 3. | 04-02-2015 |
| 20150092741 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PAGING IN MACHINE TO MACHINE OR MOBILE ASSISTED DEPLOYMENTS - A WTRU may be configured to receive configuration information. The received configuration information may be from a base station, and may indicate one or more periodic resources. The periodic resources may be used in peer to peer discovery, and may include time and frequency resources. If the WTRU is a discoverable peer, the WTRU may be configured to transmit an identification in the periodic resources. The WTRU may transmit an identification that is associated with a service. The WTRU may be configured to access a wireless network in response to another WTRU desiring communication. | 04-02-2015 |
| 20150092742 | SEQUENCE GENERATION AND TRANSMISSION METHOD BASED ON TIME AND FREQUENCY DOMAIN TRANSMISSION UNIT - A method of transmitting, by a user equipment, control information in a communication system. The method according to one embodiment includes multiplying transmission information corresponding to the control information by a frequency direction sequence, of which length corresponds to a number of subcarriers in a resource block, to generate a first output signal; multiplying the first output signal by a time direction sequence, of which length corresponds to a number of symbols used for transmission of the control information in a transmission unit, to generate a second output signal; and transmitting the second output signal in the transmission unit. | 04-02-2015 |
| 20150098437 | TECHNIQUES FOR ENABLING WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS USING SUBFRAME STRUCTURES HAVING DIFFERENT SUBFRAME DURATIONS - Techniques are described for wireless communications. A first subframe structure having a first subframe duration for communicating in a first carrier may be determined. A second subframe structure having a second subframe duration for communicating in a second carrier may also be determined. At least the second subframe structure having the second subframe duration may be used to communicate with at least one node. | 04-09-2015 |
| 20150098438 | CHANNEL QUALITY REPORTING IN A COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - The embodiments herein relate to a method in a user equipment for handling CSI in a communication system. The user equipment determines the CSI, based on information about a CPICH. The CSI comprises at least one of a CQI, a RI, a PCI and an HARQ ACK/NACK. The user equipment transmits the CSI multiplexed into a plurality of TTIs to the base station so that a first CQI-S is transmitted in one TTI and a second CQI-S or a DTX codeword is transmitted in another TTI. The second CQI-S corresponds to a second layer. | 04-09-2015 |
| 20150098439 | Coordination and Signaling in NAICS and Interference Partitioning - A framework for enabling a user equipment (UE) to apply interference suppression processing during network conditions that are favorable to interference suppression or that are known is provided. The framework includes an interference suppression (IS) time and frequency (time/frequency) zone, which can be scheduled by a serving base station and signaled to the UE. In an embodiment, the serving base station coordinates with the interfering base station(s) to create a network condition favorable to interference suppression at the UE during the IS time/frequency zone. In another embodiment, the serving base station opportunistically schedules the IS time/frequency zone for the UE whenever it determines favorable transmission parameters being used or scheduled for use by the interfering base station(s). The UE applies interference suppression processing within the IS time/frequency zone, thereby improving receiver performance. | 04-09-2015 |
| 20150098440 | Interference Estimation Resource Definition and Usage for Enhanced Receivers - At a wireless node in a wireless network, multiple interference estimation resources are received in a time-frequency resource space. The multiple interference estimation resources are resource elements in an assigned physical shared channel of the time-frequency resource space that do not contain physical shared channel data for the wireless node. An interference covariance matrix is determined from received signals on the multiple interference estimation resources. Symbol estimates are determined for a desired signal based in part by using the interference covariance matrix. Methods, computer programs and products and apparatus are disclosed. The techniques may be used for uplink, downlink, or D2D communications. | 04-09-2015 |
| 20150098441 | CARRIER RESOURCE CONFIGURATION METHOD, UPLINK INFORMATION TRANSMISSION METHOD, BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT - Embodiments of the present invention provide a carrier resource configuration method, an uplink information transmission method, a base station, and a user equipment. The configuration method includes: determining, by the base station, a serving cell group to which a serving cell of the UE belongs; and sending, by the base station, a belonging relationship between a serving cell and a serving cell group to the UE, so that the UE performs uplink transmission according to the belonging relationship. The technical solutions of the present invention solve a problem that a UE cannot be scheduled correctly because a base station cannot acquire UCI of the UE in time. | 04-09-2015 |
| 20150103800 | INITIAL ACCESS METHOD AND DEVICE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a terminal's initial access method in a wireless communication system, the method including: obtaining information including a cell identification (ID) from a synchronous signal; and receiving any one of a first physical broadcast channel (PBCH) and a second PBCH channel depending on to which of a preset range the cell ID corresponds. | 04-16-2015 |
| 20150103801 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNAL FOR DOWNLINK CHANNEL ESTIMATION - A method and apparatus for transmitting a signal for channel estimation through a plurality of antennas are provided. A plurality of resources that are adjacent to each other in a time axis and a frequency axis are selected from among a set of resources that include a symbol in the time axis and a subcarrier in the frequency axis. Reference signals for the plurality of antennas are transmitted through the selected plurality of resources. | 04-16-2015 |
| 20150103802 | METHOD AND FULL-DUPLEX COMMUNICATION DEVICE FOR ACQUIRING CHANNEL RESPONSE OF SELF-INTERFERING CHANNEL - Provided are a method and apparatus for acquiring channel responses of a self-interference channel and a full-duplex communication device. The method comprises: obtaining an estimate value of a channel response of the self-interfering channel by employing multiple reference signals to perform a channel estimation on the self-interfering channel; determining a stable range of each channel frequency-domain response on the basis of the channel response estimated value; randomly selecting a frequency point within the stable range of each channel frequency-domain response or selecting a frequency point of a greater channel response to serve as an emission frequency point of the reference signals, and, when an interrelation of the channel responses on the emission frequency point and on a non-emission frequency point is acquired, acquiring all the channel responses on time-domain and frequency-domain on the basis of a reception signal corresponding to the reference signals on the emission frequency point. | 04-16-2015 |
| 20150110064 | Method and Arrangement in a Wireless Communication System - The invention relates to a method and an arrangement in a transmitting node ( | 04-23-2015 |
| 20150110065 | SHARING CHANNEL ACCESS ACROSS MULTIPLE RADIO ACCESS NETWORKS - Management of shared transmission resources is disclosed for multiple radio access networks (RANs) sharing access to a finite number of transmission slots. Multiple permutations of slot assignments are configured in which each competing network is assigned a specific slot in each permutation. The sequence of permutations provides a fair distribution of spectrum access by the competing networks, such that in each permutation of the permutation sequence, networks assigned to lower priority slots may be assigned to higher priority slots in later permutations. | 04-23-2015 |
| 20150110066 | CHANNEL USAGE BEACON SIGNAL DESIGN FOR COOPERATIVE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Design of channel usage beacon signals (CUBS) in cooperative networks is disclosed. After detecting a clear channel assessment (CCA), a transmitter selects a configuration of a CUBS associated with the transmitter based on the CCA opportunity assigned to the network. The configuration of the CUBS associated with the transmitter may include a set of frequency subcarriers for CUBS transmissions. The transmitter transmits the CUBS according to transmission characteristics based on the CCA opportunity. In additional aspects, randomization may be introduced into the frequency subcarrier allocations of CUBS configurations where the transmitter receives assignment of virtual frequency subcarriers for CUBS transmissions and maps the virtual subcarrier to physical frequency subcarriers for CUBS transmission. Additional aspects allow for pattern offset values to be determined independently from the transmitter cell identifier. In such aspects, the assigned pattern offsets may be cell identifier-independent, while others may be cell identifier-dependent. | 04-23-2015 |
| 20150110067 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES TO UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL - A method for adaptively allocating resources of an uplink control channel according to a system situation is disclosed. If a base station (BS) recognizes the system situation, establishes control information for resource allocation, and transmits the control information to a mobile station (MS), the mobile station (MS) allocates resources for transmitting uplink control information using a specific block or a specific resource distribution method according to the corresponding control information. The system situation may be changed according to the number of users contained in the BS's coverage or the usage of a multi-antenna. The variation of the system situation is actively reflected so that the uplink channel resources can be effectively used. | 04-23-2015 |
| 20150117391 | EQUALIZING METHOD IN A RECEIVER NODE OF A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to an equalizing method in a receiver node of a cellular wireless communication system, the method comprising: receiving at least one radio signal comprising a plurality of resource elements; obtaining interference information associated with the plurality of resource elements; extracting resource elements from the plurality of resource elements carrying data into a first set based on the interference information; dividing the resource elements in the first set into one or more sub-sets each comprising T number of resource elements; filtering the resource elements in said one or more sub-sets by applying a balanced whitening and energy focusing filter W so as to obtain filtered resource elements y; and equalizing the filtered resource elements y. The invention also relates to a receive device, a computer program, and a computer program product. | 04-30-2015 |
| 20150117392 | Method and Arrangement in a Wireless Communication System - The invention relates to methods and arrangements in a transmitting node for enabling a receiving node to perform measurements on interference caused by transmissions from at least one transmission point controlled by the transmitting node on receptions at the receiving node. The transmitting and receiving nodes are comprised in a wireless communications system. The transmitting node determines an interference measurement resource, IMR, for the receiving node. The receiving node is expected to measure interference on the IMR. The transmitting node then transmits at least one interfering signal on the IMR. The at least one interfering signal is not expected to be decoded or coherently measured upon by any node served by the transmitting node. | 04-30-2015 |
| 20150117393 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HETEROGENEOUS CARRIER AGGREGATION - Provided herein is a method and apparatus for heterogeneous carrier aggregation, the method including calculating interferences regarding a plurality of interference paths between an adjacent cell and serving cell; determining weighted values for the plurality of interference paths in the serving cell; calculating an accumulated value (accumulated margin or accumulated interference) regarding the plurality of interference paths based on the weighted values in the serving cell; determining a component carrier to be used in the carrier aggregation based on the accumulated value calculated in the serving cell; and performing the carrier aggregation based on the component carrier determined. | 04-30-2015 |
| 20150117394 | Method and Apparatus for Coordinating a Cell on a Plurality of Resource Blocks - A method and an apparatus for coordinating a cell on a plurality of resource blocks, and a method for selecting, by a central control device, a mode for coordinating a cell on a plurality of resource blocks in a communication system including a base station and the central control device are disclosed. The method for coordinating a cell comprises: determining whether the cell needs to be muted on at least one resource block; determining a ratio of the resource block on which the cell is muted to the plurality of resource blocks, in a case where the cell needs to be muted on the at least one resource block; and determining, based on the ratio, the resource block on which the cell is muted among the plurality of resource blocks, the resource block being a time resource block, a frequency resource block or a time-frequency resource block. | 04-30-2015 |
| 20150117395 | OTFS METHODS OF DATA CHANNEL CHARACTERIZATION AND USES THEREOF - Fiber, cable, and wireless data channels are typically impaired by reflectors and other imperfections, producing a channel state with echoes and frequency shifts in data waveforms. Here, methods of using OTFS pilot symbol waveform bursts to automatically produce a detailed 2D model of the channel state are presented. This 2D channel state can then be used to optimize data transmission. For wireless data channels, an even more detailed 2D model of channel state can be produced by using polarization and multiple antennas in the process. Once 2D channel states are known, the system turns imperfect data channels from a liability to an advantage by using channel imperfections to boost data transmission rates. The methods can be used to improve legacy data transmission modes in multiple types of media, and are particularly useful for producing new types of robust and high capacity wireless communications using non-legacy OTFS data transmission methods. | 04-30-2015 |
| 20150117396 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD, BASE STATION, AND USER EQUIPMENT - Embodiments of the present invention provide a data transmission method, a base station, and a user equipment. The base station selects a TBS corresponding to a modulation and coding scheme level and corresponding to the number of first physical resource block pairs or the number of second physical resource block pairs, where the number of the second physical resource block pairs is a product of the number of the first physical resource block pairs and a set conversion factor. | 04-30-2015 |
| 20150131603 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING DATA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING COOPERATIVE TRANSMISSION - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. A method for receiving data by a user equipment (UE) in a cooperative multi-point (CoMP) wireless communication system includes receiving downlink control information (DCI) that does not contain information indicating a transmission base station (BS) that actually transmits data among a plurality of BSs that participate in CoMP, receiving information about zero-power channel state information-reference signal (CSI-RS) of each of the plural BSs, and assuming that data is not mapped to a resource element of zero-power CSI-RS with a lowest index and receiving the data through a physical downlink control channel (PDSCH). | 05-14-2015 |
| 20150131604 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The invention relates to methods and arrangements in a transmitting node and a receiving node in a wireless communications system. A plurality of transmission configurations is available for transmitting an Information carrying signal from the transmitting node to the receiving node. The transmitting node determines a plurality of muting configurations and selects a transmission configuration. Each muting configuration corresponds to at least one transmission configuration. The transmitting node transmits a dynamic configuration message identifying the at least one muting configuration that corresponds to the selected transmission configuration to the receiving node and transmits the information carrying signal to the receiving node according to the selected transmission configuration. The receiving node receives the dynamic configuration message and the information carrying signal and decodes the received information carrying signal taking the at least one muting configuration into account. | 05-14-2015 |
| 20150131605 | TERMINAL, COMMUNICATION METHOD AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - Provided is a terminal that performs communication with a base station, the terminal retaining first information that specifies a first starting position which is a starting position of OFDM symbols in which an enhanced physical downlink control channel in a common search space is mapped, and second information, independent of the first information, which specifies a second starting position which is a starting position of OFDM symbols in which an enhanced physical downlink control channel in a terminal-specific search space is mapped; and detecting the enhanced physical downlink control channel in the common search space and the terminal-specific search space, based on the first information and the second information, respectively. | 05-14-2015 |
| 20150131606 | RADIO BASE STATION AND RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An allocation of radio resources in one of first and second radio areas in which a fading frequency estimated value with a relatively low estimation accuracy is obtained is controlled based on a fading frequency estimated value with a relatively high estimation accuracy among the fading frequency estimated values obtained from a radio signal sent by the radio terminal and received in the first and second radio areas. | 05-14-2015 |
| 20150131607 | OVER-THE-AIR FREQUENCY AND TIME SYNCHRONIZATION FOR SMALL CELLS - Systems and methods related to time and frequency synchronization of a base station in a cellular communications network are disclosed. In some embodiments, a method of operation of a synchronizing base station comprises selecting a first base station for frequency synchronization and a second base station for time synchronization, where the second base station can be different than the first base station selected for frequency synchronization. The method further comprises performing frequency synchronization using a signal transmitted from a radio interface of the first base station and performing time synchronization using a signal transmitted from a radio interface of the second base station. In this manner, the synchronizing base station is enabled to independently select the first and second base stations used for frequency and time synchronization, respectively. | 05-14-2015 |
| 20150131608 | STATION AND METHOD OF SETTING CONNECTION THE ACCESS POINT AND THE STATION - A method for setting connection between an access point and a station is provided. The method includes transmitting, by the access point, a communication setup message to one or more stations; and implementing, by the access point, connection setup according to a connection request by the station having received the communication setup message, wherein the communication setup message comprises information about a connection priority requirement by a plurality of network interface card modules, which are included in the access point, using different frequency bands. | 05-14-2015 |
| 20150131609 | CONTROL AND DATA CHANNEL RADIO RESOURCE CONFIGURATION - A base station transmits on a first control channel first scheduling information for a control message. The base station transmits the control message configuring second radio resources of a second control channel. The second radio resources comprise resource blocks in a subset of subframes. The control message indicates the subset of subframes and a starting symbol of the second control channel and a data channel. The base station transmits second scheduling information on the second control channel. | 05-14-2015 |
| 20150131610 | RADIO COMMNICATION DEVICE AND RESPONSE SIGNAL DIFFUSION METHOD - Provided is a radio communication device which can suppress inter-code interference between an ACK/NACK signal and a CQI signal which are code-multiplexed. A diffusion unit ( | 05-14-2015 |
| 20150131611 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR CHANNEL INTERLEAVING IN OFDM SYSTEMS - A method and apparatus for channel interleaving in a wireless communication system. In one aspect of the present invention, the data resource elements are assigned to multiple code blocks, and the numbers of data resource elements assigned to each code block are substantially equal. In another aspect of the present invention, a time-domain-multiplexing-first (TDM-first) approach and a frequency-domain-multiplexing-first (FDM-first) approach are proposed. In the TDM-first approach, at least one of a plurality of code blocks are assigned with a number of consecutive data carrying OFDM symbols. In the FDM-first approach, at least one of the plurality of code blocks are assigned with all of the data carrying OFDM symbols. Either one of the TDM first approach and the FDM-first approach may be selected in dependence upon the number of the code blocks, or the transport block size, or the data rate. | 05-14-2015 |
| 20150139174 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless communication system is disclosed. Disclosed herein are methods for transmitting a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) signal in a wireless communication system, which includes setting transmit power for the PUCCH signal, and an apparatus thereof. If the PUCCH signal is transmitted on a subframe configured for a scheduling request (SR), the PUCCH signal includes one or more hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK) bits and an SR bit. When determining the transmit power for the PUCCH, the SR bit is selectively considered depending on whether or not a transport block for an uplink shared channel (UL-SCH) is present in the subframe. | 05-21-2015 |
| 20150139175 | Wireless Communication Scheduling on Shared Spectra - A method includes scheduling, by a base station configured to service a cell within a cellular communication network, multiple grants to an apparatus in a coverage area of the cell. Each of the scheduled multiple grants includes time-frequency resources in at least one shared spectrum that is to be used by the apparatus to attempt to communicate. Each of the scheduled multiple grants differs from others of the scheduled multiple grants in one or both of time or frequency. The method includes sending indications of the scheduled multiple grants. Another method includes receiving, at the apparatus in the cell, indications of the multiple grants and attempting by the apparatus to communicate using one or more of the multiple grants. Apparatus, computer programs, and program products are also disclosed. | 05-21-2015 |
| 20150139176 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND USER TERMINAL - In a mobile communication system that supports D2D communication in which radio communication is directly performed between a first user terminal and a second user terminal in a frequency and a time assigned from a base station, in a time in which data is to be received from the first user terminal, when the second user terminal does not receive the data from the first user terminal, the second user terminal transmits failure notification indicating reception failure in the D2D communication to the base station. | 05-21-2015 |
| 20150139177 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR MULTI-CARRIER COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS WITH ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION AND FEEDBACK - An arrangement is disclosed where in a multi-carrier communication system, the modulation scheme, coding attributes, training pilots, and signal power may be adjusted to adapt to channel conditions in order to maximize the overall system capacity and spectral efficiency without wasting radio resources or compromising error probability performance, etc. | 05-21-2015 |
| 20150139178 | RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio base station | 05-21-2015 |
| 20150139179 | PARALLEL WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, METHOD, AND SYSTEM - An access point in a wireless network communicates with multiple mobile stations simultaneously using spatial-division multiple access. | 05-21-2015 |
| 20150139180 | Frame Structure for Allocating Radio Resources in a Cellular Wireless Network - The capacity of a cellular wireless system is increased by operation of base stations or base station sectors arranged to re-use radio resource elements that are used by neighbouring base stations or base station sectors, in conjunction with operation of relay stations, which are similarly arranged to re-use radio resource elements used by neighbouring relay stations, and where the radio resource elements re-used by the relay stations are different to those used by the base stations. The relay stations provide coverage, particularly in the areas at the boundaries between the areas of coverage of base stations that suffer from interference between signals transmitted from the respective base stations. In addition, the relay stations generally increase the average available carrier to interference ratio compared with a system in which base stations alone are deployed. The scheme for the allocation of radio resource elements ensures in particular that interference is avoided between signals transmitted from a base station and signals transmitted from a relay station in radio resource elements allocated to control data. | 05-21-2015 |
| 20150146678 | FULL BANDWIDTH PROTECTION MECHANISM FOR CO-EXISTENCE OF SINGLE/MULTI-CHANNEL WIDE-BANDWIDTH WIRELESS SYSTEMS - A technique to provide a protection mechanism, when operating over a plurality of channels in one's own BSS, to help avoid components in other BSSs from interfering or generating contention conflicts to those channels during its own communication. | 05-28-2015 |
| 20150146679 | INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - The present application relates to a method of a wireless device for interference cancellation (IC) in a cellular radio network system comprising a serving network node serving said wireless device. The method comprises using a first IC method for at least partly removing a time aligned symbol of an interfering radio signal from at least a first symbol of a time slot received from the serving network node. The method also comprises using a second IC method, different from the first IC method, for at least partly removing a non-time aligned symbol of an interfering radio signal from at least a second symbol of said time slot received from the serving network node. | 05-28-2015 |
| 20150146680 | TECHNIQUES FOR DOWNLINK COORDINATED MULTI-POINT (CoMP) COMMUNICATIONS USING UNLICENSED RADIO FREQUENCY SPECTRUM BAND - Techniques are described for downlink coordinated multi-point (CoMP) procedures for access to a contention-based radio frequency spectrum band. A base station performs a contention procedure, such as a clear channel assessment (CCA) procedure, for access to the radio frequency spectrum band. The base station determines whether contention has been won for a time period, and communicates whether or not contention has been won to other base stations in a CoMP cooperating set. Based on the information exchanged between base stations in the CoMP cooperating set, coordinated communications is initiated to a UE with two or more of the base stations in the CoMP cooperating set. | 05-28-2015 |
| 20150146681 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR BUNDLING RESOURCE BLOCKS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A base station for use in a wireless network is operable to communicate with a plurality of mobile stations. The base station transmits a downlink frame to a first mobile station. The downlink frame comprises time-frequency resource elements allocated in a plurality of physical resource blocks. The base station transmits the plurality of physical resource blocks in bundles having a bundle size that is a function of the system bandwidth configuration and the base station uses the same precoder for all physical resource blocks in the same bundle. The bundle size is from one physical resource block to three physical resource blocks. | 05-28-2015 |
| 20150295676 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD FOR MULTI-MCS OFDM TRANSMISSIONS AT DIFFERENT TRANSMISSION POWER LEVELS - Embodiments of a wireless communication device and method for multi-MCS OFDM transmissions at different transmission power levels are generally described herein. In some embodiments, the wireless communication device may have a multi-MCS OFDM transmitter that is configured to encode data for transmission over two or more RF channels with a single encoding scheme to generate an encoded data stream. The transmitter may segment bits of the encoded data stream into a bit stream for each of the RF channels based on a selected modulation level for each of the two or more RF channels. A separate time-domain multicarrier waveform may be concurrently transmitted on each of the two or more RF channels at a power level that is selected not to exceed a maximum allowable transmit power level for that RF channel. The modulation level for each RF channel may be selected based at least in part on the maximum allowable transmit power level for that RF channel. | 10-15-2015 |
| 20150296467 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. The method whereby a terminal receives a synchronizing signal in a wireless communication system according to one embodiment of the present invention may comprise the steps of: receiving location information on a domain, from which the synchronizing signal is transmitted, among domains resulting from the division of the whole system bandwidth into N parts along a frequency axis and into M parts along a time axis (wherein N and M are natural numbers); and receiving the synchronizing signal from the domain corresponding to the location information. | 10-15-2015 |
| 20150304997 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SIGNAL IN MULTIPLE CELL-BASED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present application discloses a method for receiving a signal by a user equipment in a multiple cell-based wireless communication system. Specifically, the method comprises the steps of: configuring a plurality of parameter sets for receiving a downlink data channel through an upper layer; receiving control information for receiving a downlink data channel from a serving cell; and receiving a downlink data channel including a plurality of code words from at least one of the serving cell and an adjacent cell through a plurality of layer groups, based on the control information, wherein one layer group corresponds to one code word, the control information includes layer group information for each of the plurality of layer groups, and the layer group information includes information indicating one of the plurality of parameter sets. | 10-22-2015 |
| 20150305003 | MULTIPLEXED TRANSMISSION OF DATA FROM MULTIPLE HARQ PROCESSES FOR A SWITCHING OPERATION - A network sends data blocks in a first/n1h radio frame having a first configuration of uplink to downlink transmission time intervals TTIs. Each of these data blocks originate a separate hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process. The network then frequency or spatially mutliplexes first re-transmissions of at least two of the data blocks in at least one TTI of a sequentially next second/(n+1) | 10-22-2015 |
| 20150305004 | RADIO RESOURCE SETTING METHOD, BASE STATION, RADIO RESOURCE SETTING SYSTEM, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - A radio resource setting method according to the present invention is a method for, when there are a first communication area managed by a pico base station ( | 10-22-2015 |
| 20150305014 | RANDOM ACCESS METHOD AND APPARATUS AND SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present invention provide a random access method and apparatus and system. Where, the method includes: selecting randomly, by UE, a physical random access channel (PRACH) resource for transmitting a preamble from multiple PRACH resources pre-configured by an eNB for the UE; and transmitting the preamble by the UE on a selected PRACH resource, so that the eNB transmits a random access response to UE to which a correctly demodulated preamble corresponds according to preambles transmitted by UEs. With the method and apparatus of the embodiments of the present invention, coverage performance of an uplink channel and a downlink channel may be improved. | 10-22-2015 |
| 20150305032 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL SIGNAL USING EFFICIENT MULTIPLEXING - A method of transmitting a control signal using efficient multiplexing is disclosed. The present invention includes the steps of multiplexing a plurality of 1-bit control signals within a prescribed time-frequency domain by code division multiple access (CDMA) and transmitting the multiplexed control signals, wherein a plurality of the 1-hit control signals include a plurality of the 1-bit control signals for a specific transmitting side. Accordingly, reliability on 1-bit control signal transmission can be enhanced. | 10-22-2015 |
| 20150312004 | Group Scheduling and Acknowledgement for Wireless Transmission - An acknowledgment (ACK) frame has two parts: a group ACK part and a scheduling information part. In the group ACK part, an ACK/NACK indicator is included for a previous uplink (UL) transmission per station (STA). In the scheduling information part, information included for the following UL transmission per selected STA may comprise, for example, one or more of: a number of selected STAs, a media access control (MAC) address of each selected STA, a data transmission duration per selected STA, a transmission rate per selected STA, a request transmission duration, a pilot transmission order, or a STA transmission order. | 10-29-2015 |
| 20150312017 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication apparatus comprises a generator that generates frequency resource position information corresponding to a first information which is based on the communication quality information received from user equipments, the frequency resource position information indicating validity or invalidity of the first information for each frequency resource, and
| 10-29-2015 |
| 20150312076 | METHOD AND APPARATUS USING CELL-SPECIFIC AND COMMON PILOT SUBCARRIERS IN MULTI-CARRIER, MULTI-CELL WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A multi-carrier cellular wireless network ( | 10-29-2015 |
| 20150312916 | RADIO BASE STATION AND A METHOD THEREIN FOR SCHEDULING UPLINK RESOURCES - A radio base station (RBS) and a method performed by an RBS for scheduling uplink resources to at least one UE are provided. The RBS comprises at least two receiving antenna branches and the RBS is operable in a radio communication network. The method comprises receiving transmissions from the at least one UE by means of the at least two receiving antenna branches; and determining at least one parameter relating to signal quality of the received transmissions. The method further comprises determining a diversity gain of the at least two receiving antenna branches, wherein the diversity gain is determined based on the determined parameter(s); and scheduling uplink transmissions for the at least one UE based on the determined diversity gain. | 10-29-2015 |
| 20150312961 | Method and Apparatus for Determining Dormancy Timer Value - Embodiments of the disclosure provide a method and apparatus for determining a dormancy timer value in a wireless network. According to the method, historical traffic information for at least one radio link in the wireless network may be obtained, and a dormancy timer value for the at least one radio link may be determined based on the obtained historical traffic information. | 10-29-2015 |
| 20150318963 | FREQUENCY HOPPING - A communications node operable to communicate with another communications node over a communications channel having a plurality of frequency resources, the communications node includes data defining a division of the communications channel into a plurality of contiguous sub-bands each having N frequency resources, wherein each frequency resource in a sub-band has a corresponding frequency resource in each of the other sub-bands, data defining an initial allocation of the frequency resources, a resource determination module operable to apply a frequency shift to the initially allocated frequency resources in accordance with a frequency hopping sequence to determine frequency resources to use for communicating information with the other communications node, wherein the frequency shift applied moves the initially allocated frequency resources to corresponding frequency resources in another sub-band, a transceiver for communicating information with the other communications node using the determined frequency resource. | 11-05-2015 |
| 20150318967 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING INFORMATION - A method and device for transmitting information are provided, and transmission efficiency in a case of a low code rate is ensured. The method includes: determining the number of groups M and/or a group size N, where M is an integer greater than 1, and N is an integer greater than 1 or equal to 1; processing, according to M and/or N, an information stream to be grouped to obtain M groups of information streams to be sent; and sending, separately over M different time-frequency resources, the M groups of information streams to be sent, where the number of symbols in each time-frequency resource of the M different time-frequency resources is greater than 4. | 11-05-2015 |
| 20150319011 | ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEXING (OFDM) CHANNEL ESTIMATION TO IMPROVE THE SMOOTHING PROCESS - A method of processing communication signals, is described. The method includes receiving a communication signal in a time domain, converting the communication signal to a frequency domain, providing resource blocks, the resource blocks including a first resource block and a second resource block, the first having a first boundary and a second boundary, the first boundary being adjacent to the second resource block, the second boundary being non-adjacent to other resource blocks, the first resource block including pilot signals, generating a third resource block based on the one or more pilot signals, providing a first waveform based on the resource blocks and the third resource block, applying a smoothing filter against the first waveform to generate a second waveform, generating a third waveform using at least the first and third set of phase and amplitude differences, and converting the third waveform from the frequency domain to the time domain. | 11-05-2015 |
| 20150319738 | USER EQUIPMENT, A NETWORK NODE AND METHODS THEREIN FOR ENABLING DEVICE-TO-DEVICE (D2D) COMMUNICATION IN A RADIO COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A method performed by a first User Equipment, UE, for enabling Device-to-Device, D2D, communication with a second UE in a radio communications network is provided. The first UE is configured to perform the D2D communication on downlink cellular resources in the radio communications network. The first UE measures received signal strengths of Reference Signals, RS, on downlink cellular resources from one or more network nodes in the radio communications network. The first UE then determines a first subset of downlink cellular resources for which the measured received signal strength of RS is above or equal to a threshold value. Also, the network node transmits information indicating the determined first subset of downlink cellular resources to a network node serving the first UE in the radio communications network in order to enable the D2D communication. | 11-05-2015 |
| 20150319747 | MULTIPLE USER ALLOCATION SIGNALING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A respective primary sub-channel block is statically allocated to each of the two or more communication devices in an orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) group of communication devices. The respective statically allocated primary sub-channel blocks remain allocated to the second communication devices for transmission of at least two PHY data units. At least some of remaining sub-channel blocks are dynamically allocated among the two or more communication devices for transmission of each of the at least two PHY data units. Indications of the respective sub-channel blocks allocated to the two or more communication devices. A physical layer (PHY) data unit is transmitted to the two or more communication devices or is received from the two or more communication devices. The PHY data unit includes respective orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) data units transmitted using respective sub-channel blocks allocated to the two or more communication devices. | 11-05-2015 |
| 20150319756 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A radio communication system | 11-05-2015 |
| 20150319771 | SCHEDULING FOR DEVICES WITH LIMITED SIGNAL PROCESSING CAPABILITY - A method of a network node of a cellular communication system adapted to communicate with a wireless communication device is disclosed. The method comprises acquiring a signal processing capability of the wireless communication device, scheduling one or more first time-frequency resources of a first occasion of communication for transmission to the wireless communication device based on the acquired signal processing capability, and determining a length of a time interval between the first and a second occasion of communication between the network node and the wireless communication device based on the acquired signal processing capability. The method further comprises transmitting data to the wireless communication device during the first occasion using the scheduled first time-frequency resources, and performing an operation of communication between the network node and the wireless communication device during the second occasion of communication. Scheduling the one or more first time-frequency resources and determining the length of the time interval based on the acquired signal processing capability comprises, if the acquired signal processing capability does not fulfill a signal processing capability requirement, determining the length of the time interval such that a first length is selected if the scheduled one or more first time-frequency resources have a first frequency span and a second length is selected if the scheduled one or more first time-frequency resources have a second frequency span, where the first length exceeds the second length and the first frequency span exceeds the second frequency span. | 11-05-2015 |
| 20150319773 | METHOD FOR REPORTING CELL STATUS INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND AN APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for reporting cell activation status information at a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes a step of reporting, to a network, the cell activation status information for a plurality of cells configured to the UE when a condition is met, wherein the cell activation status information for the plurality of cells indicates whether each of the plurality of cells is activated or deactivated. | 11-05-2015 |
| 20150319777 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method and an apparatus for transmitting downlink control information in a wireless communication system configured with a plurality of serving cells. The method generates downlink control information scheduling frequency division duplex (FDD) cells by means of FDD frames (DCI_FDD) and downlink control information scheduling time division duplex (TDD) cells by means of TDD frames (DCI_TDD), and transmits the DCI_FDD and the DCI_TDD, wherein parts of the fields of DCI_FDD and DCI_TDD are generated to have equal bit sizes, and if the FDD or TDD cell is used exclusively, then said parts of the fields in the FDD and TDD cells have mutually different bit sizes. | 11-05-2015 |
| 20150319778 | Methods and Nodes for Detecting Activation of Serving Cell - The invention relates to a method for detecting that an additional serving cell is activated is provided. The method is implemented by a wireless device and a network node of a system supporting carrier aggregation. The network node serves the wireless device configured with a first serving cell and the additional serving cell. The network node method comprises configuring ( | 11-05-2015 |
| 20150319781 | TECHNIQUES FOR COORDINATING COMMUNICATIONS OVER AN UNLICENSED RADIO FREQUENCY SPECTRUM BAND - Techniques are described for wireless communication. One method includes identifying, by a first transmitter, a first contention access protocol timing for accessing an unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band, and aligning a second contention access protocol timing with the first contention access protocol timing, the second contention access protocol timing being used by the first transmitter for accessing the unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band. | 11-05-2015 |
| 20150319796 | PHYSICAL CHANNEL DESIGN FOR NETWORK-ASSISTED D2D - A method in a network node for multiplexing a physical channel between the network node and devices in a mixed wireless network, wherein the mixed wireless network comprises a cellular network comprising one or more cellular channels and a Device-to-Device (D2D) network comprising one or more D2D channels. The method includes time division multiplexing the physical channel between a first group of cellular channels and a first group of D2D channels, and frequency division multiplexing the physical channel between a second group of cellular channels and the first group of D2D channels. | 11-05-2015 |
| 20150326355 | SINGLE-SLOT BI-DIRECTIONAL MESSAGE EXCHANGE IN RELAY NETWORKS - Technologies are generally provided for single-slot bi-directional message exchange that allows two nodes to transmit in the same time-slot at the same frequency. The transmissions may be relayed to the destination node within the same time-slot. An interfering signal generated by each node may appear time-offset in the same time slot as it was transmitted, superimposed on the message signal from the other terminal. Roundtrip and cross-trip delay estimates and channel estimates may be determined at each node. Transmitted signals may be recovered at the destination nodes based on the roundtrip and cross-trip delay estimates and channel estimates. | 11-12-2015 |
| 20150326356 | Method and Apparatus for Sending and Detecting Discovery Reference Signal - A method for detecting a discovery reference signal includes: acquiring, by a user equipment, configuration information of a discovery reference signal, where the configuration information includes time-frequency resource information and sequence information of the discovery reference signal; receiving, by the user equipment, a first discovery reference signal sent by a base station; and determining a candidate time-frequency resource location of the discovery reference signal according to the time-frequency resource information, determining a candidate sequence of the discovery reference signal according to the sequence information, and, by detecting the candidate sequence of the discovery reference signal at the candidate time-frequency resource location, determining an actual time-frequency resource location of the first discovery reference signal and/or determining an actual sequence of the first discovery reference signal. | 11-12-2015 |
| 20150326357 | HYBRID ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS SYSTEM AND METHOD - A hybrid orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) system including a transmitter and a receiver is disclosed. The transmitter includes a first spread OFDMA subassembly, a first non-spread OFDMA subassembly and a first common subassembly. The first spread OFDMA subassembly spreads input data and maps the spread data to a first group of subcarriers. The first non-spread OFDMA subassembly maps input data to a second group of subcarriers. The first common subassembly transmits the input data mapped to the first and second group of subcarriers using OFDMA. The receiver includes a second spread OFDMA subassembly, a second non-spread OFDMA subassembly and a second common subassembly. The second common subassembly processes received data to recover data mapped to the subcarriers using OFDMA. The second spread OFDMA subassembly recovers the first input data by separating user data in a code domain and the second non-spread OFDMA subassembly recovers the second input data. | 11-12-2015 |
| 20150326359 | COOPERATIVE TECHNIQUES BETWEEN LOWER-FREQUENCY CARRIERS AND MILLIMETER-WAVE CHANNELS FOR DISCOVERY AND SYNCHRONIZATION AND BEAMFORMING - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus receives first information from a base station, determines, based on the first information, a position of resources for receiving a signal transmitted from a connection point, detects the signal via at least one beam receiving direction based on the resources, determines a beam transmitting direction of the connection point and a beam receiving direction of the UE based on the signal, identifies a beam receiving direction of the connection point based on the beam transmitting direction of the connection point, and provides the connection point with second information based on the beam receiving direction of the connection point, wherein the second information may comprise an intent to establish a millimeter-wave (mmW) link with the connection point, the beam receiving direction of the UE, and/or the beam transmitting direction of the connection point. | 11-12-2015 |
| 20150326365 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING PILOT SIGNAL, METHOD FOR RECEIVING PILOT SIGNAL, BASE STATION, AND USER EQUIPMENT - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method for transmitting a pilot signal, a method for receiving a pilot signal, a base station, and a user equipment. The method for transmitting the pilot signal includes: determining a physical resource block pair which is used for carrying a user-dedicated pilot signal, where first five orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols in a first time slot of the physical resource block pair include all resource elements used for carrying the user-dedicated pilot signal; and transmitting the physical resource block pair which is used for carrying the user-dedicated pilot signal. The method for transmitting the pilot signal, the method for receiving the pilot signal, the base station, and the user equipment according to embodiments of the present invention can improve communication data demodulation performance of a user equipment. | 11-12-2015 |
| 20150326373 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR AVOIDING INTERFERENCE IN DEVICE-TO-DEVICE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present disclosure relates to a pre-5th-Generation (5G) or 5G communication system to be provided for supporting higher data rates beyond 4th-Generation (4G) communication system such as Long Term Evolution (LTE). An apparatus and method for avoiding interference in a wireless communication system, especially in a Device-to-Device (D2D) wireless communication system, are provided. The method includes creating system information including reception resource pool information to be used for the D2D wireless communication in a single radio frame, resource block information for the D2D wireless communication, and Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) information to be used for a cellular communication, and broadcasting the created system information to devices for performing the cellular communication and the D2D wireless communication. | 11-12-2015 |
| 20150327123 | DELAY AND JITTER LIMITED WIRELESS MESH NETWORK SCHEDULING - Schedule and channel assignment (SCA) in a wireless mesh network (WMN) is disclosed. A method includes: forming a representation of a sequence of permutation matrices from an n×n rate matrix. The entries of the rate matrix define the bandwidth of links between the n nodes of the WMN. Each of the permutation matrices represents active radio links between the n nodes. The sequence of permutation matrices defines a sequence of radio links to provide the desired bandwidth of links between said n nodes. Further, a representation of a sequence of partial permutation matrices corresponding to the sequence of permutation matrices is formed in such a way that each of the permutation matrices can be decomposed into a group of partial permutation matrices. Each of the partial permutation matrices in a group represents non-interfering radio links between the n nodes. In each timeslot, the n nodes are configured for radio transmission and reception in accordance with at least one of the partial permutation matrices in each group to transmit traffic between the n nodes. Example SCA can be used to provision longer-term guaranteed-rate backhaul traffic flows supporting multimedia services such as VOIP or IPTV between base-stations in a WMN, with near-minimal delay and jitter and near-perfect Quality-of-Service for every provisioned traffic flow. | 11-12-2015 |
| 20150327227 | Methods and Nodes in a Wireless Communication System - Methods and nodes for transmission of downlink control channel signals in a downlink frequency carrier of a wireless communication system, wherein at least two PRB pairs, configurable for the transmission of a downlink control channel have different numbers of time-frequency resource elements available for the transmission of said downlink control channel. The method comprises allocating at least one set S of PRB pairs; arranging time-frequency resource elements from said set S into an aggregation comprising at least one level; determining a set LS of aggregation levels supported for the transmission of a downlink control channel within the allocated set of PRB pairs, based on the number of time-frequency resource elements available for the transmission of a downlink control channel in PRB pairs of the set S; and transmitting the downlink control channel within said set S of PRB pairs. | 11-12-2015 |
| 20150327238 | System and Method for Resource Block-Specific Control Signaling - A system and method is disclosed for resource block-specific control signaling in a communication system. Communication data is transmitted using a transmission channel comprising a plurality of resource blocks defined by allocating time-frequency slots in a transmission resource. Resource block control information is transmitted in a “feed-forward” manner to a user end (UE) or group of UEs using channels physically mapped into scheduled resource blocks (RBs) for that user or group of users. Embodiments of the invention provide an RB-specific control channel that comprises RB control elements that are embedded within scheduled resource blocks. The invention, therefore, reduces the amount of control information that must be transmitted by common or shared control channels. | 11-12-2015 |
| 20150327239 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING SYSTEM INFORMATION AMONG VIRTUAL CARRIERS FOR MACHINE-TYPE COMMUNICATIONS - A communications device transmitting/receiving signals to/from a mobile communications network includes one or more network elements providing a wireless access interface for the communications device. The wireless access interface includes plural communications resource elements across a host frequency range of a host carrier, and a first section of the communications resources within a first frequency range for preferable allocation to reduced capability devices forming a first virtual carrier and a second section of the communications resources within a second frequency range for preferable allocation to the reduced capability devices forming a second virtual carrier. Each of the first and second frequency ranges is within the host frequency range. The communications device is configured with a reduced capability to receive the signals only within a frequency bandwidth less than the host frequency range and equal to at least one of the first frequency range or the second frequency range. | 11-12-2015 |
| 20150327244 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING A REFERENCE SIGNAL IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for reference signal transmission is disclosed, wherein a demodulation reference signal DMRS and a sounding reference signal SRS is transmitted in a same time domain resource from a user terminal to an LTE base station. A single reference signal sequence is used both for demodulation and detection of a data channel, and for channel sounding, such that a reference signal sequence part used for the demodulation and detection of the data channel is in a power offset compared to a reference signal sequence part used for the channel sounding. Code division multiplexing is applied on a reference signal sequence by using a cyclic shift of a whole length of the sequence. The cyclic shift is selected such that reference signal sequences allocated to the different user terminals are orthogonal over a minimum allocation granularity of the data channel. | 11-12-2015 |
| 20150327315 | SCHEMES RELATED TO RESOURCE ALLOCATION, DISCOVERY AND SIGNALING IN D2D SYSTEMS - The present disclosure relates to a pre-5 | 11-12-2015 |
| 20150333879 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACQUIRING UPLINK SYNCHRONIZATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method for acquiring uplink synchronization in a terminal having a plurality of cells in a carrier aggregation-based wireless communication system and an apparatus therefor, the method comprising the steps of: transmitting a random access preamble on a first cell; receiving a random access response message including an uplink timing adjustment value for the first cell after transmitting the random access preamble; and performing uplink transmission in the first cell by using the uplink timing adjustment value, wherein a transmission time point of the random access preamble is given based on a specific time point related to a second cell. | 11-19-2015 |
| 20150334685 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SYNCHRONOUS MULTIPLEXING AND MULTIPLE ACCESS FOR DIFFERENT LATENCY TARGETS UTILIZING THIN CONTROL - Aspects of the disclosure provide for a thin control channel structure that can be utilized to enable multiplexing of two or more data transmission formats. For example, a thin control channel may carry information that enables ongoing transmissions utilizing a first, relatively long transmission time interval (TTI) to be punctured, and during the punctured portion of the long TTI, a transmission utilizing a second, relatively short TTI may be inserted. This puncturing is enabled by virtue of a thin channel structure wherein a control channel can carry scheduling information, grants, etc., informing receiving devices of the puncturing that is occurring or will occur. Furthermore, the thin control channel can be utilized to carry other control information, not being limited to puncturing information. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also claimed and described. | 11-19-2015 |
| 20150334709 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SYNCHRONOUS MULTIPLEXING AND MULTIPLE ACCESS FOR DIFFERENT LATENCY TARGETS UTILIZING THIN CONTROL - Aspects of the disclosure provide for a thin control channel structure that can be utilized to enable multiplexing of two or more data transmission formats. For example, a thin control channel may carry information that enables ongoing transmissions utilizing a first, relatively long transmission time interval (TTI) to be punctured, and during the punctured portion of the long TTI, a transmission utilizing a second, relatively short TTI may be inserted. This puncturing is enabled by virtue of a thin channel structure wherein a control channel can carry scheduling information, grants, etc., informing receiving devices of the puncturing that is occurring or will occur. Furthermore, the thin control channel can be utilized to carry other control information, not being limited to puncturing information. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also claimed and described. | 11-19-2015 |
| 20150334721 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR AVOIDING RESOURCE COLLISION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Different resources are selected based on QoS, emergency class, location, and SA count. A method for avoiding resource collision by a first User Equipment (UE) in a mobile communication system is provided. The method includes listening to Scheduling Assign (SA) information of a second UE; and selecting different resources between UEs based on the SA information. | 11-19-2015 |
| 20150334726 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD UTILIZING A LARGE-SCALE ANTENNA ARRAY - The present invention provides a wireless communication method that utilizes large-scale antenna array. The method comprises: deploying a large-scale antenna array at the base station side wherein, the antenna array can be an one-dimensional or two-dimensional array, and can form tens of beam coverage over the area covered by the base station; accomplishing beam domain division of spatial resources at the base station side with an analog multi-beam forming network or a digital domain multi-beam forming method, wherein, the base station carries out wireless communication with multiple users with the same time-frequency resource, and the communication process is implemented in the beam domain; each user uses a different time-frequency resource to transmit detection signals; the base station obtains the beam domain long-time channel information of each user according to the received detection signals, to determine users that can communicate with the same time-frequency resource and allocate an corresponding beam set for each user; each user communicates with the base station on the selected beam set, wherein, the beam sets occupied by the users communicating with the same time-frequency resource have no overlap among them; pilot frequency signals from different users don't have to be orthogonal to each other, and the pilot frequency can be reused among the space division users. | 11-19-2015 |
| 20150341921 | TECHNIQUES FOR MANAGING RESOURCES FOR UPLINK TRANSMISSIONS IN A SHARED RADIO FREQUENCY SPECTRUM BAND - Techniques are described for wireless communication. A first method includes identifying a first interval for an uplink transmission in a shared radio frequency spectrum band; identifying a second interval for the uplink transmission; comparing the first interval with the second interval; and determining uplink resources to use for the uplink transmission based at least in part on the comparison of the first interval with the second interval. A second method includes transmitting one or more assignments of uplink resources to use for an uplink transmission in a shared radio frequency spectrum band; detecting a duration of the uplink transmission; and identifying uplink resources used for the uplink transmission based at least in part on the detecting. | 11-26-2015 |
| 20150341951 | Resource Scheduling in a Wireless Communication Network - A method and a communication node of resource scheduling in a wireless communication network are disclosed. In the method, the network comprises N neighbouring cells indexed by i which share the same frequency band, where i=0, . . . , N−1, N>=3. In the method, available frequency resources of the frequency band are divided into N subsets indexed by j, where j=0, . . . , N−1. The frequency resources in each of the subsets are not consecutive. The N subsets are allocated to the N cells in downlink subframes of a frame. The subsets allocated to each of the cells may vary among downlink subframes indexed by k, where k=0, . . . , K−1, K being the number of downlink subframes in the frame. | 11-26-2015 |
| 20150350917 | OPPORTUNISTIC CHANNEL REUSE IN A SHARED COMMUNICATION MEDIUM - Channel reuse permits more than one station to communicate concurrently via a communication medium. A first station may transmit a first transmission to a second station. A third station may detect the first transmission and determine a channel a channel reuse time period for a second transmission transmitted from the third station to a fourth station via the communication medium at least partially concurrently with the first transmission. The channel reuse time period may be based at least in part on estimated time to a next priority resolution slot (PRS) of the communication medium as determined from information in a start of frame (SOF) delimiter of the first transmission. The channel reuse time period may take into account a media access control (MAC) protocol data unit (MPDU) burst, and/or time periods associated with acknowledgement messages. | 12-03-2015 |
| 20150350942 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR THREE-DIMENSIONAL CHANNEL MEASUREMENT RESOURCE CONFIGURATION AND QUALITY MEASUREMENT - Provided are a method and device for three-dimensional channel measurement resource configuration and quality measurement, which relate to the field of wireless communications and are used for solving the problem of how to perform three-dimensional channel quality measurement. In the present invention, a base station selects a channel quality measurement resource used for three-dimensional channel measurement from channel quality measurement resources preconfigured for a terminal, and sends indication information about the selected channel quality measurement resource to the terminal; the terminal receives the indication information, and performs three-dimensional channel quality measurement on corresponding channel quality measurement resources, thereby solving the problem of how to perform three-dimensional channel quality measurement. | 12-03-2015 |
| 20150351114 | REAL-TIME PEER-TO-PEER COMMUNICATIONS IN AN ENVIRONMENT THAT INCLUDES A RESTRICTED CHANNEL - An apparatus and methods are provided for conducting wireless data communications, particularly real-time data communications, in a communication environment that includes a restricted channel (e.g., a channel subject to Dynamic Frequency Selection or DFS). Two or more mobile communication/computing devices (e.g., smart phones, tablet computers) participate in a peer-to-peer network and engage in data communications while one or more of them operate on the restricted channel (e.g., to maintain an infrastructure communication connection). Their channel sequences are configured to maximize the efficiency of the data communication while satisfying restrictions of the restricted channel or avoiding that channel, and only require them to monitor one beacon interval. One or more of the devices may strategically roam to the restricted channel or away from the restricted channel, depending on which action will provide greater communication throughput or efficiency. | 12-03-2015 |
| 20150351116 | APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR MOVING RELAY INTERFERENCE MITIGATION IN MOBILE E.G. CELLULAR COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A system for multicarrier cellular communication in a cellular network including a multiplicity of nodes, the system comprising, at an individual moving relay from among the multiplicity of nodes, an rBS having downlink communication, according to a protocol, with UEs served thereby; and a co-located rRM (relay Resource Manager) having a controller; wherein the controller is operative to induce the rBS to generate a selective minimally interfered region in a domain and/or to coordinate between schedulers in the relay to ensure that each user has its own time and/or frequency such that channels do not overlap because time and/or frequency are shifted to prevent the overlap. | 12-03-2015 |
| 20150358134 | Data Transmission Using Precoded Reference Symbols from Multiple Subframes - For data transmission in a wireless communication network, a radio channel divided into subframes in the time domain is used. A network system ( | 12-10-2015 |
| 20150358931 | TIME AND FREQUENCY SYNCHRONIZATION - The scheduling flexibility of CSI reference signals enables time and frequency synchronization using multiple non-zero CSI-RSs transmitted in the same subframe, or using CSI-RSs transmitted in the same subframe with other synchronization signals. Also, multiple synchronization signals may be scheduled in the same subframe to enable fine time and frequency synchronization without cell-specific reference signals. | 12-10-2015 |
| 20150358951 | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR TRANSMITTING DATA - The present disclosure provides a system for transmitting data. The system comprises: a base station and a first user equipment, the first user equipment receives downlink data sent from a base station through downlink resources of a special subframe; acquires a position of uplink resources corresponding to the first user equipment in guard period resources of the special subframe, wherein the position of the uplink resources corresponding to the first user equipment in the guard period resources of the special subframe is staggered from a position of downlink resources corresponding to a second user equipment in the special subframe, and a round-trip time of the second user equipment is greater than a round-trip time of the first user equipment; and sends uplink data to the base station through the uplink resources corresponding to the first user equipment in the guard period resources of the special subframe. | 12-10-2015 |
| 20150358989 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND DEVICE FOR SCHEDULING RESOURCE - The embodiments of the present application relate to the technical field of wireless communications, and in particular, to a method, system and device for scheduling a resource, which are used for solving the problems that the realization of non-central coordinated scheduling using an iterative method needs to perform iterative scheduling information interaction, and scheduling time delay will obviously increase in the case of a relatively large X2 interface time delay in the prior art. The method of the embodiments of the present application comprises: a serving base station determining a time-frequency resource needing to be silenced by a cooperative base station according to channel information reported by a user equipment adopting coordinated multi-point (CoMP) transmission technology, and notifying the cooperative base station of the time-frequency resource needing to be silenced; and scheduling the user equipment according to a received notification about whether to silence the resource from the cooperative base station. The adoption of the solution of the embodiments of the present invention reduces the scheduling time delay in the case of a relatively large X2 interface time delay, and improves the efficiency of information scheduling and the system performance. | 12-10-2015 |
| 20150359008 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATION IN A NETWORK OF WLAN OVERLAPPING BASIC SERVICE SET - A method and apparatus for communication in a network of WLAN overlapping basic service set (OBSS) are disclosed. A station or an access point may indicate its interference reporting and inter-BSS coordination capabilities in a message. At least one of quality of service (QoS) settings, transmission opportunity (TXOP), restricted access window (RAW) or beacon subinterval schedules, or traffic indication map (TIM) or uplink access window assignment may be coordinated. The station may receive a request for interference measurements on the basic service set (BSS) of the station or neighboring BSSs that the station can overhear. The station may transmit an interference measurement report to an access point. The coordination may be performed based on the interference measurement report. Furthermore, STAs may transmit channel or sector preferences to APs and receive channel or sector assignments. | 12-10-2015 |
| 20150365203 | System and Method for Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) Resource Allocation - An orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) frame includes a 256 tone payload. The 256 tone payload may consist of either 234 data tones when the payload is carried in a downlink transmission. The 256 tone payload may consist of 216 data tones when the payload is carried in an uplink transmission. In addition, the OFDMA frame may include one or more resource units (RUs). Each of the one or more RUs may consist of either an integer multiple of 26 data tones or an integer multiple of 24 data tones and 2 pilot tones. Another embodiment OFDMA frame comprises a symbol-based RU (SRU) that may include an integer multiple of 2 pilots tones and either an integer multiple of 24 data tones or an integer multiple of 26 data tones. | 12-17-2015 |
| 20150365266 | COMPRESSED PREAMBLE FOR A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - One or more long OFDM symbols for a data portion of a data unit data are generated. Each of the one or more long OFDM symbols is generated with a first number of OFDM tones. One or more short OFDM symbols for one or more long training fields of a preamble of the data unit are generated. Each of the one or more short OFDM symbols is generated with a second number of OFDM that is a fraction 1/N of the first number of OFDM tones, wherein N is a positive integer greater than one. The data unit is generated. Generating the data unit includes generating the preamble to include the one or more short OFDM symbols corresponding to the one or more training fields of the preamble and generating the data portion to include the one or more long OFDM symbols. | 12-17-2015 |
| 20150365932 | PREDICTIVE SPECTRAL ALLOCATION IN MOBILE NETWORKS - Technologies are generally described for discerning patterns in the “goodness” or “badness” of time-frequency slots to allow predictive allocation of spectral resources that may be appropriate for a wireless user. According to some examples, information on device location, time slots, sub-carrier(s) allotted for each time slot, and quality indicators may he received from mobile devices. The time slots may be grouped by location to form analysis intervals. A time-frequency vector may then be identified for each analysis interval and a unit of geographic grid. A “goodness” indicator may he computed for each time-frequency vector. Clusters of time-frequency vectors may be categorized for each analysis interval and associated unit of geographic grid such that mobile devices can be assigned “good” clusters through sub-carrier allocation | 12-17-2015 |
| 20150365942 | UE-BASED D2D DISCOVERY - In one embodiment, the present disclosure provides an evolved Node B (eNB) that includes a device-to-device (D2D) module configured to allocate at least one D2D discovery region including at least one periodic discovery zone, the at least one periodic discovery zone including a first plurality of resource blocks in frequency and a second plurality of subframes in time, the D2D module further configured to configure a User Equipment (UE) to utilize the at least one D2D discovery region for transmitting a discovery packet. | 12-17-2015 |
| 20150365977 | Enhanced PRACH Scheme for Power Savings, Range Improvement and Improved Detection - Enhanced random access procedures for link-budget-limited user equipment (UE) devices are disclosed. A user equipment device may transmit a first message containing a Physical Random Access Channel (PRACH). The PRACH contains instances of a Zadoff-Chu sequence, and may be transmitted repeatedly as part of a single random attempt, to facilitate correlation data combining at the base station. The available Zadoff-Chu sequences may be partitioned among a plurality of sets, each set being associated with a respective Doppler shift range (or frequency hop pattern or time repetition pattern). A UE device may signal Doppler shift (or other information) to the base station by selection of one of the sets. The first PRACH transmission and the following PRACH transmission may occur in consecutive subframes. A UE device may select from a special set of Zadoff-Chu sequences (different from a conventional set of sequences), to signal its status as a link-budget-limited device. | 12-17-2015 |
| 20150372790 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND RADIO TRANSMITTER - Radio transmission is performed even to a communication party whose bandwidth that can be used for transmission and reception is limited without having an influence of an offset of a DC component. A radio transmitter applied to an OFDMA communication system in which a plurality of different terminals performs communication using OFDM signals at the same time that includes a mapping part that allocates transmission power to each subcarrier, and also selects a subcarrier to which minimum power of the transmission power to be allocated is allocated and modulates transmission data in units of communication slots to output the modulated data; and a transmission part for transmitting radio signals including the modulated data using each of the subcarriers. | 12-24-2015 |
| 20150372796 | METHOD FOR OPERATION OF CANCELLING OR MITIGATING INTERFERENCE AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system and, more specifically, to a method for an operation of cancelling or mitigating interference, and an apparatus therefor. A method of cancelling or mitigating interference in a wireless communication system performed by a terminal includes receiving, from a serving cell, restricted configuration information of an enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH) which a dominant interference cell transmits, detecting the EPDCCH using the restricted configuration information of the EPDCCH, and performing an operation of cancelling or mitigating interference for the dominant interference cell using the detected EPDCCH, wherein the restricted configuration information of the EPDCCH includes a restricted set of parameters related to the EPDCCH configurable by the dominant interference cell. | 12-24-2015 |
| 20150373571 | Scheduling Fractional Frequency Gaps To Enable Sub Band Sensing - Systems, methods, and instrumentalities are disclosed for scheduling fractional frequency gaps (FFGs). A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) may receive an FFG type, an FFG pattern, a filter type, and/or a sensing metric. The WTRU may transmit a sub-band identifier, a sensing metric value, and/or an event report. The FFG type may indicate a sub-band sensing type. The FFG pattern may indicate a sub-band gap. The filter type may indicate the sub-band spectral filter type. The sub-band identifier may indicate the identity of the sub-band gap. The sensing metric may indicate a metric value corresponding to the sub-band identifier. The event report may indicate an identifier of a measurement report. | 12-24-2015 |
| 20150373677 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING DOWNLINK SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - According to an embodiment of the present invention, a method of receiving a downlink signal by a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system includes the steps of: receiving information indicating usage change of a first sub-frame, which is a special sub-frame, into a downlink sub-frame; and decoding a control channel from the usage-changed sub-frame, using a first radio network temporary identifier (RNTI) and a second RNTI, wherein the UE assumes that data exists in a DwPTS area from among resource areas indicated by the control channel when the decoding using the first RNTI is successful. | 12-24-2015 |
| 20150373682 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS AND METHODS - Methods and apparatuses for communicating in a wireless network include methods and systems for producing a discovery signal for use in cellular context using unlicensed spectrum having contiguous resource elements in the time domain. | 12-24-2015 |
| 20150373684 | BASE STATION AND METHOD - Techniques for assigning uplink dedicated resources in inter-site or inter-eNB carrier aggregation promptly are disclosed. One aspect of the present invention relates to a base station including a transmission and reception unit configured to use radio resources to communicate with a user equipment and a resource management unit configured to manage the radio resources, wherein the resource management unit comprises a pooling information storage unit configured to store pooling information indicative of radio resources reserved for the base station by a non-anchor base station in inter-eNB carrier aggregation, and the resource management unit autonomously assigns the radio resources indicated in the pooling information to the user equipment. | 12-24-2015 |
| 20150373690 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING SYSTEM INFORMATION AMONG VIRTUAL CARRIERS FOR MACHINE-TYPE COMMUNICATIONS - A mobile communications network includes one or more network elements providing a wireless access interface for communications devices. The wireless access interface provides plural communications resource elements across a host frequency range of a host carrier. First and second sections of communications resources within respective first and second frequency ranges for preferable allocation to reduced capability devices form respective first and second virtual carriers. Each of the first and second frequency ranges is within the host frequency range, wherein the communications device is configured with a reduced capability to receive the signals only within a frequency bandwidth less than the host frequency range and equal to at least one of the first or second frequency range. The communications device is configured to receive the first signalling data from the control channel and the common system information from the one or more communications resources identified by the first signalling data. | 12-24-2015 |
| 20150373736 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION REFERENCE SIGNAL, HYBRID SPATIAL DIVISION MULTIPLEXING, AND SPACE DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING TWO-DIMENSIONAL PLANAR ARRAY ANTENNA - The present invention proposes a hybrid spatial multiplexing (SM) and a space division multiple access (SDMA) technique in a frequency division duplex (FDD) massive multiple-input multiple output (MIMO) system using a two-dimensional planar array antenna, which effectively transmits a channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) for estimating a downlink two-dimensional space channel using only a limited amount of downlink radio resources, and optimally selects and performs the SM and SDMA techniques in a two-dimensional space channel. To this end, the present invention proposes a technique which defines space resource blocks (SRB) by grouping space elements (SE) having a high spatial correlation between downlink channels in the horizontal dimension and corresponding SEs thereof in the vertical dimension, and transmits CSI-RSs for estimating channels in vertical dimension SEs corresponding to one selected horizontal SE in each SRB every transmit time interval (TTI). The present invention proposes a technique wherein user equipment (UE) estimates the spatial correlation between channels of different horizontal dimension SEs belonging to the same SRB received in different TTIs and the spatial correlation between channels of horizontal dimension SEs belonging to different SRBs received in the same TTI, and feeds information for changing the size of SRB of the corresponding UE to an optimal size back to eNodeB. The present invention proposes a technique wherein the UE estimates downlink channels through CSI-RSs transmitted from each SRB, and each UE feeds an index of a preferred SRB, a rank of the corresponding SRB in the vertical dimension, and channel quality information (CQI) back to eNodeB. When each UE determines the rank, it is possible to transmit the ranks to the fullest extent in the vertical dimension and only a single rank from each SRB in the horizontal dimension. | 12-24-2015 |
| 20150373766 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, USER TERMINAL AND PROCESSOR - A mobile communication system according to the present invention supports cellular communication in which a data path passes through a core network and D2D communication that is direct device-to-device communication in which a data path does not pass through the core network. The mobile communication system has a user terminal that performs a process of discovering a partner terminal in the D2D communication or performs the D2D communication. A plurality of radio resources that are the time-frequency resources that can be used for the process of discovering or the D2D communication consist of radio resources associated with transmission power used for the process of discovering or the D2D communication. The user terminal performs the process of discovering or the D2D communication on the basis of the transmission power associated with the radio resource used by the user terminal. | 12-24-2015 |
| 20150381251 | SIGNAL GENERATION METHOD AND SIGNAL GENERATION DEVICE - A transmission method simultaneously transmitting a first modulated signal and a second modulated signal at a common frequency performs precoding on both signals using a fixed precoding matrix and regularly changes the phase of at least one of the signals, thereby improving received data signal quality for a reception device. | 12-31-2015 |
| 20150381282 | POLARIZATION ASSISTED WIRELESS TRANSMISSION - Methods, systems, and devices are described for selecting a polarization mode. A transmitter may select a polarization mode from a plurality of polarization modes available for transmission. The transmitter may send transmission(s) based on the selected polarization mode. The transmitter may update the selected polarization mode in real time based on feedback signals received from a receiver receiving the transmissions. The transmitter may also provide for time frequency diversity in the transmissions using one or more polarization modes. Aspects of the time frequency diversity may also be updated in real time based on received feedback signals. | 12-31-2015 |
| 20150381336 | MULTI-USER AGGREGATION OVER FREQUENCY - Embodiments describe mechanisms for an Access Point (AP) to aggregate multiple devices (e.g., stations (STA)) across frequency during a single time period. STAs will be considered for frequency aggregation only if they have a measured SNR at the AP below a threshold. Methods are described that select STAs for aggregation based on associated SNR and other criteria and then assign frequency slots to the selected STAs. Selection for aggregation and assignment to frequency slots can also be balanced across time, so that different STAs are selected for aggregation over time. Mechanisms are also described that increase the opportunities for frequency aggregation. | 12-31-2015 |
| 20150381388 | CHANNEL ESTIMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Transmission of reference symbols for multiple carriers is coordinated to cause coherent transmission of the reference symbols for facilitating a channel estimation procedure for the multiple carriers on a bandwidth extending over the multiple carriers. At a receiving device the coordinated transmission of the reference symbols for multiple carriers is received on the extended bandwidth and a channel estimation procedure is provided based on the reference symbols received on the bandwidth extending over the multiple carriers. | 12-31-2015 |
| 20150382362 | RESOURCE SPECIFIC INTERFERENCE MITIGATION - Methods, systems, and devices are described for identifying and mitigating in-device coexistence interference for multicarrier systems implementing soft combining decoding techniques. In some aspects, the described techniques include identifying time-frequency resources of a received signal subject to coexistence interference at a transceiver of a wireless device. The time-frequency resources may include, for example, symbols, slots, code-blocks, sub-frames, subcarriers, etc. Resource-specific mitigation may then be applied to the identified resources, for example, including skipping or nulling the interfered resources in the time domain, frequency domain, or both. In some aspects, the resource-specific mitigation may be performed at the soft-combining stage of the decoding process, such as by skipping or nulling one or more log likelihood ratio (LLR) instances that correspond to the interfered resource(s). | 12-31-2015 |
| 20150382374 | LISTEN BEFORE TALK FOR CELLULAR IN UNLICENSED BAND - Disclosed in some examples are systems, machine-readable media, methods, and cellular wireless devices which implement a Listen Before Talk (LBT) access scheme for a device operating according to a cellular wireless protocol in an unlicensed channel. A cellular wireless device may utilize the cellular wireless protocol in the unlicensed channel after the LBT access scheme has determined that a channel (a defined range of frequencies) in the unlicensed channel is idle for a particular period of time. | 12-31-2015 |
| 20160007269 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING DISCOVERY SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - According to an embodiment of the present invention, a method for transmitting a discovery signal related to device to device (D2D) communication by a first UE in a wireless communication system comprises: mapping a codeword related to a discovery signal to two or more pairs of physical resource blocks (PRBs) on a time axis; and transmitting the mapped codeword, wherein a first pair of PRBs of the two or more pairs of PRBs includes a resource area for a first signal and whether an n-th (n>=2) pair of PRBs of the two or more pairs of PRBs includes the resource area for the first signal is determined according to whether a next subframe of a subframe including an (n-1)-th pair of PRBs is for an uplink transmission. | 01-07-2016 |
| 20160013920 | UPLINK DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS | 01-14-2016 |
| 20160013921 | RADIO BASE STATION, USER TERMINAL, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD | 01-14-2016 |
| 20160014746 | BASE STATION, TERMINAL, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 01-14-2016 |
| 20160014747 | COMMUNICATION TERMINAL DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 01-14-2016 |
| 20160020882 | BASE STATION, TERMINAL, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - There is provided a base station including a downlink channel generator, a reference signal generator, and a transmitter. The downlink channel generator generates a downlink channel for a terminal. The reference signal generator generates a first demodulation reference signal or a second demodulation reference signal which is a demodulation reference signal associated with the downlink channel and is enabled to be multiplexed between a plurality of antenna ports. The transmitter transmits the downlink channel and transmits the first demodulation reference signal or the second demodulation reference signal selected based on a configuration for the terminal. Granularity of the first demodulation reference signal is different from granularity of the second demodulation reference signal in a resource block. | 01-21-2016 |
| 20160020886 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting and receiving a signal by a terminal in a wireless communication system, according to one embodiment of the present invention, comprises the steps of: transmitting uplink data to a base station; and receiving an acknowledgement of reception of the uplink data, wherein a first area, to which the acknowledgement of reception is transmitted, is determined in such a manner that a difference value between the number of REs, to which a first antenna port is allocated, and the number of REs, to which a second antenna port is allocated, is a predetermined value or less. | 01-21-2016 |
| 20160021641 | TERMINAL, BASE STATION, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - Provided is a terminal that performs communication with a base station, in which, in a case where a physical downlink control channel is monitored in a first enhanced physical downlink control channel-physical resource block set, a demodulation reference signal is used that is based on a scrambling sequence which is initialized by a prescribed parameter, and in which, in a case where the physical downlink control channel is monitored in a second enhanced physical downlink control channel-physical resource block set, a demodulation reference signal is used that is based on a scrambling sequence which is initialized by a parameter that is set individually for each terminal. | 01-21-2016 |
| 20160021670 | Joint Waveform Design and Interference Pre-Cancellation for Time-Reversal Systems - A base station having an input module for receiving a probe signal sent from a terminal device, and a data processor for generating a signature waveform that is based on channel information derived from the probe signal, identifying data symbols intended to be transmitted to the terminal device, and modifying the data symbols based on the channel information. The modification of the data symbols is designed to reduce inter-symbol interference when the data symbols are received by the terminal device. The data processor generates a downlink signal based on the modified data symbols and the signature waveform. The base station generates a wide-band a radio frequency signal based on the downlink signal and transmits the radio frequency signal to the terminal device through a multipath channel such that a portion of the radio frequency signal intended for the terminal device focuses at the terminal device. | 01-21-2016 |
| 20160028512 | TRANSMISSION OF ACKNOWLEDGEMENT INFORMATION IN ADAPTIVELY CONFIGURED TDD COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Methods and apparatus of a base station or a User Equipment (UE) in communication with each other are provided. The UE is configured by the base station for operation with an adapted Time Division Duplex (TDD) UpLink-Downlink (UL-DL) configuration. A process enabling transmission of acknowledgement information from the UE for communication in two different sets of DL Transmission Time Intervals (TTIs) is provided. | 01-28-2016 |
| 20160028513 | Group-Based Resource Element Mapping for Radio Transmission of Data - For transmitting data over a radio interface using subframes with a plurality of resource elements organized in a time-frequency grid, at least two groups of resource elements are determined from the resource elements of one of the subframes. Each group covers multiple consecutive resource elements in the time domain and is distinct from the at least one other group in the frequency domain. Data symbols of a sequence are consecutively mapped to the resource elements of one of the groups. If a data symbol is mapped to each resource element of the group, the next data symbols of the sequence are consecutively mapped to the resource elements of a further one of the groups. | 01-28-2016 |
| 20160028518 | A WIRELESS DEVICE, A NETWORK NODE AND METHODS THEREIN FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A D2D COMMUNICATION - A method performed by a first wireless device for transmitting control information in a D2D communication with a second wireless device in a wireless telecommunications network is provided. The first wireless device multiplexes coded modulation symbols of the control information with coded modulation symbols of data information on Resources Elements, REs, in a Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing, OFDM, time-frequency grid of a Dedicated Shared CHannel, DSCH, in the D2D communication, wherein the control information comprises Transmission Format Command, TFC, information and Uplink Control Information, UCI. Then, it transmits the coded modulation symbols of the control information multiplexed with the coded modulation symbols of the data information on REs in the OFDM time-frequency grid of the DSCH in the D2D communication to the second wireless device. A first wireless device, a network node and a method performed by the network node are also provided. | 01-28-2016 |
| 20160028529 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FACILITATING RELIABLE TRANSMISSION OF A CONTROL REGION SIZE AND DETECTION OF CROSS-CARRIER SIGNALING - Methods, apparatuses, and computer program products are disclosed for facilitating indicating and detecting control region sizes. A multi-carrier communication between a wireless terminal and a base station is facilitated by a first carrier having a first control region size and a second carrier having a second control region size. Embodiments are disclosed in which control region sizes are ascertained from a control signal, wherein the control is generated by either scrambling an aspect of the control signal based on the second control region size, or relating the second control region size with the first control region size. Other disclosed embodiments for ascertaining control region sizes include a reverse interleaver embodiment, wherein a set of modulation symbols is mapped beginning from a last data symbol and ending with a first available data symbol. | 01-28-2016 |
| 20160028642 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR SCHEDULING OFDM FRAMES - System and methods for scheduling OFDM frames are provided. Each packet is assigned to a frame bucket, this amounting to a temporary decision of when to transmit the packet. Each packet is marked with one or more metrics. The metrics are used to sort packets and make scheduling decisions. Packets are analyzed to determine their suitability for MIMO transmission. | 01-28-2016 |
| 20160029335 | METHOD FOR RECEPTION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK AND CORRESPONDING DEVICE FOR RECEPTION - The invention relates to a device for transmission in a wireless network comprising a plurality of base stations and at least one mobile terminal, a mobile terminal (MT) transmitting a same signal ( | 01-28-2016 |
| 20160029389 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR PROTECTION AND BANDWIDTH SELECTION FOR DOWNLINK AND UPLINK FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS COMMUNICATIONS - Systems, methods, and devices for protecting frequency division multiple access communications are provided. A method for wireless communications in a communication system over a primary frequency channel and a secondary frequency channel is provided. The method includes transmitting by an access point a first reservation frame utilizing the primary frequency channel, the first reservation frame indicating a first single time interval reserved for uplink and downlink communications over the primary frequency channel with a plurality of wireless devices. The method includes transmitting by the access point a second reservation frame utilizing the secondary frequency channel, the second reservation frame indicating a second single time interval reserved for uplink and downlink communications over the secondary frequency channel. The method includes communicating between the access point and the plurality of wireless devices over the primary frequency channel during the first single time interval. | 01-28-2016 |
| 20160036570 | METHOD AND BASE STATION FOR TRANSMITTING DOWNSTREAM LINK DATA, AND METHOD AND USER DEVICE FOR RECEIVING DOWNSTREAM LINK DATA - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus which transmit/receive at least one demodulation reference signal by using a CDM group and/or a transmission rank of a user device that have been used to transmit the at least one demodulation reference signal for the user device, an OCC that has been used to spread the demodulation reference signal, etc. Also, the present invention relates to a method and apparatus which change an antenna port for transmitting the demodulation reference signal by using NDI for a disabled transmission block. | 02-04-2016 |
| 20160036571 | NIB COMP TRANSMISSION METHOD AND DEVICE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more particularly, to a method and device for performing or supporting NIB coordinated multi-point (CoMP) transmission in a wireless communication system. The method for performing NIB CoMP transmission in the wireless communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention may include: receiving signaling comprising at least one CoMP hypothesis set and at least one benefit metric information bit from a first network node, at a second network node; performing CoMP transmission based on the at least one CoMP hypothesis set, at the second network node. The at least one CoMP hypothesis set and the at least one benefit metric information bit are defined in information element format included in the signaling, and information indicated by the at least one benefit metric information comprises specific information, for which the at least one benefit metric information configured as special value. | 02-04-2016 |
| 20160037463 | Power Headroom Reporting Accounting - A method in a first wireless device of a wireless communications network is disclosed. The method comprises obtaining a power headroom report (PHR) configuration including one or more PHR configuration parameters for an enhanced PHR based at least in part on one or more device-to-device (D2D) transmissions of the first wireless device. The method further comprises estimating a power headroom (PH) according to the obtained PHR configuration, the estimated PH based at least in part on the one or more D2D transmissions of the first wireless device, and transmitting an enhanced PHR to a node of the wireless communications network, the enhanced PHR comprising the PH estimated according to the obtained PHR configuration. | 02-04-2016 |
| 20160037491 | METHOD FOR RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION ON EPDCCH - In one embodiment of the present specification, provided is a method for receiving control information on an enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH). The method for receiving control information may comprise the steps of: receiving information associated with a pattern change of a demodulation reference signal (DMRS); identifying a time of changing mapping between an enhanced resource element group (EREG) and an enhanced control channel element (ECCE) for an EPDCCH, according to the pattern change of the DMRS; and receiving control information on the EPDCCH by applying the change of the mapping at the identified time. | 02-04-2016 |
| 20160037500 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION RATE OF PHYSICAL LAYER - Method and apparatus for controlling a physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU) transmission rate of a physical layer in a first terminal are provided. The method includes: obtaining a media access control protocol data unit (MPDU) retransmission frequency of the first terminal in a first period, where the first terminal is a station or an access point in a wireless network; if the MPDU retransmission frequency is less than a frequency threshold, promoting the PPDU transmission rate in a second period; and else, suppressing the PPDU transmission rate in the second period, where the second period is following and adjacent to the first period along a time axis. The PPDU transmission rate may be adjusted adaptively according to a channel's practical transmission state, the physical layer rate may be prevented from decreasing continuously in noisy channel environment, and a throughput rate may be improved in real time. | 02-04-2016 |
| 20160037502 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING STARTUP OF REQUEST TO SEND/CLEAR TO SEND MECHANISM - Method and apparatus for controlling startup of RTS/CTS mechanism is provided. The method includes: obtaining a noisy level of a channel based on the number of first data received by a first terminal in a first period, where the first terminal is a STA or an AP in a wireless network, and the first data include aggregation frames or non-aggregation frames; and if the noisy level is greater than or equal to a noisy level threshold, controlling the first terminal to start up the RTS/CTS mechanism when data is transmitted in a second period which is following and adjacent to the first period along a time axis. The noisy level of the channel may be obtained in real time, and the RTS/CTS mechanism may be controlled to be started up reasonably in real time, so that channel resources is utilized sufficiently, and a throughput rate is improved. | 02-04-2016 |
| 20160037521 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A wireless communication device includes a detection unit, a time interval estimation unit, a setting unit, and a wireless communication unit. The detection unit is configured to detect interfering electric waves in a predetermined frequency band. The time interval estimation unit is configured to estimate a time interval in which communication is to be performed by the wireless communication device. The setting unit is configured to set a communication frame length based on the time interval estimated by the time interval estimation unit. The wireless communication unit is configured to perform communication using the predetermined frequency band, according to the communication frame length that is determined based on the estimated time interval. | 02-04-2016 |
| 20160043824 | SEGMENTED DATA-AIDED FREQUENCY ESTIMATION IN TD-SCDMA - Apparatus, methods, and computer program product for data-aided frequency estimation in time division synchronous code division multiple access (TD-SCDMA) include receiving, in a downlink time slot of a TD-SCDMA network, a first data burst before a midamble, the midamble, and a second data burst after the midamble; determining at least one data segment that includes symbols in one or both of the first data burst and the second data burst, where the at least one data segment includes a data segment with fewer symbols than a union of the first data burst and the second data burst; and determining a frequency estimate based on the data segment. | 02-11-2016 |
| 20160043855 | DYNAMIC INTER-FRAME SPACE PROCESSING IN HIGH EFFICIENCY WIRELESS LAN - The present invention relates to a transmission and receiving method and apparatus using a dynamically determined Inter-Frame Space (IFS) in a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN). According to one aspect of the present invention, a method for processing a received frame by a Station (STA) in a WLAN may include receiving a first frame including downlink data for a plurality of STAs, if the received first frame has no error, transmitting a second frame including an ACKnowledgement (ACK) of the STA simultaneously with ACKs of one or more other STAs, and if the received first frame has an error, performing carrier sensing using a variably determined IFS. | 02-11-2016 |
| 20160044533 | PHYSICAL LAYER PROTOCOL DATA UNIT FORMAT IN A HIGH EFFICIENCY WIRELESS LAN - The present invention relates to a new Physical layer Protocol Data unit (PPDU) format and a transmission and reception method and apparatus using the new PPDU format in a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN). According to one aspect of the present invention, a method for transmitting a PPDU frame to a reception apparatus by a transmission apparatus in a WLAN may be provided. The method may include generating a legacy preamble, generating a High Efficiency (HE)-preamble, and transmitting a PPDU frame including a first region and a second region to the reception apparatus, the first region including the legacy preamble and a first field and the second region including the HE-preamble. The first field may have a variable length, and the HE-preamble may include a High Efficiency-Short Training Field (HE-STF) following the first field. | 02-11-2016 |
| 20160044584 | SYSTEM DETECTION IN A HIGH FREQUENCY BAND RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGY ARCHITECTURE - Techniques are described herein for fast and efficient discovery of small cells by user equipment (“UE”) in a wireless telecommunications network. The small cells may operate at a high frequency band (“HFB”), which may correspond to higher frequencies than other cells (e.g., base stations, such as evolved Node Bs (“eNBs”)) of the network. The UE may receive assistance information, which may include polling channel configurations, beamforming weights, carrier frequencies, cell identifiers of small cells, and/or other information. The UE may use the assistance information when outputting (either omnidirectionally, pseudo-omnidirectionally, or directionally) a polling sequence, in order to detect the small cells. | 02-11-2016 |
| 20160044602 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMIT POWER OF A MOBILE STATION - Method and apparatus for controlling a transmit power of a mobile station are disclosed. Mobile stations in direct communication on a cross link (XL) receive control parameters from a base station. A first mobile station (a receiving mobile station) may calculate a correction parameter for power offset for transmissions from a second mobile station (a transmitting mobile station) to the first mobile station, and send it to the second mobile station. The correction parameter may be generated within the maximum and minimum limits. The second mobile station may calculate a transmit power level for a transmission to the first mobile station based on the correction parameter, measurements on resources allocated for cross links for mobile station-to-mobile station direct communications, an interference measurement received from the first mobile station, and a path loss to the first mobile station. | 02-11-2016 |
| 20160044643 | METHOD OF ALLOCATING A RESOURCE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE FOR SAME - In a wireless communication system, when a terminal receives control information from a downlink subframe, which is divided into a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) region and a Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) region, in a wireless communication system, the receiving of the control information includes: receiving, from a base station, first CFI information indicating the number of Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbols available for Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) transmission; receiving, from the base station, second CFI information indicating start OFDM symbol information available for Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) transmission corresponding to an enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel (E-PDCCH); and receiving the PDSCH from the base station on the basis of the first CFI information or the second CFI information. The PDCCH is placed in the PDCCH region of the downlink subframe, and the E-PDCCH is placed in the PDSCH region of the downlink subframe. | 02-11-2016 |
| 20160044646 | RECEIVING DEVICE, RECEIVING METHOD, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A receiving device includes a first processing unit configured to execute a first demodulation process on a second signal transmitted in a second radio area different from a first radio area in which a first signal as a desired signal is transmitted; a first estimation unit configured to execute a first estimation process of estimating a channel for the second radio area based on an execution result of the first demodulation process; and a second processing unit configured to execute a cancellation process of cancelling a component from a received signal based on the estimated channel, the component being attributed to the second signal transmitted in the second radio area, wherein the receiving device executes a second demodulation process on the desired signal based on an execution result of the cancellation process. | 02-11-2016 |
| 20160044647 | MODULATION AND MULTIPLE ACCESS TECHNIQUE USING ORBITAL ANGULAR MOMENTUM - The present invention as disclosed and described herein, in one aspect thereof, comprises a method for multiple access communications over a communications link involves receiving a plurality of data streams from a plurality of data sources. The plurality of data streams are grouped into a plurality of groups. Orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) processing is applied to each of the plurality of groups. Each of the plurality of groups uses a same combination of frequency and time slot combinations in the OFDM processing. A different orthogonal function is applied to each of the OFDM processed groups to uniquely identify each of the OFDM processed group from each other and the orthogonal function processed groups are transmitted over the communications link. | 02-11-2016 |
| 20160044656 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR UPLINK SIGNALING USING TIME-FREQUENCY RESOURCES - Methods, base stations and access terminals for uplink signaling are provided. Resource request channel characteristics such as location in time-frequency, sequence, time slot, are assigned to each access terminal to distinguish their resource requests from the resource requests of other access terminals. Access terminals make requests using a resource request on a resource request channel having the assigned characteristics. The base station can then determine which access terminal transmitted the resource request based on the resource request channel characteristics of the resource request channel upon which the resource request was received. The base station then transmits a response to the request which may for example be a new resource allocation, a default allocation or a renewal of a previous allocation. | 02-11-2016 |
| 20160044682 | Radio Transmitter Identification and Congestion Control - A system and a method are disclosed for transmitting and receiving wireless signals in a shared communication channel. Embodiments include sending, by a client device, a request to connect with a base station and receiving, in response to the request, a message including a radio transmission slot and a digital identifier. The radio transmission slot identifies a frequency channel and a time slot for transmitting a wireless signal. The client device can then transmit wireless signals using the frequency channel identified by the radio transmission slot during the time slot identified by the radio transmission slot. The client device encodes the digital identifier in the transmitted wireless signal. | 02-11-2016 |
| 20160044688 | RESOURCE DETERMINING METHOD AND APPARATUS - The present application discloses a resource determining method and apparatus, which relates to the communications field and can reduce co-channel interference between systems of different standards that share a wireless spectrum resource. The method includes: acquiring relationship information of interference imposed on a first cell by a second cell, where the relationship information of interference is used to indicate interference imposed on the first cell by the second cell in a time-frequency domain, and the second cell and the first cell have different standards; and determining time-frequency resource information of the second cell according to the relationship information of interference, where the time-frequency resource information of the second cell is used for the second cell to perform time-frequency resource allocation. | 02-11-2016 |
| 20160044689 | INTERFERENCE SUPPRESSION METHOD AND RELATED DEVICE AND SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present invention disclose an interference suppression method and a related device and system. The method includes: sending, on a specified time-frequency resource, a first reference signal or a first reference signal group to an interfered-with end; receiving interfering source information sent by the interfered-with end, where the interfering source information includes an interference identifier used for indicating whether a potential interfering source causes interference to the interfered-with end; and if the interference identifier in the interfering source information indicates that the potential interfering source sending the reference signal on the specified time-frequency resource causes interference to the interfered-with end, determining that the potential interfering source is an interfering source, otherwise, determining that the potential interfering source is a non-interfering source. According to the present invention, mutual interference between uplink and downlink signals of terminals located in a same cell or different cells can be suppressed. | 02-11-2016 |
| 20160044692 | Method and Apparatus for Determining Optimized Wireless Link Selection for a Mobile Device Along a Predicted Path - An information handling system includes a storage device for storing a spatial-temporal radio frequency profile for indicating signal quality for wireless links available at the location. The information handling system further includes an application processor that selects a predicted future path for a mobile information handling system during a future time interval. The application processor determines predicts radio quality of wireless links over the predicted future path selected for the system based on measured radio quality of service parameters for locations. | 02-11-2016 |
| 20160044699 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND DEVICE FOR INTERFERENCE COORDINATION IN INTER-RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGY SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method, an apparatus, and a device for interference coordination in an inter-RAT system to improve utilization of wireless spectrum resources while eliminating intra-frequency interference. The method includes: acquiring information about a time-frequency resource of a first cell and information about an interference relationship between the first cell and the second cell, where the first cell and the second cell are cells of different RATS; and determining information about a time-frequency resource of the second cell according to the information about the time-frequency resource of the first cell and the information about the interference relationship, where the information about the time-frequency resource of the second cell is used by the second cell to schedule a time-frequency resource. | 02-11-2016 |
| 20160044704 | NETWORK SCHEDULED DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATION - A technology for device to device (D2D) communication scheduling is disclosed. A D2D device can be synchronized with a base station of a cellular system. A sub-frame symbol boundary can be identified in the cellular system for the D2D communication. A resource for a D2D communication can be allocated from the D2D device to another D2D device within the sub-frame boundary of the cellular system. The D2D device can be switched to perform a D2D communication with another D2D device in proximity with the D2D device, wherein the other D2D device is substantially synchronized with the base station of the cellular system. The D2D device can communicate with the other D2D device within at least one symbol boundary time within the selected subframe. | 02-11-2016 |
| 20160044705 | DUAL BAND ADAPTIVE CONCURRENT PROCESSING METHOD AND APPARATUS - Embodiments of the present invention provide a dual band adaptive concurrent processing method and apparatus. In the embodiments of the present invention, by using statistical information of a service at a first frequency band and a service at a service at a second frequency band in the N | 02-11-2016 |
| 20160050052 | System and Method for Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) Transmission - An OFDMA subframe carrying different data fields in different time segments may include a separate short training field (STF), and a separate set of long training fields (LTFs), for each of the data fields to accommodate time-reuse scheduling. Communicating a separate STF for each data field may allow receivers to re-adjust automatic gain control (AGC) when the data fields carry different numbers of space-time-streams Likewise, communicating separate sets of LTFs for each data field may allow different beamforming parameters to be applied to different data fields. | 02-18-2016 |
| 20160050059 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OR NEGATIVE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT INDICATION INFORMATION - The present invention discloses a method and device for transmitting ACK/NACK indication information. A network-side device configures at least two carriers for a UE; transmits PDCCH information to the UE; selects one of at least two timing relationships as a first timing relationship; determines a corresponding third uplink subframe and first carrier; indicate related information corresponding to the third uplink subframe and the first carrier to the UE; in the third uplink subframe of the first carrier, determines a first channel resource, and indicates the first channel resource to the UE; and receives an ACK/NACK fed back by the UE on the allocated resource. | 02-18-2016 |
| 20160050098 | APPARATUS AND CIRCUIT FOR PROCESSING CARRIER AGGREGATION - A circuit for processing Carrier Aggregation (CA) is provided. The circuit includes a plurality of Component Carrier (CC) processors, each CC processor configured to estimate a frequency offset for a related CC and to compensate the estimated frequency offset, a reference clock generator configured to generate a reference clock using a reference frequency offset as one of frequency offsets output from the plurality of CC processors, a plurality of reception Phase Lock Loop (PLL) units, each reception PLL unit configured to generate a reception carrier frequency for the related CC corresponding to the reference clock, and a plurality of transmission PLL units, each transmission PLL unit configured to generate a transmission carrier frequency for the related CC corresponding to the reference clock. | 02-18-2016 |
| 20160056930 | PHYSICAL LAYER PROTOCOL DATA UNIT FORMAT APPLIED WITH SPACE TIME BLOCK CODING IN A HIGH EFFICIENCY WIRELESS LAN - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving signals using a Physical layer Protocol Data unit (PPDU) format to which Space-Time Block Coding (STBC) is applied in a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN). According to one aspect of the present invention, a method for transmitting data to a plurality of Stations (STAs) on a transmission channel by an Access Point (AP) in a WLAN may be provided. The transmission channel may be divided into a plurality of subchannels allocated to the plurality of STAs. The method may include generating a High Efficiency-Long Training Field (HE-LTF) field having a length determined based on whether Space-Time Block Coding (STBC) is applied to the plurality of subchannels, and transmitting a Physical layer Protocol Data Unit (PPDU) frame including the HE-LTF field and a plurality of data units for the plurality of STAs to the plurality of STAs. | 02-25-2016 |
| 20160056934 | Transmitting or Receiving Processing Method and Apparatus for Data Channel - Provided are a transmitting or receiving processing method and apparatus for data channel. The transmitting method applied to a base station comprises: acquiring data to be transmitted; transmitting, on multiple sub-frames, the data to be transmitted born by the data channel, wherein the data channel at least comprises two parts, and the number of pilot frequency symbols contained in the first part is larger than that in the second part; and/or, the first part is used for transmitting auxiliary demodulation data and the second part is used for transmitting target data. The technical problems that the accuracy of channel estimation is poor, the coverage performance is low and the like when the original uplink and downlink data transmission way is adopted are solved. The accuracy of coherence demodulation of the target data at a receiving end is ensured, and the coverage performance of the data channel is improved. | 02-25-2016 |
| 20160056938 | TECHNIQUES TO MANAGE DWELL TIMES FOR PILOT ROTATION - Techniques to manage dwell times for pilot rotation are described. An apparatus may comprise a memory configured to store a data structure with a set of modulation and coding schemes (MCS) available to an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) system, each MCS having an associated pilot dwell time. The apparatus may further comprise a processor circuit coupled to the memory, the processor circuit configured to identify a MCS to communicate a packet using multiple subcarriers of the OFDM system, and retrieve a pilot dwell time associated with the MCS from the memory, the pilot dwell time to indicate when to shift a pilot tone between subcarriers of the multiple subcarriers during communication of the packet. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 02-25-2016 |
| 20160056942 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION, UE AND BASE STATION - A method for transmitting UCI, UE and base station. The method for transmitting includes: mapping, by UE, UCI onto time-frequency resources, wherein a subframe where the UCI is located contains one uplink reference signal or contains no an uplink reference signal; and transmitting the UCI to a base station via a PUSCH. An uplink reference signal occupies only one OFDM symbol or occupies no an OFDM symbol in a subframe, which may reduce waste of resources, and correspondingly change resource mapping of the UCI, thereby obtaining better decoding performance. | 02-25-2016 |
| 20160057604 | Device-to-Device (D2D) Discovery Method, Base Station, And User Equipment - A device-to-device (D2D) discovery method, an eNodeB and a user equipment are disclosed. The method includes: a user equipment acquiring discovery signal resources allocated by an eNodeB (eNB) to the user equipment, wherein the discovery signal resources include time-frequency domain resources used for sending or monitoring a discovery signal; and when the user equipment performs a D2D discovery operation, sending or monitoring the discovery signal according to acquired discovery signal resources to perform D2D discovery. | 02-25-2016 |
| 20160057764 | RESOURCE BLOCK STRUCTURE AND CONTROL IN A WIRELESS OFDM COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless communication device uses an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplex (OFDM) resource block structure. The wireless communication device generates and stores data for wireless transmission. The wireless communication device translates an identifier and a current time into one or more OFDM resource blocks that are reserved for use without base station scheduling. The wireless communication device generates one or more authorization marks. The wireless communication device wirelessly transmits the data and the one or more authorization marks in the one or more OFDM resource blocks that are reserved for use without base station scheduling. | 02-25-2016 |
| 20160057768 | METHOD AND NETWORK NODE FOR DOWNLINK SCHEDULING IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORK - The present disclosure relates to a method in a scheduling node for selecting a downlink resource allocation scheme in a mobile communication network including a plurality of at least partially overlapping sectors. The selected downlink resource allocation scheme is applicable to downlink transmission in at least a current transmission time interval to user equipments located in a one or more of the plurality of at least partially overlapping sectors. The disclosed method comprises the step of selecting a set of user equipments connected to the scheduling node. For each user equipment in the selected set of user equipments, the method further comprises the step of determining sector isolation properties of each sector. A downlink resource allocation scheme is selected wherein at least one sector is disabled for downlink transmission to user equipment in the set of user equipments based on determined sector isolation properties. The disclosure also relates to a method of allocating downlink data transmission resources in a mobile communication network, a scheduling node and a computer program comprising computer program code executed in the scheduling node. | 02-25-2016 |
| 20160065286 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF BEAM TRACKING - Some demonstrative embodiments include apparatuses, devices, systems and methods of beam tracking For example, an apparatus may include a transmitter to transmit data to a wireless communication device via a first beam direction of a plurality of beam directions, and to transmit one or more pilot signals via one or more other beam directions of the plurality of beam directions; and a receiver to receive from the wireless communication device a feedback indicating a second beam direction of the plurality of beam directions, the second beam direction being one of the one or more other beam directions, wherein the transmitter is to switch to the second beam direction to communicate with the wireless communication device. | 03-03-2016 |
| 20160065302 | Method and Apparatus for Communication - A method including receiving signals at a first frequency and at a second frequency; and switching between the first frequency and the second frequency during one of a plurality of subframes within a radio frame for transmission subsequent to said receiving. | 03-03-2016 |
| 20160065336 | Mapping User Data onto a Time-Frequency Resource Grid in a Coordinated Multi-Point Wireless Communication System - Methods and apparatus are disclosed for receiving user data in a wireless communication system that employs coordinated multi-point transmission of the user data from a first cell serving a wireless terminal and a second cell site neighboring the first cell site. In an exemplary system, the first cell site maps control signals and user data to a time-frequency resources according to a first mapping pattern, while the second cell site maps control data and traffic data to the time-frequency resources according to a second mapping pattern. An exemplary method comprises extracting user data, according to the first mapping pattern, from time-frequency resources of a first transmission for the wireless terminal transmitted from the first cell site; detecting a control element transmitted by one of the first and second cell sites, the control element indicating that user data associated with the control element is mapped to the time-frequency resources according to the second mapping pattern; and, responsive to said detecting, extracting user data according to the second mapping pattern from time-frequency resources of a second transmission for the wireless terminal transmitted from the second cell site. | 03-03-2016 |
| 20160065338 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DECODING DOWNLINK DATA - Method for decoding data in a downlink subframe involves a terminal receiving downlink data in a data subframe transmitted in a first serving cell; the terminal receiving configuration information about PRS subframes which transmit PRS, wherein the PRS subframes are transmitted in a second serving cell; and determining whether the terminal decodes, according to the configuration information, the data transmitted through a PDSCH or an EPDCCH in the data subframe, wherein the decoding of the data transmitted through the PDSCH or the EPDCCH is abandoned by the terminal when a first CP length of the data subframe is different from a first subframe CP length of a first frame which includes the data subframe, and the data subframe may overlap with at least one PRS subframe of the PRS subframes. | 03-03-2016 |
| 20160065342 | RANDOMIZATION OF PRS FREQUENCY OFFSETS AND MUTING PATTERNS IN LTE FOR EOTDOA - Certain aspects of the present disclosure generally relate to randomization of positioning reference signal (PRS) frequency offsets and muting patterns in long term evolution (LTE) for enhanced observed time difference of arrival (eOTDOA). According to certain aspects, a method is provided for wireless communications which may be performed, for example, by a base station (BS). The method generally includes randomly selecting at least one parameter used to determine a set of time-frequency resources for transmitting positioning reference signals (PRS) and transmitting PRS on the determined set of time-frequency resources. The user equipment (UE) may randomly select the at least one parameter used to determine the set of time-frequency resources to measure for the PRS from the BS and measure PRS on the determined set of time-frequency resources. | 03-03-2016 |
| 20160065345 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention provides a method for transmitting uplink control information (UCI) in a wireless access system supporting a multi-connection mode for a terminal to be connected to at least two small cells, and an apparatus therefor. In a wireless access system supporting a multi-connection mode, a method for enabling a terminal to transmit a confirmation response signal (ACK/NACK) according to an embodiment of the present invention includes the steps of: receiving an upper layer signal containing resource allotment information representing an allotted resource region in order to transmit a confirmation response signal; receiving a first physical downlink sharing channel (PDSCH) signal from a first small cell; receiving a second PDSCH signal from a second small cell; and transmitting a single confirmation response signal for the first PDSCH signal and the second PDSCH signal through the resource region represented by the resource allotment information. Here, the terminal maintains a plurality of connections with two or more small cells in the multi-connection mode, and the resource region may be allotted for the same time and frequency resource in both the first small cell and the second small cell. | 03-03-2016 |
| 20160065392 | MOBILE TERMINAL - A mobile terminal is provided. The mobile terminal includes: a base band processor; a main RF transceiver electrically coupled to the base band processor; a Balun unit adapted to receive single-ended RF signals, and convert the single-ended RF signals whose frequencies are within a preset range into differential RF signals; and a diversity RF receiver electrically coupled to the base band processor and the Balun unit, which is adapted to receive the differential RF signals converted by the Balun unit and process the differential RF signals to generate baseband signals to be processed by the base band processor. Accordingly, components required by a mobile terminal and cost of the mobile terminal can be reduced. | 03-03-2016 |
| 20160066305 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DATA TRANSMISSION OF DEVICE-TO-DEVICE USER EQUIPMENT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - According to an embodiment of the present invention, a method for transmitting Device-to-Device (D2D) data by a User Equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system, the method comprising: determining a bitmap to be applied to a subframe pool for data transmission from a subframe indicator bitmap; determining a set of subframes to transmit D2D data by using the bitmap to the subframe pool for data transmission; and transmitting D2D data in a subframe included in the determined subframe set, wherein a set of values available as k being the number of 1s in the subframe indicator bitmap are changed according to a change in a transmission mode under unchanged UL/DL configuration. | 03-03-2016 |
| 20160066338 | OPERATION METHOD OF STATION IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK - An operation method of a station in a wireless local area network (WLAN) is disclosed. An operation method of a first station comprises generating a high efficiency (HE) preamble including scheduling information of a plurality of reception stations; and generating a physical layer convergence procedure (PLCP) protocol data unit (PPDU) including a legacy preamble, the HE preamble, and a payload having data units to be transmitted to the plurality of reception stations. Therefore, a performance of WLAN may be enhanced. | 03-03-2016 |
| 20160073368 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD, DEVICE, AND SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a data transmission method, device, and system, are applied to the field of communications, and can improve data transmission efficiency and reduce a time delay. The method includes: acquiring, by a sending device, a time-frequency resource and interleaver information that are to be used by to-be-sent data, where the interleaver information includes a correspondence between an interleaver and a time synchronization code, and there is a one-to-one correspondence between a time synchronization code and an interleaver; selecting a time synchronization code and an interleaver for the to-be-sent data according to the interleaver information; and performing interleaving processing on the to-be-sent data by using the selected interleaver, and sending, to a receiving device on the time-frequency resource, the interleaved to-be-sent data that carries the selected time synchronization code. The embodiments of the present invention are applied to data transmission. | 03-10-2016 |
| 20160073414 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CHANNEL SWITCH AND WIRELESS TERMINAL - The present invention discloses a method, an apparatus and a wireless terminal for channel switch, and the method includes: sending information on the target channel and a first channel within the preset channel soft switch time interval after a channel switch announcement instruction is sent on the first channel when the first channel needs to be switched, and stopping sending information on the first channel if the preset channel soft switch time interval ends. By means of above method, the probability of switch failure for the user may be reduced in a scenario with frequent channel switch. | 03-10-2016 |
| 20160073418 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A communication apparatus | 03-10-2016 |
| 20160080122 | FRAME TRANSMITTING METHOD AND FRAME RECEIVING METHOD - A frame transmitting method by a device in a wireless communication network is provided. The device generates a symbol using a part of a plurality of resource units having a different number of tones and transmits a frame including the symbol. A length of symbol duration excluding a guard interval in the symbol is 12.8 μs. The plurality of resource units includes a first resource unit having 26 tones and a second resource unit having 52 tones. Two tones in the 26 tones of the first resource unit are used as pilot tones, and four tones in the 52 tones of the second resource unit are used as pilot tones. | 03-17-2016 |
| 20160080130 | Channelization Procedure for Implementing Persistent ACK/NACK and Scheduling Request - In one exemplary embodiment, a method includes: configuring a common resource space having a plurality of time-frequency resources and code resources, where the common resource space includes a first portion for a first type of signaling and a second portion for a second type of signaling, where the first type of signaling includes at least one of persistent acknowledgement signaling and scheduling request signaling, where the second type of signaling includes dynamic acknowledgement signaling; and allocating, based on the configured common resource space, resources of the common resource space for the at least one of persistent acknowledgement signaling and scheduling request signaling. | 03-17-2016 |
| 20160081070 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUBFRAME CONFIGURATION AND GENERATION IN A MULTI-CARRIER COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatus for subframe configuration and generation in a multi-cell multi-carrier system. A frame for radio transmission in the system consists of multiple subframes, and each subframe consists of multiple Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbols. Training symbols, frequency-domain data scrambling, size of Fast-Fourier Transform (FFT), or length of cyclic prefix can be configured differently for each subframe to facilitate different applications, such as unicasting or broadcasting. | 03-17-2016 |
| 20160081104 | Adaptive Scheduling of Voice Traffic in a Multi-Carrier Communication Environment - The present invention provides a technique for scheduling data, and in particular, scheduling real-time or voice data for transmissions during a transmit time interval in a multi-carrier communication environment. For each transmit time interval, channel condition indicia for multiple users is determined, and an iterative scheduling process is then implemented based in part on the channel condition indicia. The iterative scheduling initially pre-assigns select tones for each of the remaining users that have not been permanently assigned tones for the given transmit time interval. Next, the remaining user having the least favorable channel conditions is selected as an active user. The newly selected active user is then permanently assigned the select tones that were initially pre-assigned to that particular user. The permanently assigned tones are removed from consideration, and the process is repeated until all the remaining users are permanently assigned unique tones for scheduling. | 03-17-2016 |
| 20160087765 | Synchronization in a Beamforming System - A beamforming system synchronization architecture is proposed to allow a receiving device to synchronize to a transmitting device in time, frequency, and spatial domain in the most challenging situation with very high pathloss. A periodically configured time-frequency resource blocks in which the transmitting device uses the same beamforming weights for its control beam transmission to the receiving device. A pilot signal for each of the control beams is transmitted in each of the periodically configured time-frequency resource blocks. The same synchronization signal can be used for all stages of synchronization including initial coarse synchronization, device and beam identification, and channel estimation for data demodulation. | 03-24-2016 |
| 20160088495 | USING A GEOMETRY INDICATOR IN HETNET DEPLOYMENTS - In a heterogeneous network deployment that includes a macro base station and one or more low power nodes, a geometry indicator signal is transmitted to facilitate the determination of geometry or location at a user equipment. The geometry indicator, in general, is transmitted on the same or different frequency as the data signal transmission and is transmitted over a range that is same or different from that of the data signal transmission. The geometry indicator signal may be transmitted by the macro base station, the low power nodes or both. | 03-24-2016 |
| 20160088512 | REFERENCE SIGNAL DENSITY ADAPTATION - According to some embodiments, a method of adapting reference signals of a wireless network comprises establishing a first wireless connection with a first user equipment. The first wireless connection is associated with one or more references signals and each of the one or more reference signals is associated with one or more antenna ports. The method further comprises mapping one of the one or more reference signals associated with one or more antenna ports to at least two antenna port reference signal resources (APRSR) for the first user equipment, wherein the APRSR comprises a pair of consecutive time-frequency resource elements of a radio subframe of the first wireless connection. | 03-24-2016 |
| 20160088617 | COLLABORATIVE RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN CELLULAR DEPLOYMENTS - A method for collaborative resource allocation includes defining a cluster of neighboring base stations ( | 03-24-2016 |
| 20160094317 | LONG-TERM EVOLUTION UNLICENSED (LTE-U) AND WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK (WLAN) COEXISTENCE MECHANISM - In some aspects, the disclosure is directed to methods and systems for protocol coexistence. Within a frequency band of a wireless local area network (WLAN), a device implemented for operation in at least a non-WLAN protocol can determine that the frequency band is quiet at a first time instance. The device can transmit a message in WLAN protocol responsive to the determination and prior to operation in the non-WLAN protocol within the frequency band. The message can have a receiver address other than an address belonging to other devices operating within the frequency band. | 03-31-2016 |
| 20160094326 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION REFERENCE SIGNAL - A base station includes a plurality of first resource elements (REs) corresponding to at least two of a second orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol, a third OFDM symbol, and a fourth OFDM symbol of a first time slot, in a first CSI-RS resource pool configured in a first subframe including the first time slot and a second time slot subsequent to the first time slot. Furthermore, the base station transmits a CSI-RS at least one of REs included in the first CSI-RS resource pool. | 03-31-2016 |
| 20160095014 | CAPACITY INCREASING DEVICES AND METHODS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - The present patent application improves DARP by allowing multiple users on one time slot (MUROS). It comprises means and instructions for sharing signals on a single channel, comprising setting up a new connection, allocating a new time slot if there is an unused time slot on a channel frequency, selecting an used time slot for the new connection to share with an existing connection if there is not an unused time slot on the channel frequency, and selecting a different training sequence code for the new connection if the used time slot on the channel frequency has been selected for the new connection to share with an existing connection. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also claimed and described. | 03-31-2016 |
| 20160095099 | SIGNAL TRANSMISSION FOR PROXIMITY-BASED SERVICES WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - A technique may include transmitting, by a user device in a proximity-based services wireless network via a first time-frequency resource identified by a first logical time index within N logical time resources and a first logical frequency index in the range from 0 to M−1, a first occurrence of a signal for the user device during a transmission period; determining a time index adjustment associated with the first logical frequency index; determining, by the user device, a second logical time index of a second time-frequency resource for transmitting from the user device a second occurrence of the signal within the transmission period, the second logical time index being determined based on the first logical time index and the time index adjustment associated with the first logical frequency index; and transmitting, by the user device via the second time-frequency resource, a second occurrence of the signal during the transmission period. | 03-31-2016 |
| 20160095100 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATION OF DISCONTINUOUS UPLINK RESOURCE - A method for a communication apparatus to transmit an uplink signal in a wireless communication system. The communication apparatus receives a control channel signal including resource allocation information for two or more non-consecutive resource block sets. Each resource block set includes a single resource block group (RBG) or at least two consecutive RBGs. The communication apparatus transmits the uplink signal in accordance with the control channel signal for data transmission. The resource allocation information uses a combinatorial index corresponding to at least four indices to indicate the two or more non-consecutive resource block sets. | 03-31-2016 |
| 20160095122 | INTEGRATED CIRCUIT FOR CHANNEL ARRANGEMENT AND RADIO COMMUNICATION - Provided is a radio communication base station device which can prevent lowering of use efficiency of a channel communication resource for performing a frequency diversity transmission when simultaneously performing a frequency scheduling transmission and the frequency diversity transmission in a multicarrier communication. In the device, a modulation unit ( | 03-31-2016 |
| 20160095127 | METHOD OF RESOURCE BLOCK (RB) BUNDLING - A method of sizing bundled resource blocks (RBs) having at least one user equipment (UE)-specific demodulation reference signal in an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) system is disclosed. According to one embodiment, the method includes: receiving configuration information related to at least one UE-specific demodulation reference signal; receiving a plurality of resource blocks (RBs) from a network, wherein the plurality of resource blocks comprises the at least one UE-specific demodulation reference signal, at least one cell-specific demodulation reference signal or data, wherein a number of the plurality of RBs is dependent on a size of a system bandwidth , the size of the system bandwidth corresponding to one of four size ranges; and processing at least one of the received plurality of RBs by bundling the plurality of RBs into RB bundles, wherein the size of each RB bundle is based on the one of the four size ranges. | 03-31-2016 |
| 20160095129 | Method and System for Utilizing Spectrum Data in a Cognitive Wireless Access System - The invention relates to a cognitive wireless communication system where a wireless terminal is allowed to utilize in channel selection process both licenced bands and unlicensed bands that are available. The invention relates also to a method and computer program for allocating a transmission channel for a wireless terminal either from licenced or unlicensed bands in a cognitive radio system by a resource management server. The utilized spectrum data is gathered by spectrum sensing from databases and control channels and it is saved in a database. A transmission channel to a wireless terminal is allocated by the resource management server by utilizing gathered short term and long term spectrum data.” | 03-31-2016 |
| 20160095136 | NETWORK ASSISTED PARAMETER ESTIMATION IN THE PRESENCE OF INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE - Embodiments provide improved interference classification and parameter estimation at a User Equipment (UE) that uses received scheduling information associated with interfering cells from a network node together with parameters associated with interfering cells generated locally to the UE to generate an interference mapping data set that may be used to adjust subsequent interference classification and parameter estimation processing in the UE. | 03-31-2016 |
| 20160099824 | METHOD AND SYSTEM OF CYCLIC PREFIX OVERHEAD REDUCTION FOR ENABLING CANCELLATION OF INTER-SYMBOL AND INTER-CARRIER INTERFERENCES IN OFDM WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A system and method are provided for reducing the overhead caused by the presence of the cyclic prefix while enabling inter-carrier interference (ICI) and inter-symbol interference (ISI) cancellation in an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) network that includes an OFDM transmitter and an OFDM receiver. | 04-07-2016 |
| 20160100388 | Aggregation of Resources in Enhanced Control Channels - Time-frequency resources in a single PRB pair are used for both frequency-localized transmissions as well as distributed transmissions. A first control message is transmitted to a first user equipment (UE) using a first PRB pair, using first subsets of resource elements that are aggregated in a frequency-localized manner and that are transmitted using a single antenna port. A second control message to a second UE is simultaneously transmitted), also using the first PRB pair, using second subsets of resources that are aggregated in a frequency-distributed manner across the first PRB pair and one or more additional PRB pairs and that are transmitted using at least two antenna ports, including the single antenna port used to transmit the symbols in the first non-overlapping subsets of resource elements. | 04-07-2016 |
| 20160100398 | UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION TRANSMISSION METHOD, USER EQUIPMENT, AND BASE STATION - Embodiments of the present invention provide an uplink control information transmission method, user equipment, and a base station. In a first uplink demodulation reference signal (UL DMRS) pattern, resource elements (Res) in one orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol in an uplink subframe are used to carry the UL DMRS. The method includes: mapping, by user equipment (UE), uplink control information (UCI) to REs in the uplink subframe according to the first UL DMRS pattern, where an OFDM symbol in which the REs carrying the UCI are located is adjacent to the OFDM symbol in which the REs carrying the UL DMRS are located; and sending, by the UE to a base station, the uplink subframe that carries the UCI. | 04-07-2016 |
| 20160100413 | Signaling of Network-Assisted Intra-Cell Interference Cancellation and Suppression - Signaling methods to support robust interference cancellation by obtaining information associated with interfering signals from the network side are provided. The target interference for cancellation is intra-cell interference from MU-MIMO or NOMA operation. A victim receiver receives both desired signal and intra-cell interfering signal. The network may assist the victim receiver by providing information related to the interfering signal. The computational complexity of the victim receiver in blindly detecting the interference signal characteristics is reduced, and the reliability of the signal detection is improved. | 04-07-2016 |
| 20160105863 | OPEN-LOOP TIMING AND CYCLIC PREFIXES IN CELLULAR INTERNET OF THINGS COMMUNICATION - Methods, systems, and devices are described for wireless communication at a user equipment (UE). A UE may establish a connection with a cell based on an initial access procedure. The UE may also receive a downlink signal from the cell which includes a first cyclic prefix. The UE may transmit an uplink signal with a second cyclic prefix to the cell. The second cyclic prefix may have a different length than the first cyclic prefix. | 04-14-2016 |
| 20160105869 | TECHNIQUES FOR BACKGROUND PUBLIC LAND MOBILE NETWORK (BPLMN) SEARCH MANAGEMENT - Aspects of managing background public mobile network (BPLMN) searches are described. For example, in an aspect, a user equipment (UE) may determine whether one or more segments of a frequency acquisition from a prior discontinuous reception (DRX) cycle remain to be completed and whether the one or more segments of the frequency acquisition may be performed in a remaining portion of the current DRX cycle. If so, the UE may be configured to perform the one or more segments of the frequency acquisition when the identified remaining portion of the current DRX cycle provides sufficient time. | 04-14-2016 |
| 20160105870 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING COMMON SIGNAL IN MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT SYSTEM - Provided is a method for generating, by a base station, a common signal commonly required for surrounding terminals of the base station in a massive multiple input multiple output (MIMO) system. The base station generates data commonly required for the surrounding terminals. The base station generates a plurality of beamforming vectors using a time-domain constant amplitude (TCA)-frequency-domain constant amplitude (FCA) sequence having a constant size in a time domain and a frequency domain. Further, the base station generates a plurality of antenna streams corresponding to the common signal by multiplying the plurality of beamforming vectors by the data. | 04-14-2016 |
| 20160105873 | UE CATEGORY HANDLING - A method, an apparatus, and a computer-readable medium for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus may be a UE. The apparatus performs LBRM. Before performing LBRM, the apparatus reports a plurality of UE categories to an eNB. In addition, the apparatus determines whether signaling in relation to the UE categories is received from the eNB. In addition, the apparatus selects a UE category from the plurality of UE categories based on the reported UE categories and the signaling in relation to the UE categories. In addition, the apparatus determines a total number of soft channel bits to use for LBRM at the UE based on the selected UE category. Subsequently, the apparatus performs LBRM based on the determined total number of soft channel bits. | 04-14-2016 |
| 20160105879 | CONCEPT FOR BIDIRECTIONAL DATA TRANSMISSION BETWEEN A BASE STATION AND A NODE - Embodiments of the present invention provide a base station including bidirectional data transmission to a node. The base station has a receiver for receiving a data packet transmitted by the node at a node transmission frequency, the node transmission frequency being derived from a frequency generator of the node. In addition, the base station has a determiner for determining the node transmission frequency based on the data packet received and for determining a deviation of the frequency generator of the node based on a frequency deviation between the determined node transmission frequency and a set node transmission frequency associated to the node. Furthermore, the base station has a transmitter for transmitting a data packet to the node at a base station transmission frequency, the transmitter for transmitting the data packet being configured to set the base station transmission frequency based on the determined deviation of the frequency generator of the node. | 04-14-2016 |
| 20160105905 | SCHEDULING REQUEST MODES FOR ENHANCED COMPONENT CARRIERS - Various aspects described herein relate to communicating a scheduling request (SR) in a wireless network. A frame structure that allows dynamic switching of transmission time intervals (TTI) between uplink and downlink communications may be used to communicate with a network entity. At least one SR mode can be selected for SR transmission to the network entity in one or more of the TTIs configured for uplink communications based at least in part on the frame structure. The SR can be transmitted to the network entity in at least one uplink TTI of the one or more TTIs configured for uplink communications based at least in part on the at least one SR mode. | 04-14-2016 |
| 20160112152 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCHEDULING DEDICATED TRANSMISSIONS IN RESPONSE TO INTERFERENCE LEVELS AT NEIGHBORING BASE STATIONS - Methods, systems, and apparatuses are disclosed for reducing interference between wireless network cells. The embodiments may include: transmitting, by a base station, a physical broadcast channel in predetermined time slots in a frame; receiving, by the base station, interference information for other base stations indicating interference levels associated with its wireless transmit/receive units (WTRUs); wherein particular neighboring base stations having high interference are identified based on the received interference information; and reducing, by the base station, transmission power in the predetermined time slots in response to the interference levels. | 04-21-2016 |
| 20160112158 | Method for Concurrent Transmission of Information Symbols in Wireless Communication Systems - The present invention relates to methods for concurrent transmission and reception of information symbols over time-frequency resource elements in a wireless communication system. According to the present invention coded bits interleaving is combined with symbol spreading using LDS signatures. Thereby, the performance of coded LDS transmissions can be substantially improved in wireless communication systems. Furthermore, the invention also relates to corresponding transmit device, receiver device, computer program, and computer program product. | 04-21-2016 |
| 20160112177 | Method and Node for Interference Measurement via inter-Cell Cooperation - Disclosed are an inter-cell coordinated interference measurement method and node, wherein, the method is applied to each node performing a coordinated interference measurement, and includes: receiving first measurement resource information transmitted by other network nodes via a backhaul link to a present node for coordinated interference measurement; determining second measurement resource information used by the present node for interference measurement according to the first measurement resource information transmitted by the coordinated network nodes, and instructing relevant coordinated network nodes to correspondingly configure a resource in accordance with the second measurement resource information of the present node; wherein the second measurement resource includes an interference measurement resource and/or a channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS); and performing interference measurement on the second measurement resource. | 04-21-2016 |
| 20160112976 | ESTIMATION OF SPUR PARAMETERS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Aspects of the present disclosure provide for an apparatus configured to receive a communication signal including a spur utilizing a communication interface. The apparatus determines a first estimated frequency of the spur and a first estimated duration of the spur based on the first estimated frequency utilizing a searching algorithm. The apparatus determines a second estimated frequency of the spur based on the first estimated duration utilizing the searching algorithm, and a second estimated duration of the spur based on the second estimated frequency utilizing the searching algorithm. The apparatus determines at least one of an amplitude, a start location, or a phase offset of the spur based on the second estimated frequency and the second estimated duration. | 04-21-2016 |
| 20160112992 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION UTILIZING A UNIFIED AIR INTERFACE - Various aspects of the present disclosure provide for methods, apparatus, and computer software for enabling a single media access control (MAC) layer to control a variety of physical (PHY) layers or entities for multiplexing signals corresponding to each of the PHY layers over an air interface. Here, the MAC layer may include a resource manager configured to determine a time-frequency resource allocation within the air interface for communication with one or more subordinate entities utilizing each of the PHY layers. In this way, The MAC entity may provide dynamic control over the allocation of time-frequency resources within a given resource group, which may include transmission time intervals (TTIs) having multiple time scales. | 04-21-2016 |
| 20160113000 | METHOD FOR UPLINK DATA TRANSMISSION, TERMINAL, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NODE - Embodiments of the present invention relate to the communications field, and disclose a method for uplink data transmission, a terminal, and a wireless communication node, which can ensure that a HARQ mechanism between a terminal and a wireless communication node works normally. The method includes: determining, by a first wireless communication node, whether a terminal is within downlink coverage of a second wireless communication node; and when the first wireless communication node determines that the terminal is not within the downlink coverage of the second wireless communication node, instructing, by the first wireless communication node, the terminal to use a non-feedback mode; and/or instructing, by the first wireless communication node, the second wireless communication node to use a non-feedback mode. | 04-21-2016 |
| 20160113032 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INDICATING ALLOCATION OF DISTRIBUTED COMMUNICATION RESOURCES - A user equipment (UE) receives downlink data using resource blocks in a wireless mobile communication system. The UE includes data processing circuitry coupled to a receiver that receives downlink control information including resource allocation information for the downlink data from a base station and to receive the downlink data mapped to physical resource blocks (PRBs) based on the downlink control information. The resource allocation information indicates virtual resource block (VRB) allocations for the user equipment. Each resource block corresponds to one time slot. A resource block pair includes a first resource block associated with a first time slot and a second resource block associated with a second time slot adjacent to the first time slot. The first and second resource blocks are allocated to the same frequency indices. A mapping relationship between VRB pairs and PRB pairs exists such that frequency consecutive VRB pairs are mapped to non-frequency consecutive PRB pairs and that each resource block pair is split so there is a frequency gap between the first and second parts of the resource block pair. The resource allocation information indicates the frequency gap size is one of a first value and a second different value. | 04-21-2016 |
| 20160113040 | RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL RESPONSE HANDLING WITH AGGEGRATED COMPONENT CARRIERS - Disclosed herein are methods, computer program instructions and apparatus for performing random access procedures in a wireless communication system. A method includes receiving at a network access node, in different time and frequency resources that are allocated for preamble transmission, and in different ones of a plurality of component carriers, a plurality of random access requests from individual ones of a plurality of user equipments; and transmitting a corresponding plurality of random access responses in a time and frequency resource of a single component carrier. | 04-21-2016 |
| 20160119908 | METHOD OF MAPPING PHYSICAL RESOURCE TO LOGICAL RESOURCE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of mapping a physical resource to a logical resource in a wireless communication system is described. The method includes dividing a physical frequency band into at least one frequency partition. Each frequency partition is divided into a localized region and a distributed region in a frequency domain. The method further includes mapping the at least one frequency partition into at least one logical resource unit. The localized region is directly mapped into the logical resource unit and the distributed region is mapped into the logical resource unit after rearranging subcarriers within the distributed region. | 04-28-2016 |
| 20160127088 | MIMO BASED ADAPTIVE BEAMFORMING OVER OFDMA ARCHITECTURE - A wireless communications system that combines Multiple Input/Multiple Output (MIMO), beamforming, and Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) techniques to facilitate increasing spectral efficiency of the communications system has been disclosed. A method of operating a wireless communications system includes transmitting first data in a first beam of electromagnetic signals generated by a first antenna array. The first data is associated with a first user. The first data is transmitted using a first OFDMA resource block of a radio frame. The method includes transmitting second data in a second beam of electromagnetic signals generated by the first antenna array. The second data is associated with a second user. The second data is transmitted using a second OFDMA resource block of the radio frame. | 05-05-2016 |
| 20160127093 | HYBRID PILOT DESIGN FOR LOW LATENCY COMMUNICATION - Methods, systems, and devices are described for wireless communication at a UE. A base station may select a hybrid pilot configuration including a relatively sparse periodic pilot and a dense pilot embedded in one or more symbols of a low latency burst. A user equipment (UE) may generate a long term statistical average channel estimate based on the periodic pilot and an instantaneous channel estimate (e.g., for demodulation) based on the dense pilot embedded in the low latency burst. The UE may refine the instantaneous channel estimate by converting a control channel embedded with the burst. In some instances, the base station may embed the dense pilots in the first symbol of a burst and transmit subsequent low latency symbols with a reduced density pilot (or without pilot tones). | 05-05-2016 |
| 20160127097 | NARROWBAND CONTROL CHANNEL DECODING - Methods, systems, and devices for wireless communication are described. A user equipment (UE) may establish a connection with another wireless node, such as a base station or another UE. The connection may include a narrowband control region of a wideband system. The UE may identify a set of resources, which may include a set of subframes that have the same precoding or a set of resource blocks that have the same precoding, during which to monitor a demodulation reference signal (DM-RS) for decoding a control channel within the narrowband. The UE may then decode the control channel using the DM-RS or a cell-specific reference signal (CRS), or both DM-RS and CRS. The UE may exclude resources of the narrowband region that include a control region for broadband communications. | 05-05-2016 |
| 20160127102 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM BASED ON MULTIPLE ANTENNAS - Disclosed is a method of mapping a demodulation-reference signal (DM-RS) transmitted to a terminal by a base station in a wireless communication system based on multiple antennas. Specifically, the method includes grouping a plurality of DM-RS ports into antenna port groups including a predefined number of DM-RS ports, mapping a DM-RS sequence to two symbol resources of a first slot and two symbol resources of a second slot on one subcarrier, and transmitting the mapped DM-RS sequence to the terminal through the plurality of DM-RS ports, wherein a DM-RS sequence transmitted through DM-RS ports included in the same antenna port group is mapped by applying an orthogonal cover code (OCC) having a length of 2 to the same symbol resource, and the two symbol resources of the first slot correspond to a first antenna port group and the two symbol resources of the second slot correspond to a second antenna port group on the one subcarrier. | 05-05-2016 |
| 20160128039 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A transmitting apparatus in a mobile communication system determines a size of a Transmission Time Interval (TTI) that allocates a transmitting symbol in a minimum unit according to a quantity of data to transmit to each receiving apparatus and a latency time, allocates a control channel and a data channel in a frequency domain of a subframe including a plurality of transmitting symbols, and transmits respective control information and data to corresponding receiving apparatuses through the control channel and the data channel at the determined TTI in a radio frame including a plurality of subframes. | 05-05-2016 |
| 20160128045 | RELIABLE TRANSMISSION OF INFORMATION ON CONTROL CHANNELS - One or more aspects of the present disclosure provide for the reliable transmission of control information utilizing a plurality of physical communication links or channels. In some aspects, multi-link diversity may be utilized, wherein control information is jointly encoded and transmitted across a plurality of physical links. In other aspects, selection diversity may be utilized, wherein control information is transmitted across one or more selected links based on a determination that the selected link or links have the best quality, and therefore reliability. Associated data information may be handled in the same way or in a different manner in various aspects of the disclosure. | 05-05-2016 |
| 20160134395 | COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, WIRELESS BASE STATION, WIRELESS TERMINAL, AND COMMUNICATIONS METHOD - A wireless terminal, includes: an antenna; and, a processor, coupled to the antenna, the processor to receive, through the antenna, a common reference signal transmitted from a base station at a first timing at a frequency which is selected in accordance with identification information of a cell, to receive, through the antenna, a wireless-terminal-specific reference signal and a control signal both of which are concurrently transmitted by the base station at different frequencies, at a second timing that is different from the first timing; and, to demodulate the received control signal, based on the received wireless-terminal-specific reference signal. | 05-12-2016 |
| 20160134455 | ORIGINATOR AND RECIPIENT BASED TRANSMISSIONS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Methods and systems are described for determining a plurality of transmission levels for, e.g., a plurality of time-frequency channels and/or a plurality of tones. The transmission levels may be determined by a first node based on, for example, a received transmission from a second node. The first node may generate a signal, which may be based on, for example, an originator-based pseudorandom sequence, a recipient-based pseudorandom sequence, and/or a complex sinusoid. The first node may transmit the signal as an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) transmission. | 05-12-2016 |
| 20160135154 | Communication System and Method for a Train - A communication system for a train having a lead locomotive power group and at least one remote locomotive power group, the system including: a lead locomotive computer in communication with a first and second lead communication device and programmed to: generate a command message; transmit or cause the transmission of the command message from the first lead communication device in a predetermined time slot; and transmit or cause the transmission of the command message from the second lead communication device in a different predetermined time slot; and at least one remote locomotive computer in communication with at least one remote communication device and programmed to directly or indirectly receive the command message from the first lead communication device and/or the second lead communication device. A communication method for a train is also disclosed. | 05-12-2016 |
| 20160135156 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR INFORMATION TRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system and more specifically relates to a method and device for transmitting information. A wireless communication system can support carrier aggregation (CA). In one aspect of the present invention, a method, in which a terminal receives information from a base station in a wireless communication, comprises the steps of: receiving, from the base station, first information on the transmission method of a first channel; receiving the receiving the first channel, from the base station, via at least one serving cell formed in the terminal; and carrying out decoding on the first channel in accordance with the first information. Therein, the first channel is an enhanced physical downlink control channel (ePDCCH), and the terminal is capable of not carrying out decoding on the first channel in a frequency region in a present subframe. | 05-12-2016 |
| 20160135157 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL DEVICE, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Provided is a communication control device including a radio communication unit configured to perform radio communication with a terminal apparatus of a primary system using a frequency band of the primary system, and a selecting unit configured to select a subframe in which the frequency band is usable by a secondary system secondarily using the frequency band, the subframe being a unit of time in radio communication. The radio communication unit transmits system information of the frequency band including identification information of the selected subframe. | 05-12-2016 |
| 20160135173 | TERMINAL DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING A POWER HEADROOM REPORT IN A MULTI-CARRIER COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR SAME - A method and device for transmitting a power headroom report (PHR) by a user equipment (UE) in a communication system supporting a plurality of carriers. The method includes transmitting, to an eNode B (eNB), a power headroom report (PHR) related to the plurality of carriers configured for the UE. The power headroom report (PHR) comprises a first type power headroom (PH) and a second type power headroom (PH). While the first type power headroom (PH) is calculated for a power headroom report (PHR) related to a primary carrier and a non-primary carrier, the second type power headroom (PH) is calculated for a power headroom report (PHR) related to only the primary carrier. The second type power headroom (PH) is calculated for case of simultaneous transmission of a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) and a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH). | 05-12-2016 |
| 20160142983 | POWER CONTROL METHOD, UE AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present disclosure provide a power control method and a UE. The method includes: a UE configures power control parameters respectively for two or more pieces of connectivity; and the UE controls power of signals in corresponding connectivity according to the power control parameters, so as to respectively perform power control on the two or more pieces of connectivity. With the embodiments of the present disclosure, demands of a scenario having multiple links may be satisfied. | 05-19-2016 |
| 20160143010 | MASTER STATION AND METHOD FOR HIGH-EFFICIENCY WI-FI (HEW) COMMUNICATION USING A MULTIPLE ACCESS TECHNIQUE - Embodiments of a master station and method for communicating with a plurality of high-efficiency Wi-Fi (HEW) devices in a wireless network are generally described herein. In some embodiments, the master station may contend for a wireless medium during a contention period to receive control of the medium for an HEW control period, and transmit an HEW control and schedule transmission at the beginning of the HEW control period. The HEW control and schedule transmission may include a schedule indicating channel resources for communications with the HEW devices during the HEW control period in accordance with non-contention based multiple access technique. The channel resources indicated in the HEW control and schedule transmission may comprise subspaces within a wideband legacy channel bandwidth. Transmissions on HEW channels during the HEW control period may have symbol times aligned within each legacy channel for legacy-device coexistence. | 05-19-2016 |
| 20160143011 | Data Sending and Receiving Method and Data Sending and Receiving End - Disclosed are a data transmitting, receiving method, a data transmitting end, and a data receiving end. The transmitting method includes that: a transmitting end codes and modulates a plurality of transport blocks of a same receiving end, wherein a same precoding matrix is used to precode the plurality of transport blocks; the transmitting end maps the plurality of transport blocks onto time-frequency resources of a plurality of subframes; and the transmitting end transmits the plurality of subframes. | 05-19-2016 |
| 20160143012 | CARRIER AGGREGATION CONTROLLER AND METHOD - A carrier aggregation controller for providing an aggregated baseband signal from a plurality of baseband signals is provided. The controller comprises an accumulating memory, a selector and a time domain transformer. The selector is configured to add at least a first list of frequency domain samples obtained for the first baseband signal to first consecutive locations in the accumulating memory centered at a first preset location associated with the first baseband signal, and a second list of frequency domain samples obtained for the second baseband signal to second consecutive locations in the accumulating memory centered at a second preset location associated with the second baseband signal. The time domain transformer is configured to apply at least an inverse discrete Fourier transform to the frequency domain samples accumulated in the accumulating memory, obtaining the aggregated baseband signal. | 05-19-2016 |
| 20160143014 | CHANNEL ACCESS IN LISTEN BEFORE TALK SYSTEMS - Systems and methods relating to Listen before Talk (LBT) procedures suitable for, e.g., License Assisted Access (LAA) to an unlicensed frequency spectrum or Long Term Evolution Unlicensed (LTE-U) are disclosed. In some embodiments, a method of operation of a node of a cellular communications network comprises performing a LBT procedure for an observed channel in an unlicensed frequency spectrum. The LBT procedure defers at least one Clear Channel Assessment (CCA) slot such that the LBT procedure concludes at or near a desired starting point for a transmission. The at least one CCA slot comprises at least one of a first CCA slot of the LBT procedure, one or more intermediate CCA slots of the LBT procedure, and a final CCA slot of the LBT procedure. The method further comprises performing the transmission on the observed channel upon completion of the LBT procedure. | 05-19-2016 |
| 20160143041 | MULTIMODE WIRELESS TERMINAL - Embodiments of the present invention provide a multimode wireless terminal, including a general-purpose central processing unit, a reconfigurable baseband processing module, a reconfigurable intermediate radio frequency module, and a reconfigurable antenna module, terminal is applicable to various network environments. | 05-19-2016 |
| 20160143053 | Physical Structure and Reference Signal Utilization of Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel for OFDM/OFDMA Systems - A two-level physical structure is defined for better diversity for both distributed and localized transmission in enhanced physical downlink control channel (ePDCCH). First level is a physical unit of enhanced resource element groups (eREGs), where the group of REs is predefined for each eREG. Second level is a logical unit of enhanced control channel elements (eCCEs), where the group of eREGs is predefined or configurable by higher layer for each eCCE. For distributed transmission of ePDCCH, eCCE consists of several eREGs that are distributed in multiple non-contiguous PRBs spreading over the whole channel frequency. Downlink control information (DCI) is transmitted on a number of aggregated eCCEs according to the modulation and coding level required. The utilization reference signals of antenna ports for ePDCCH demodulation is based on the logical order of eCCEs and the aggregation level for DCI transmission. | 05-19-2016 |
| 20160149678 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING SAME, BASE STATION APPARATUS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING SAME, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - A communication apparatus performs communication in a manner such that communication with a first base station apparatus using a first frequency band and communication with a second base station apparatus using a second frequency band are switched on a per-subframe basis, obtains, from the first base station apparatus, specification information that specifies a subframe in which the first frequency band should be used and a subframe in which the second frequency band should be used among a plurality of subframes included in one or more frames, and performs control on the basis of the specification information to communicate with the first base station apparatus in the subframe in which the first frequency band should be used and with the second base station apparatus in the subframe in which the second frequency band should be used. | 05-26-2016 |
| 20160150437 | EVOLVED NODE-B, USER EQUIPMENT AND METHODS FOR MISSION-CRITICAL MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION - Embodiments of an Evolved Node-B (eNB) to support Mission-Critical Machine Type Communication (MC-MTC) User Equipments (UEs) are disclosed herein. During a transmission notification (TN) monitoring period, the eNB may monitor for TN signals from MC-MTC UEs. When a presence of TN signals is detected, the eNB may refrain from allocation of dedicated MC-MTC traffic resources to other UEs for transmission during a traffic period. In response to a detection of an absence of TN signals from the first group of MC-MTC UEs during the TN monitoring period, the eNB may allocate the dedicated MC-MTC traffic resources to the other UEs for transmission during the traffic period. Starting times of the traffic period and the TN monitoring period may be spaced apart by a predetermined time difference. In some embodiments, the predetermined time difference for MC-MTC UEs may be not greater than 10 milliseconds. | 05-26-2016 |
| 20160150503 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNAL IN DEVICE-TO-DEVICE PROXIMITY SERVICE, BASE STATION, AND USER EQUIPMENT - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method for transmitting a signal in a device-to-device proximity service D2D ProSe, a base station, and a user equipment, where the method includes: allocating, by a base station, at least one time-frequency resource set to each user cluster in N user clusters in a cell covered by the base station, where at least two time-frequency resource sets in M time-frequency resource sets allocated by the base station to the N user clusters are different; and transmitting, by the base station, R | 05-26-2016 |
| 20160150560 | TECHNIQUES FOR REDUCING LATENCY IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods, systems, and devices are described for wireless communication. In one method, a first transmission may be transmitted on a contention-based channel, and a scheduling request for the first transmission may be transmitted on a scheduled channel. The scheduling request may be transmitted prior to determining that an acknowledgment (ACK) message has been received for the first transmission. In another method, a scheduling request for a first transmission may be received on a scheduled channel from a wireless device. Upon decoding a reception of the first transmission on a contention-based channel, transmission of a transmission grant to the wireless device may be withheld. Upon failing to decode the reception of the first transmission on the contention-based channel, the transmission grant may be transmitted to the wireless device. | 05-26-2016 |
| 20160156396 | MU-MIMO ACCESS POINT AND USER STATION INCLUDING METHODS FOR MULTI-USER GROUP MANAGEMENT | 06-02-2016 |
| 20160156438 | SIGNAL FIELDS IN A HIGH EFFICIENCY WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK (WLAN) DATA UNIT | 06-02-2016 |
| 20160156451 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS TO MITIGATE INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE | 06-02-2016 |
| 20160156452 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING AND TRANSMITTING TIME AND FREQUENCY RESOURCE FOR RESOURCE REQUEST INDICATOR | 06-02-2016 |
| 20160157217 | INFORMATION SENDING AND RECEIVING METHODS AND DEVICES | 06-02-2016 |
| 20160157222 | JOINT USER DETECTION APPARATUS | 06-02-2016 |
| 20160173255 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING A REFERENCE SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 06-16-2016 |
| 20160173310 | TUNABLE PEAK-TO-AVERAGE POWER RATIO FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEXING | 06-16-2016 |
| 20160174212 | Uplink Control Information Sending Method, and User Equipment and Base Station | 06-16-2016 |
| 20160182202 | SINGLE TTI TRANSMISSION OF CONTROL DATA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS | 06-23-2016 |
| 20160182206 | AGGREGATING ACKNOWLEDGMENTS TRANSMITTED BY AN ACCESS POINT TO A PLURALITY OF CLIENT STATIONS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK | 06-23-2016 |
| 20160183212 | TERMINAL APPARATUS AND BASE STATION APPARATUS | 06-23-2016 |
| 20160183227 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD | 06-23-2016 |
| 20160183228 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING PHYSICAL CHANNEL | 06-23-2016 |
| 20160183264 | Method and Apparatus for Communication Using a DECT Communication Protocol | 06-23-2016 |
| 20160183287 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING RECEIVED SIGNALS | 06-23-2016 |
| 20160183295 | Random Access Channel Resource Allocation Method and System | 06-23-2016 |
| 20160191216 | Systems and Methods for OFDM with Flexible Sub-Carrier Spacing and Symbol Duration - Embodiments are provided for supporting variable sub-carrier spacing and symbol duration for transmitting OFDM or other waveform symbols and associated cyclic prefixes. The symbol duration includes the useful symbol length and its associated cyclic prefix length. The variable sub-carrier spacing and symbol duration is determined via parameters indicating the sub-carrier spacing, useful symbol length, and cyclic prefix length. An embodiment method, by a network or a network controller, includes establishing a plurality of multiple access block (MAB) types defining different combinations of sub-carrier spacing and symbol duration for waveform transmissions. The method further includes partitioning a frequency and time plane of a carrier spectrum band into a plurality of MAB regions comprising frequency-time slots for the waveform transmissions. The MAB types are then selected for the MAB regions, wherein one MAB type is assigned to one corresponding MAB region. | 06-30-2016 |
| 20160191225 | Rate Matching and Soft Channel Bits Storage for Superposition Coding - Methods for rate matching with soft buffer size setting at the transmitter and soft channel bits storage at the receiver for superposition coding are proposed. In the superposition coding scheme, a transport block intended to one UE needs to be decoded by another UE's receiver. However, the soft buffer sizes per code block of the two receivers may not be the same since the size depends on the UE category. The base station can signal the soft buffer size used at the transmitter for rate matching to the UEs for superposition decoding. A UE stores information bits associated with an interfering signal in its soft buffers in accordance with the soft buffer size used at the transmitter for rate matching. As a result, the UE can decode and subtract the interfering signal from the desired signal for superposition coding. | 06-30-2016 |
| 20160191293 | SPECTRUM SHAPING FOR OFDM/DMT - There is provided spectrum shaping of a signal. A frequency-domain representation of the signal to be spectrum-shaped is provided. The signal is associated with a set of constellation points having a minimum distance. A spectrum-shaped signal is determined by altering a proper subset of the constellation points whilst maintaining the minimum distance between all of the constellation points. The spectrum-shaped signal is transformed into a time-domain signal. | 06-30-2016 |
| 20160192338 | RADIO BASE STATION, USER TERMINAL AND REFERENCE SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD - The present invention is designed to improve the received quality of reference signals in user terminals, in small cells that are placed to overlap a macro cell. The reference signal transmission method according to the present invention is a reference signal transmission method in a radio base station that forms a small cell, which is placed to overlap a macro cell, and that has a plurality of antenna ports, and includes the steps of generating a plurality of reference signals that vary per antenna port, and in a reference signal transmission period in which beamforming is not executed, transmitting the plurality of reference signals in a transmission bandwidth that is narrower than in a second transmission period in which beamforming is executed, the reference signals of each antenna port are spread in at least one of the time direction and the frequency direction and transmitted. | 06-30-2016 |
| 20160192365 | NETWORK CONTROL DEVICES AND METHODS OF PERFORMING WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS BETWEEN TWO COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUSES VIA MULTI-LEVEL SIGNALING ENTITIES - A network control device includes a controller and a wireless communications module. The controller provides a plurality of signaling entities each belonging to one of a plurality of signaling levels to form multi-level signaling entities and configures one or more signaling entities of the multi-level signaling entities to a communications apparatus to communicate with the communications apparatus based on the one or more configured signaling entities. The wireless communications module transmits a plurality of radio frequency signals via the one or more configured signaling entities. | 06-30-2016 |
| 20160192381 | Dual Band Communication Method and WLAN Device - A dual band communication method and a wireless local area network (WLAN) device, First determining a service type of a service in a switching period according to a preset policy, where the switching period includes one first timeslot in which a first radio frequency (RF) channel works and one adjacent second timeslot in which a second RF channel works, and determining, according to the determined service type and a preset service quality requirement corresponding to the service type, maximum duration of the switching period in which the service quality requirement is met, and when time division multiplexing (TDM) is performed on a baseband processor, controlling the switching between the first RF channel and the second RF channel according to the maximum duration, hence actual duration of the switching period is less than or equal to the maximum duration. | 06-30-2016 |
| 20160192383 | Soft Buffer Partition for Superposition Coding - When the codeword level interference cancellation (CW-IC) is used at the receiver in conjunction with the superposition coding scheme at the transmitter, it is helpful if the soft buffer at the receiver is reserved not only for the desired transport blocks (TBs) but also for the interfering TBs handled by the CW-IC. In so doing, the soft channel bits of interfering TBs at multiple (re)transmissions can be combined to enhance the success rate of data decoding. A soft buffer partition method for the soft channel bits of the desired and interfering TBs in the superposition coding scheme is proposed. The proposed method has a full flexibility in adjusting the soft buffer sizes for the desired and interfering TBs. | 06-30-2016 |
| 20160197671 | METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR SIMULTANEOUSLY ACCESSING PLURALITY OF CELLS | 07-07-2016 |
| 20160198327 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF COMMUNICATING A BEACON FRAME | 07-07-2016 |
| 20160198328 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF AWARENESS NETWORKING COMMUNICATIONS OVER A SUB 1 GIGAHERTZ BAND | 07-07-2016 |
| 20160198446 | TRANSMITTER APPARATUS FOR CONDITIONING A MULTICARRIER SIGNAL, NETWORK NODE, METHOD FOR CONDITIONING A MULTICARRIER SIGNAL, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM THEREOF | 07-07-2016 |
| 20160198470 | AGGREGATED CARRIER SYNCHRONIZATION AND REFERENCE SIGNAL TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING METHODS, DEVICES AND SYSTEMS | 07-07-2016 |
| 20160198497 | METHOD FOR PREDETERMINING RESOURCE IN RANDOM ACCESS, USER EQUIPMENT, AND BASE STATION | 07-07-2016 |
| 20160198507 | Device Discovery Method and User Equipment, and Network-Side Device | 07-07-2016 |
| 20160205666 | Determining an Adapted Resource Pattern for an Access Node | 07-14-2016 |
| 20160205668 | USER TERMINAL, NETWORK APPARATUS, AND PROCESSOR | 07-14-2016 |
| 20160205672 | Uplink OFDMA Processing in WLANs | 07-14-2016 |
| 20160205674 | RECEPTION APPARATUS AND RECEPTION METHOD | 07-14-2016 |
| 20160254847 | Apparatus and Methods for Transmission and Reception of Data in Multi-Antenna Systems | 09-01-2016 |
| 20160254869 | TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS | 09-01-2016 |
| 20160255611 | FAST ENHANCED COMPONENT CARRIER ACTIVATION | 09-01-2016 |
| 20160255613 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF DYNAMIC ALLOCATION OF RADIO RESOURCES TO WIRELESS COMMUNICATION LINKS OF A PLURALITY OF TYPES | 09-01-2016 |
| 20160255615 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR D2D DISCOVERY IN AN LTE NETWORK | 09-01-2016 |
| 20160255616 | COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, INFRASTRUCTURE EQUIPMENT, COMMUNICATIONS DEVICES AND METHOD | 09-01-2016 |
| 20160255636 | MACHINE TO MACHINE (M2M) FRAME WITHIN A FRAME | 09-01-2016 |
| 20160380689 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF SIGNAL TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION IN A FILTER BANK MULTIPLE CARRIER SYSTEM - The present disclosure relates to a pre-5 | 12-29-2016 |
| 20160381490 | RETUNING FOR ENHANCED MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION - Methods, systems, and devices for wireless communication are described. User equipment (UE) and base stations may support frequency hopping with fast retuning for enhanced machine type communication (eMTC). For example, a UE may need to retune portions of its receive or transmit chain to support operation on various frequency bands, and it may perform the retune within a few symbols. Both base station and UE may anticipate or account for the retuning delay and communicate accordingly. A base station may refrain from transmitting for a certain period of time, for example. A base station may also account for frequency hopping delays for uplink communications. Systems may employ other techniques to support eMTC. For example, UEs may leverage reference signal patterns in certain control channels for demodulation. In some cases, base stations may alter control channel transmissions to account for various types of UEs with in the system. | 12-29-2016 |
| 20160381576 | OTFS METHODS OF DATA CHANNEL CHARACTERIZATION AND USES THEREOF - Fiber, cable, and wireless data channels are typically impaired by reflectors and other imperfections, producing a channel state with echoes and frequency shifts in data waveforms. Here, methods of using OTFS pilot symbol waveform bursts to automatically produce a detailed 2D model of the channel state are presented. This 2D channel state can then be used to optimize data transmission. For wireless data channels, an even more detailed 2D model of channel state can be produced by using polarization and multiple antennas in the process. Once 2D channel states are known, the system turns imperfect data channels from a liability to an advantage by using channel imperfections to boost data transmission rates. The methods can be used to improve legacy data transmission modes in multiple types of media, and are particularly useful for producing new types of robust and high capacity wireless communications using non-legacy OTFS data transmission methods. | 12-29-2016 |
| 20160381708 | MULTI-ACCESS SCHEME AND SIGNAL STRUCTURE FOR D2D COMMUNICATIONS - A signal structure for use in D2D communications is described. In one embodiment, a preamble for automatic gain control at the receiver end is included in the transmitted signal. Techniques for scheduling of D2D transmissions using carrier sensing multiple access (CSMA) and a power control schemes for interference management are also described. | 12-29-2016 |
| 20170237584 | CELL-SPECIFIC REFERENCE SIGNAL GENERATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 08-17-2017 |
| 20170237590 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONFIGURING A DM-RS RESOURCE AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 08-17-2017 |
| 20180026762 | Methods and Apparatus for Coordination of Wireless Network Communication | 01-25-2018 |
| 20180026766 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CALIBRATION OF AN ANTENNA | 01-25-2018 |
| 20180026767 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL USING TRAINING SIGNAL | 01-25-2018 |
| 20180027527 | ENHANCED CONTROL CHANNEL FOR DL SUB-BAND SCHEDULING | 01-25-2018 |
| 20180027544 | APPARATUS | 01-25-2018 |
| 20180027546 | COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, INFRASTRUCTURE EQUIPMENT, COMMUNICATIONS DEVICES AND METHOD | 01-25-2018 |
| 20190149301 | REFERENCE SIGNAL SENDING METHOD, RELATED DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM | 05-16-2019 |
| 20190149302 | CONFIGURATION METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DATA TRANSMISSION STRUCTURE | 05-16-2019 |
| 20190149305 | Bandwidth Part Switching | 05-16-2019 |
| 20190149310 | Methods and Apparatus for Virtual Carrier Operation | 05-16-2019 |
| 20190149380 | Bandwidth Part Slot Format Indication | 05-16-2019 |
| 20190150067 | CONTROL INFORMATION SENDING/RECEIVING METHOD AND DEVICE | 05-16-2019 |
| 20190150079 | Methods and Apparatus for Cell Access via Anchor Carrier | 05-16-2019 |
| 20190150112 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND TIME AND FREQUENCY SYNCHRONIZATION METHOD AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM OF THE SAME | 05-16-2019 |
| 20190150123 | USER EQUIPMENTS, BASE STATIONS AND METHODS | 05-16-2019 |
| 20190150124 | USER EQUIPMENTS, BASE STATIONS AND METHODS | 05-16-2019 |
| 20190150134 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR UTILIZATION OF QUASI-LICENSED WIRELESS SPECTRUM FOR IOT (INTERNET-OF-THINGS) SERVICES | 05-16-2019 |
| 20190150137 | Crystal Structure of Staphylococcus Aureus Clumping Factor A in Complex with Fibrinogen Derived Peptide and Uses Thereof | 05-16-2019 |
| 20190150161 | METHODS, DEVICES, AND SYSTEMS FOR NETWORK ASSISTED TRANSMISSION WITH MULTIPLE COMPONENT CARRIERS | 05-16-2019 |
| 20190150174 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK SIGNAL FROM UE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING THE SAME | 05-16-2019 |
| 20190150187 | METHOD FOR RECEIVING DATA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR | 05-16-2019 |
| 20220140961 | BANDWIDTH PART (BWP) AND POWER SCHEDULING METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INDOOR TERAHERTZ - A bandwidth part (BWP) and power scheduling method and apparatus for indoor terahertz are provided. The BWP and power scheduling method uses an intelligent reflecting surface (IRS) and a non-orthogonal multiple access (NOMA) to compensate for a shortcoming, wherein terahertz waves are not suitable for an indoor transmission, convert an indoor environment of an IRS-assisted terahertz propagation into a channel model, and convert an optimal wireless resource scheduling in an indoor IRS-assisted terahertz system into a functional optimization design with random constraints. Policies and corresponding actions are trained by using a proximal policy optimization (PPO) to schedule a power and a BWP. An actor part generates continuous a power scheduling, and a critic part generates a discrete BWP scheduling. | 05-05-2022 |
| 20220141879 | RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL OCCASION CONFIGURATION - Methods, systems, and devices for wireless communication are described. Generally, the described techniques provide for efficiently transmitting data and control information in a first RACH message to a base station as part of a two-step RACH procedure. In particular, rather than or in addition to transmitting data and control information in a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) in the first RACH message, a user equipment (UE) may transmit the data and control information along with a RACH preamble in a RACH occasion in the first RACH message (e.g., when the number of bytes of data or control information to be transmitted is low). Using these techniques, in some instances, the UE may transmit the data and control information in a first RACH message without transmitting the PUSCH, and the overhead associated with transmitting the PUSCH may be eliminated. | 05-05-2022 |
